Engine finishes booting, see Powering Off the. AC-Powered or Universal HVAC/ HVDC-Powered MX2000 Router. 13.Verify the MX2000 router power up, system initialization, and ...
2021-04-01 — MX2008 Router Transport Kit Moving Requirements and Guidelines | 213. Router Transport Kit Turning Radius | 213 ... RCB is starting Linux. Blinking fast.
MX2008 Universal Routing Platform Hardware Guide
Published
2021-04-01
ii
Juniper Networks, Inc. 1133 Innovation Way Sunnyvale, California 94089 USA 408-745-2000 www.juniper.net
Juniper Networks, the Juniper Networks logo, Juniper, and Junos are registered trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc. in the United States and other countries. All other trademarks, service marks, registered marks, or registered service marks are the property of their respective owners.
Juniper Networks assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies in this document. Juniper Networks reserves the right to change, modify, transfer, or otherwise revise this publication without notice.
MX2008 Universal Routing Platform Hardware Guide Copyright © 2021 Juniper Networks, Inc. All rights reserved.
The information in this document is current as of the date on the title page.
YEAR 2000 NOTICE
Juniper Networks hardware and software products are Year 2000 compliant. Junos OS has no known time-related limitations through the year 2038. However, the NTP application is known to have some difficulty in the year 2036.
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
The Juniper Networks product that is the subject of this technical documentation consists of (or is intended for use with) Juniper Networks software. Use of such software is subject to the terms and conditions of the End User License Agreement ("EULA") posted at https://support.juniper.net/support/eula/. By downloading, installing or using such software, you agree to the terms and conditions of that EULA.
iii
Table of Contents
About the Documentation | xviii Documentation and Release Notes | xviii Using the Examples in This Manual | xviii
Merging a Full Example | xix Merging a Snippet | xx Documentation Conventions | xx Documentation Feedback | xxiii Requesting Technical Support | xxiii Self-Help Online Tools and Resources | xxiv Creating a Service Request with JTAC | xxiv
1
Overview
MX2008 Router Overview | 26
Benefits of the MX2008 Router | 26
System Overview | 26
MX2008 Chassis | 28 MX2008 Chassis Description | 28 MX2008 Backplane Description | 34 MX2008 Component Redundancy | 35 MX2008 Field-Replaceable Units | 40 MX2008 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology | 42 MX2008 Craft Interface Description | 45 MX2008 Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Interface | 47 MX2008 Alarm LEDs and Alarm Cutoff/Lamp Test Button | 48 MX2008 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface | 49 MX2008 Host Subsystem LEDs and Buttons on the Craft Interface | 49 MX2008 Power Supply Module LEDs on the Craft Interface | 50 MX2008 Line-Card LEDs and Buttons on the Craft Interface | 50 MX2008 SFB LED and Buttons on the Craft Interface | 51 MX2008 Fan Tray LEDs on the Craft Interface | 51
iv
MX2008 Cable Manager Description | 52 Standard Cable Manager | 52 Extended Cable Manager | 54
MX2008 Rack-Mounting Hardware | 56
MX2008 Cooling System | 57 MX2008 Cooling System Description | 57 MX2008 Fan Tray LED | 60
MX2008 Power System | 61 MX2008 Power System Description | 61 MX2008 Power Midplane Description | 66
MX2008 AC Power System | 67 MX2008 AC Power Supply Module Description | 68 MX2008 AC Power Supply Module LEDs | 70 MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description | 72 MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description | 74 MX2008 Nine-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description | 76 MX2008 Seven-Feed Single Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description | 77 MX2008 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Distribution Module LEDs | 78 MX2008 AC Power Requirements | 79 MX2008 AC Power Cord Specifications | 87 MX2008 AC Power System Electrical Specifications | 90 AC Power Supply Input Fuses | 91 MX2008 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines | 92 MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications | 94 MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications | 95 MX2008 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications | 95 Mapping Input Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power Supply Modules on MX2008 Router | 96
MX2008 DC Power System | 98 MX2008 Seven-Feed DC Power Distribution Module Description | 99 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 101
v
MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Description | 103 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) LEDs | 104 MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) LEDs | 105 MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 105 MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Description | 107 MX2008 DC Power Supply Module LEDs | 109 MX2008 DC Power Requirements | 110 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Description (-48 V) | 118 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Description (240 V China) | 120 MX2008 DC Power (-48 V) System Electrical Specifications | 122
DC Power Supply Input Fuses | 123 MX2008 Router DC (240 V China) System Electrical Specifications | 123
DC Power Supply Input Fuses | 124 DC Power (-48 V) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2008 Router | 125 DC Power (240 V China) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000 Router | 126 DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX2008 Router | 126
MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power System | 128 MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Description | 129 MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module LEDs | 130 MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Description | 131 MX2008 High-Voltage Universal Power Supply Module LEDs | 133 MX2008 High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal Power Requirements | 135 Section | ? MX2000 High-Voltage Universal PDM (MX2K-PDM-HV) Power Cord Specifications | 142 MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 146 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000 Router | 147
MX2008 Host Subsystem | 148 MX2008 Host Subsystem Description | 148 MX2008 Routing and Control Board (MX2008 RCB) Description | 149 Supported RCBs | 150 RCB Function | 150 RCB Slots | 150
vi
RCB Front Panel | 151 RCB Interface Ports | 152 MX2008 RCB LEDs | 153 Routing Engine Specifications | 156 Supported Routing Engines by Router | 163 M7i Routing Engines | 164 M10i Routing Engines | 164 M40e Routing Engines | 165 M120 Routing Engines | 165 M320 Routing Engines | 166 MX5, MX10, MX40, and MX80 Routing Engine | 167 MX104 Routing Engines | 167 MX204 Routing Engine | 168 MX240 Routing Engines | 168 MX480 Routing Engines | 169 MX960 Routing Engines | 170 MX2008 Routing Engines | 172 MX2010 Routing Engines | 172 MX2020 Supported Routing Engines | 173 MX10003 Routing Engines | 174 MX10008 Routing Engines | 174 PTX1000 Routing Engines | 175 PTX3000 Routing Engines | 175 PTX5000 Routing Engines | 176 PTX10008 and PTX10016 Routing Engines | 176 T320 Routing Engines | 177 T640 Routing Engines | 177 T1600 Routing Engines | 178 T4000 Routing Engines | 180 TX Matrix Routing Engines | 180 TX Matrix Plus Routing Engines | 181 TX Matrix Plus (with 3D SIBs) Routing Engines | 181
vii
MX2008 Switch Fabric Boards | 182 MX2008 Enhanced Switch Fabric Board (MX2008 SFB2) Description | 183 MX2008 SFB2 Slots | 183 MX2008 SFB2 Redundancy | 184 MX2008 SFB2 Components | 184 MX2008 SFB LED | 184
MX2008 Interface Modules | 186 MX2000 Adapter Card (ADC) Description | 186 MX2008 Modular Port Concentrator Description | 187 MPC Components | 189 MX2008 Modular Port Concentrator LEDs | 190 MPCs Supported by MX Series Routers | 190 MX2008 MPC Terminology | 196 MX2008 Modular Interface Card Description | 197 MICs Supported by MX Series Routers | 197 MX2008 Modular Interface Card LEDs | 208 MX2008 Ports and Interfaces | 208
2
Site Planning, Preparation, and Specifications
MX2008 Site Guidelines and Requirements | 213
MX2008 Router Transport Kit Moving Requirements and Guidelines | 213 Router Transport Kit Turning Radius | 213 Router Transport Kit Requirements | 214
MX2008 Cabinet Airflow Requirements | 216
MX2008 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements | 217 MX2008 Chassis Moving Guidelines | 218 MX2008 Physical Specifications | 218 MX2008 Rack Requirements | 223
Rack Size and Strength | 223 Spacing of Mounting Bracket and Flange Holes | 225 Connection to the Building Structure | 226 MX2008 Router Environmental Specifications | 226
viii
MX2008 Router Grounding Specifications | 227 MX2008 Chassis Grounding Points Specifications | 228 MX2008 Router Grounding Cable Lug Specifications | 228 MX2008 Router Grounding Cable Specifications | 229
MX2008 Site Preparation Checklist | 230 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2008 Router | 233
MX2008 Network Cable and Transceiver Planning | 234 Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables | 235 How to Calculate Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable | 235 How to Calculate Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable | 235 CB-RE and RCB Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series Routers | 237 Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion | 238 Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable | 238 Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable | 238
MX2008 Management and Console Port Specifications and Pinouts | 239 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for MX Series CB-RE or RCB Auxillary and Console Ports | 239 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for an MX Series CB-RE or RCB Management Port | 240
MX2008 Power Planning | 241 Calculating AC Power Requirements for MX2008 Routers | 241 Calculating DC Power Requirements for MX2008 Routers | 246 Calculating High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal Power Requirements for MX2008 Routers | 250
Powering MX2008 On and Off | 254 Powering Off the DC-Powered MX2008 Router | 254
ix
3
Initial Installation and Configuration
Installing an MX2008 Router Overview | 257
Unpacking the MX2008 | 259 Unpacking the MX2008 Router Overview | 259 Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX2008 Router | 259 Unpacking the MX2008 Router | 260 Verifying the MX2008 Parts Received | 264 Unpacking the MX2008 Router Transport Kit | 266
Installing the MX2008 | 270 Installing the MX2008 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet | 270 Installing Cage Nuts, If Needed | 270 Installing the Four-Post Mounting Shelf | 272 Removing the Center-Mounting Brackets | 274 Removing Components from the MX2008 Router Chassis Before Installing It in a Rack | 274 Removing the Power Distribution Modules Before Installing an MX2000 Router with a Pallet Jack | 275 Removing the Power Supply Modules Before Installing an MX2000 Router | 279 Removing the Fan Trays Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 282 Removing the SFBs Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 284 Removing the MPCs with Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 285 Removing the MPCs without an Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 286 Removing the CB-REs Before Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 287 Installing an MX2008 Router Using a Pallet Jack Overview | 289 Tools Required to Install the MX2008 Router Using a Pallet Jack | 289 Installing the Pallet Jack Attachment | 290 Installing the MX2008 Router Using a Pallet Jack with Attachment | 291 Installing an MX2008 Router Using a Router Transport Kit Overview | 295 Tools Required to Install the MX2008 Router Using a Router Transport Kit | 296 Installing the Router Transport Kit on the MX2008 | 297 Securing the MX2008 Router to the Router Transport Platform | 299 Using the Router Transport Kit to Install the MX2008 Router in a Four-Post Rack | 302
x
Using the Router Transport Kit to Install the MX2008 Router in an Open-Frame Rack | 309 Reinstalling Components in the MX2008 Router After Initially Installing the Router in a
Rack | 314 Reinstalling the Power Distribution Modules After Installing the MX2000 Router with a
Pallet Jack | 314 Reinstalling the Power Supply Modules After Installing the MX2000 Router with a Pallet
Jack | 318 Reinstalling the Fan Trays After Installing the MX2000 Router with a Pallet Jack | 321 Reinstalling the SFBs After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 323 Reinstalling the Adapter Card After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 324 Reinstalling the MPCs After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 325 Reinstalling the CB-REs After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 326
Connecting the MX2008 to Earth Ground | 328 Tools and Parts Required for Connecting the MX2008 Router to Power | 328 Grounding an MX2008 Router | 329
Connecting the MX2008 to AC Power | 330 Installing an MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 331 Installing MX2008 AC Power Supply Modules | 335 Connecting AC Power to an MX2008 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Modules | 337 Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Modules | 342 Connecting Power to an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module | 346 Connect Power to a Single-Phase Seven-Feed AC Power Distribution Module | 348 Powering On a Three-Phase AC-Powered MX2000 Router | 349
Connecting the MX2008 to DC Power | 351 Installing MX2008 DC Power Supply Modules (-48 V) | 351 Installing MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Modules (240 V China) | 354 Connecting an MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Cable | 357 Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2008 Router with Power Distribution Modules (-48 V) | 359 Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2000 Router with DC Power Distribution Modules (240 V China) | 363 Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Cable | 364 Powering On the DC-Powered (-48 V) MX2008 Router | 366
xi
Powering On the DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router | 368
Connecting the MX2008 to High-Voltage Power | 370 Installing MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Modules | 370 Connecting Power to a High Voltage-Powered MX2000 Router with Power Distribution Modules | 373 Powering On the High-Voltage Powered Universal (HVAC/HVDC) MX2000 Router | 374
Connecting the MX2008 to the Network | 376 Tools and Parts Required for MX2008 Router Connections | 376 Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX2008 Craft Interface | 377 Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2008 Craft Interface | 378 Connecting MPC or MIC Cables to the MX2008 Router | 379
Initially Configuring the MX2008 Router | 380
4
Maintaining Components
Maintaining MX2008 Components | 387
Tools and Parts Required for Replacing MX2008 Hardware Components | 387 Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an MX2008 Router | 390 Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2008 Hardware Components | 390 Replacing the MX2008 Extended Cable Manager | 391
Removing the MX2008 Extended Cable Manager | 391 Removing the MX2008 Extended DC Cable Manager | 392 Installing the MX2008 Extended Cable Manager | 394 Installing the MX2008 Extended DC Cable Manager | 395 Replacing the MX2008 Craft Interface | 396
Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2008 Craft Interface | 397 Removing the MX2008 Craft Interface | 398 Installing the MX2008 Craft Interface | 398 Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX2008 Craft Interface | 399
Replacing the MX2008 Standard EMI Cover | 401 Removing the MX2008 Standard EMI Cover | 401 Installing the MX2008 Standard EMI Cover | 402
xii
Replacing the MX2008 Extended EMI Cover | 403 Removing the MX2008 Extended EMI Cover | 404 Installing the MX2008 Extended EMI Cover | 405
Maintaining MX2008 Cooling System Components | 407 Replacing the MX2008 Air Filters | 407 Removing the MX2008 Air Filter | 407 Installing the MX2008 Air Filter | 413 Replacing an MX2008 Fan Tray | 418 Removing an MX2008 Fan Tray | 418 Installing an MX2008 Fan Tray | 419
Maintaining MX2008 Interface Modules | 421 Replacing an MX2008 MIC | 422 Removing an MX2008 MIC | 422 Installing an MX2008 MIC | 424 Installing an MX2008 Dual-Wide MIC | 427 Replacing a MIC Installed on an MPC6E | 430 Replacing an MX2008 MPC | 432 Removing an MX2008 MPC with Adapter Card | 433 Removing an MX2008 MPC from the Adapter Card | 435 Removing an MX2008 Adapter Card | 438 Installing an MX2008 Adapter Card | 439 Installing an MX2008 MPC into an Adapter Card | 441 Replacing a Cable on an MX2008 MPC or MIC | 444 Removing a Cable on an MX2008 MPC or MIC | 445 Installing a Cable on an MX2008 MPC or MIC | 446
Maintaining Switch Fabric Board | 449 Replacing an MX2008 SFB | 449 Removing an MX2008 SFB | 449 Installing an MX2008 SFB | 450
xiii
Maintaining Host Subsystem components | 452 Replacing an MX2008 RCB | 452 Removing an MX2008 RCB | 453 Installing an MX2008 RCB | 454 Upgrading the MX2008 Routing and Control Board (RCBs) in a Redundant Host Subsystem | 457 Taking the Host Subsystem Offline | 457 Removing the Backup RCB | 458 Installing the REMX2008-X8-64G RCB | 459 Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded RCB as the Primary | 460 Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded RCB as the Backup | 460 Upgrading the MX2008 Routing and Control Board (RCBs) in a Nonredundant Host Subsystem | 461 Taking the Host Subsystem Offline | 461 Removing the MX2008 RCB | 462 Installing the MX2008 RCB | 463 Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded MX2008 RCB | 464
Maintaining MX2008 Power System Components | 465 Replacing an MX2008 AC Power Supply Module | 465 Removing an MX2008 AC Power Supply Module | 465 Installing an MX2008 AC Power Supply Module | 467 Replacing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module | 469 Removing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module | 470 Installing an MX2000 Router Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module | 475 Replacing an MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord | 482 Removing an MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord | 482 Installing an MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord | 485 Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module | 489 Removing an MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module | 489 Installing an MX2000 Router Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module | 494 Replacing an MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 500 Removing an MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 501 Installing an MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 504
xiv
Replacing an MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 508 Removing an MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 508 Installing an MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 511
Replacing an MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module Cable (-48 V) | 513 Disconnecting an MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module Cable | 513 Connecting an MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module Cable (-48 V) | 514
Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) | 516 Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) | 516 Installing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) | 519
Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) | 521 Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) | 521 Installing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) | 524 Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Cable | 526
Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module | 528 Removing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module | 528 Installing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module | 533
Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module | 537 Installing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module | 538 Removing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Second Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module | 540
Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2008 MPCs or MICs | 545
5
Troubleshooting Hardware
Troubleshooting the MX2008 | 549
MX2008 Troubleshooting Resources | 549 Command-Line Interface | 549 Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages | 550 Alarm Relay Contacts | 550
Craft Interface LEDs | 550
xv
Component LEDs | 551 Troubleshooting the MX2008 Cooling System | 552 Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System | 555 Troubleshooting the MX2008 Host Subsystems | 563 Troubleshooting the MX2008 MICs | 563 Troubleshooting the MX2008 MPCs | 564
6
Contacting Customer Support and Returning the Chassis or Components
Contacting Customer Support and Returning the Chassis or Components | 569
Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment | 569
Displaying MX2008 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 570
How to Return a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. | 575
MX2008 Chassis Serial Number Label | 575
MX2008 Craft Interface Serial Number Label | 576
MX2008 SFB Serial Number Label | 577
MX2008 RCB Serial Number Label | 578
MX2008 Fan Tray Serial Number Label | 579
MX2008 MPC Serial Number Label | 580
MX2008 MIC Serial Number Label | 581
MX2008 Power Distribution Module Serial Number Label | 582
MX2008 Power Supply Module Serial Number Label | 584
7
Safety and Compliance Information
Definition of Safety Warning Levels | 589
General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices | 592
General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 593 Qualified Personnel Warning | 594 Restricted-Access Area Warning | 595
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597
Fire Safety Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices | 598 General Fire Safety Requirements | 599 Fire Suppression | 599 Fire Suppression Equipment | 599
xvi
Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 600 Intrabuilding Ports Warning | 600 Installation Instructions Warning | 601 Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings | 601 Ramp Warning | 606
General Laser Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices | 607
Laser Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 608 Class 1 Laser Product Warning | 608 Class 1 LED Product Warning | 609 Laser Beam Warning | 610 Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning | 611
Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 612 Battery Handling Warning | 613 Jewelry Removal Warning | 614 Lightning Activity Warning | 616 Operating Temperature Warning | 617 Product Disposal Warning | 619
In Case of an Electrical Accident | 620
General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 620 Grounded Equipment Warning | 621 Grounding Requirements and Warning | 621 Midplane Energy Hazard Warning | 622 Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning | 623 Power Disconnection Warning | 624
General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes for Juniper Networks Devices | 625
xvii
TN Power Warning for MX2008 Routers | 626
MX2000 Three-Phase AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines | 626
MX2008 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 628 MX2008 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines | 628 DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 629 DC Power Copper Conductors Warning | 630 DC Power Disconnection Warning | 631 DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning | 634
DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 636 DC Power Copper Conductors Warning | 637 DC Power Disconnection Warning | 638 DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning | 641
Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for MX Series Routers | 643 Distance Limitations for Signaling | 643 Radio Frequency Interference | 643 Electromagnetic Compatibility | 644
Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements for the MX2008 Router | 644 Agency Approvals for MX2008 Routers | 645 Compliance Statements for NEBS for the MX2008 Router | 646 Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the MX2008 Router | 647 Canada | 647 European Community | 647 Israel | 647 Japan | 648 United States | 648 Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements | 648
xviii
About the Documentation
IN THIS SECTION Documentation and Release Notes | xviii Using the Examples in This Manual | xviii Documentation Conventions | xx Documentation Feedback | xxiii Requesting Technical Support | xxiii
Use this guide to install hardware and perform initial software configuration, routine maintenance, and troubleshooting for the MX2008 Universal Routing Platform. After completing the installation and basic configuration procedures covered in this guide, refer to the Junos OS documentation for information about further software configuration.
Documentation and Release Notes
To obtain the most current version of all Juniper Networks® technical documentation, see the product documentation page on the Juniper Networks website at https://www.juniper.net/documentation/. If the information in the latest release notes differs from the information in the documentation, follow the product Release Notes. Juniper Networks Books publishes books by Juniper Networks engineers and subject matter experts. These books go beyond the technical documentation to explore the nuances of network architecture, deployment, and administration. The current list can be viewed at https://www.juniper.net/books.
Using the Examples in This Manual
If you want to use the examples in this manual, you can use the load merge or the load merge relative command. These commands cause the software to merge the incoming configuration into the current candidate configuration. The example does not become active until you commit the candidate configuration.
xix
If the example configuration contains the top level of the hierarchy (or multiple hierarchies), the example is a full example. In this case, use the load merge command.
If the example configuration does not start at the top level of the hierarchy, the example is a snippet. In this case, use the load merge relative command. These procedures are described in the following sections.
Merging a Full Example
To merge a full example, follow these steps:
1. From the HTML or PDF version of the manual, copy a configuration example into a text file, save the file with a name, and copy the file to a directory on your routing platform. For example, copy the following configuration to a file and name the file ex-script.conf. Copy the ex-script.conf file to the /var/tmp directory on your routing platform.
system { scripts { commit { file ex-script.xsl; } }
} interfaces {
fxp0 { disable; unit 0 { family inet { address 10.0.0.1/24; } }
} }
2. Merge the contents of the file into your routing platform configuration by issuing the load merge configuration mode command:
[edit] user@host# load merge /var/tmp/ex-script.conf load complete
xx
Merging a Snippet To merge a snippet, follow these steps: 1. From the HTML or PDF version of the manual, copy a configuration snippet into a text file, save the
file with a name, and copy the file to a directory on your routing platform. For example, copy the following snippet to a file and name the file ex-script-snippet.conf. Copy the ex-script-snippet.conf file to the /var/tmp directory on your routing platform.
commit { file ex-script-snippet.xsl; }
2. Move to the hierarchy level that is relevant for this snippet by issuing the following configuration mode command:
[edit] user@host# edit system scripts [edit system scripts]
3. Merge the contents of the file into your routing platform configuration by issuing the load merge relative configuration mode command:
[edit system scripts] user@host# load merge relative /var/tmp/ex-script-snippet.conf load complete
For more information about the load command, see CLI Explorer.
Documentation Conventions
Table 1 on page xxi defines notice icons used in this guide.
Table 1: Notice Icons
Icon
Meaning
Informational note
Caution
Warning
xxi
Description Indicates important features or instructions.
Indicates a situation that might result in loss of data or hardware damage. Alerts you to the risk of personal injury or death.
Laser warning
Alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.
Tip Best practice
Indicates helpful information. Alerts you to a recommended use or implementation.
Table 2 on page xxi defines the text and syntax conventions used in this guide.
Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions
Convention
Description
Examples
Bold text like this
Represents text that you type.
To enter configuration mode, type the configure command:
user@host> configure
Fixed-width text like this
Represents output that appears on the terminal screen.
user@host> show chassis alarms No alarms currently active
Italic text like this
· Introduces or emphasizes important new terms.
· Identifies guide names. · Identifies RFC and Internet draft
titles.
· A policy term is a named structure that defines match conditions and actions.
· Junos OS CLI User Guide · RFC 1997, BGP Communities
Attribute
xxii
Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions (continued)
Convention
Description
Examples
Italic text like this Text like this < > (angle brackets)
Represents variables (options for which you substitute a value) in commands or configuration statements.
Configure the machine's domain name:
[edit] root@# set system domain-name
domain-name
Represents names of configuration statements, commands, files, and directories; configuration hierarchy levels; or labels on routing platform components.
Encloses optional keywords or variables.
· To configure a stub area, include the stub statement at the [edit protocols ospf area area-id] hierarchy level.
· The console port is labeled CONSOLE.
stub <default-metric metric>;
| (pipe symbol)
Indicates a choice between the mutually exclusive keywords or variables on either side of the symbol. The set of choices is often enclosed in parentheses for clarity.
broadcast | multicast (string1 | string2 | string3)
# (pound sign)
Indicates a comment specified on the same line as the configuration statement to which it applies.
rsvp { # Required for dynamic MPLS only
[ ] (square brackets)
Encloses a variable for which you can community name members [
substitute one or more values.
community-ids ]
Indention and braces ( { } ) ; (semicolon)
GUI Conventions
Identifies a level in the configuration hierarchy.
Identifies a leaf statement at a configuration hierarchy level.
[edit] routing-options {
static { route default { nexthop address; retain; }
} }
xxiii
Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions (continued)
Convention
Description
Examples
Bold text like this > (bold right angle bracket)
Represents graphical user interface (GUI) items you click or select.
Separates levels in a hierarchy of menu selections.
· In the Logical Interfaces box, select All Interfaces.
· To cancel the configuration, click Cancel.
In the configuration editor hierarchy, select Protocols>Ospf.
Documentation Feedback
We encourage you to provide feedback so that we can improve our documentation. You can use either of the following methods: · Online feedback system--Click TechLibrary Feedback, on the lower right of any page on the Juniper
Networks TechLibrary site, and do one of the following:
· Click the thumbs-up icon if the information on the page was helpful to you. · Click the thumbs-down icon if the information on the page was not helpful to you or if you have
suggestions for improvement, and use the pop-up form to provide feedback. · E-mail--Send your comments to techpubs-comments@juniper.net. Include the document or topic name,
URL or page number, and software version (if applicable).
Requesting Technical Support
Technical product support is available through the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC). If you are a customer with an active Juniper Care or Partner Support Services support contract, or are
xxiv
covered under warranty, and need post-sales technical support, you can access our tools and resources online or open a case with JTAC. · JTAC policies--For a complete understanding of our JTAC procedures and policies, review the JTAC User
Guide located at https://www.juniper.net/us/en/local/pdf/resource-guides/7100059-en.pdf. · Product warranties--For product warranty information, visit https://www.juniper.net/support/warranty/. · JTAC hours of operation--The JTAC centers have resources available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week,
365 days a year.
Self-Help Online Tools and Resources
For quick and easy problem resolution, Juniper Networks has designed an online self-service portal called the Customer Support Center (CSC) that provides you with the following features: · Find CSC offerings: https://www.juniper.net/customers/support/ · Search for known bugs: https://prsearch.juniper.net/ · Find product documentation: https://www.juniper.net/documentation/ · Find solutions and answer questions using our Knowledge Base: https://kb.juniper.net/ · Download the latest versions of software and review release notes:
https://www.juniper.net/customers/csc/software/ · Search technical bulletins for relevant hardware and software notifications:
https://kb.juniper.net/InfoCenter/ · Join and participate in the Juniper Networks Community Forum:
https://www.juniper.net/company/communities/ · Create a service request online: https://myjuniper.juniper.net To verify service entitlement by product serial number, use our Serial Number Entitlement (SNE) Tool: https://entitlementsearch.juniper.net/entitlementsearch/
Creating a Service Request with JTAC
You can create a service request with JTAC on the Web or by telephone. · Visit https://myjuniper.juniper.net. · Call 1-888-314-JTAC (1-888-314-5822 toll-free in the USA, Canada, and Mexico). For international or direct-dial options in countries without toll-free numbers, see https://support.juniper.net/support/requesting-support/.
1 CHAPTER
Overview
MX2008 Router Overview | 26 MX2008 Chassis | 28 MX2008 Cooling System | 57 MX2008 Power System | 61 MX2008 AC Power System | 67 MX2008 DC Power System | 98 MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power System | 128 MX2008 Host Subsystem | 148 MX2008 Switch Fabric Boards | 182 MX2008 Interface Modules | 186
26
MX2008 Router Overview
The MX2008 Universal Routing Platform is an Ethernet-optimized router that provides both switching and carrier-class Ethernet routing. The MX2008 router supports service provider core, converged core and edge, and edge applications, and enables a wide range of business and residential and services, including high-speed transport and VPN services, next-generation broadband multiplay services, and high-volume Internet data center internetworking.
Benefits of the MX2008 Router
· System Capacity--MX2008 delivers 40 Tbps of throughput in support of dense multirate interfaces for 100-Gigabit Ethernet, 200-Gigabit Ethernet, or 400-Gigabit Ethernet in a single chassis.
· Always-on infrastructure base--MX Series routers ensure network and service availability with a broad set of multilayered physical, logical, and protocol-level resiliency aspects. Junos OS Virtual Chassis technology on MX Series routers supports chassis-level redundancy and enables you to manage two routers as a single element. Multichassis link aggregation group (MC-LAG) implementation supports stateful chassis, card, and port redundancy.
· Junos Continuity and Unified In-Service Software Upgrade (Unified ISSU)--With the Junos continuity plug-in package, you can perform a smooth upgrade when new hardware is installed in your MX Series router. Unified in-service software upgrade (unified ISSU) enables software upgrades and changes without disrupting network traffic.
· Junos Telemetry Interface--Using the Junos telemetry interface data, you can stream component-level data to monitor, analyze, and enhance the performance of the network. Analytics derived from this streaming telemetry can identify current and trending congestion, resource utilization, traffic volume, and buffer occupancy.
· Power Optimization and Design Efficiency--Dynamically managed power consumption provide significant operational savings. Fan speed is dynamically monitored to consume only 20 percent of their maximum power. Power optimization enables to achieve power-to-throughput efficiency ratio of 0.3W/G.
System Overview
The MX2008 chassis provides redundancy and resiliency. All major hardware components including the power system, the cooling system, the Routing and Control Boards (RCBs), and the Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) are fully redundant.
27
The MX2008 router is 24 rack units (U) tall. One router can be installed in an open-frame rack, four-post rack, or cabinet. The MX2008 router has 10 dedicated line-card slots, which means a maximum of 10 Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs) including adapter cards (ADCs) and Modular Interface Cards (MICs) can be installed on the MX2008. Up to 2 MICs can be installed in each MPC. Fully populated, the MX2008 router supports up to 20 MICs. The MX2008 host subsystem consists of two RCBs. The RCB is an integrated board and a single field-replaceable unit (FRU) that provides Routing Engine and Control Board functionality and supports virtualization. The router contains 8 Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs) that provides 7+1 redundancy.
For a list of the supported MPCs, and MICs, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference.
The MX2008 chassis contains nine power supply modules (PSMs) and two power distribution modules (PDMs) for the power feeds. Each PSM delivers 2500 W of power, and provides 8+1 redundancy. The two PDMs provide feed redundancy, with each PDM connected to primary and backup feeds separately. The MX2008 cooling system contains two fan trays, with six fans in each fan tray. The fan trays can be installed at or removed from the back of the chassis, which allows the space in the front to be used for cable management. The MX2008 supports temperature thresholds for each temperature sensor, which enables the router to precisely control the cooling, raise alarms, and shut down a FRU. The MX2008 router is powered by the Junos Trio chipset and runs the Junos® operating system (Junos OS) for high-performance routing and switching. For a list of related Junos OS documentation, see https://www.juniper.net/documentation/software/junos/.
RELATED DOCUMENTATION
MX2008 Component Redundancy | 35 MX2008 Physical Specifications | 218 MX2008 Chassis Description | 28 MX2008 Host Subsystem Description | 148 MX2008 Craft Interface Description | 45 MX2008 Cooling System Description | 57 MX2008 Power System Description | 61
28
MX2008 Chassis
IN THIS SECTION MX2008 Chassis Description | 28 MX2008 Backplane Description | 34 MX2008 Component Redundancy | 35 MX2008 Field-Replaceable Units | 40 MX2008 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology | 42 MX2008 Craft Interface Description | 45 MX2008 Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Interface | 47 MX2008 Alarm LEDs and Alarm Cutoff/Lamp Test Button | 48 MX2008 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface | 49 MX2008 Cable Manager Description | 52 MX2008 Rack-Mounting Hardware | 56
MX2008 Chassis Description
The router chassis is a rigid sheet metal structure that houses all the other router components (see Figure 1 on page 30, Figure 2 on page 31, and Figure 3 on page 32). The MX2008 Universal Routing Platform with standard cable managers and EMI cover measures 42 in. (106.68 cm) high, 19 in. (48.26 cm) wide, and 30.90 in. (78.49 cm) deep (from the front-mounting flanges to the rear of the chassis). An extended cable manager extends the total depth to 36.82 in. (93.53 cm). The chassis can be installed in a standard 19-in. open-frame or four-post rack, or an enclosed cabinet.
NOTE: There must be a minimum of 24 rack units (U) of usable rack space when installing the MX2008 router into a rack.
NOTE: If you are installing the MX2008 router into a network cabinet, make sure that no hardware, device, rack, or cabinet component obstructs the 24 U rack space from access during installation.
29
The chassis includes the following features (see Figure 1 on page 30, Figure 2 on page 31, and Figure 3 on page 32). · Front-mounting flanges for mounting in a four-post rack or cabinet. · Center-mounting metal brackets for center-mounting in an open-frame rack (optional).
CAUTION: Before removing or installing components, attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap to an ESD point, and place the other end of the strap around your bare wrist. Failure to use an ESD strap could result in damage to the hardware components.
WARNING: The router must be connected to earth ground during normal operation.
The MX2008 router is 24 rack units (U) tall. One router can be installed in an open-frame rack, four-post rack, or cabinet. The MX2008 router has 10 dedicated line-card slots, which means a maximum of 10 Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs) including adapter cards and Modular Interface Cards (MICs) can be installed on MX2008. ADCs provide housing to MPCs. The MPCs attach to the adapter cards, which in turn connect to the backplane. Up to 2 MICs can be installed in each MPC. Fully populated, the MX2008 router supports up to 20 MICs. The MX2008 host subsystem consists of two Routing and Control Boards (RCBs). The RCB is an integrated board and a single FRU that provides Routing Engine and Control Board functionality and supports virtualization. The router contains 8 SFBs that provide 7+1 redundancy. One router can be installed in a 24 U or taller open-frame or four-post rack if the rack can support the combined weight, which can be greater than 664.8 lb (301.55 kg).
NOTE: The dimensions also include the cable managers and EMI cover.
30 Figure 1: Front View of a Fully Configured MX2008 Router Chassis
NOTE: Remove field-replacement units (FRUs) from the front of the MX2008 router before you install the router.
See Table 3 on page 30 for information about the components on the front of the MX2008 router.
Table 3: Front Components in a Fully Configured MX2008 Router
Component No.
Component Description Slots
Number of FRUs
1
Craft interface
1
2
Enhanced Switch Fabric 0 through 7
8
Board (SFB2)
3
Routing and Control
0 and 1
2
Boards (RCB)
4
MPCs (with MICs installed) 0 through 9
10
5
Cable manager
1
See Table 4 on page 31 for information about components on the back of an AC-powered MX2008 router.
31 Figure 2: Rear View of a Fully Configured AC-Powered MX2008 Router Chassis
Table 4: Rear Components in a Fully Configured AC-Powered MX2008 Router
Component No. Component Description Slots
Number of FRUs
1
AC PDM--Three-phase delta PDM1/Input1
1
or wye, or a single-phase AC
PDM, or a high-voltage
second-generation universal
(HVAC/HVDC) PDM
2
AC PSMs or high-voltage
0 through 8
9
second-generation universal
(HVAC/HVDC) PSMs
3
PSM air filter
1
4
AC PDM--Three-phase delta PDM0/Input0
1
or wye, or a single-phase AC
PDM, or a high-voltage
second-generation universal
(HVAC/HVDC) PDM
32
Table 4: Rear Components in a Fully Configured AC-Powered MX2008 Router (continued)
Component No. Component Description Slots
Number of FRUs
5
Fan tray air filter
1
6
Fan trays (two)
Fan tray 0 and fan tray 1
2
(behind access door)
NOTE: Remove field-replacement units (FRUs) from the rear of the MX2008 router before you install the router.
Figure 3: Rear View of a Fully Configured DC-Powered MX2008 Router Chassis
NOTE: Remove field replacement units (FRUs) from the rear of the MX2008 router before you install the router.
33
See Table 5 on page 33 for information about router components on the back of a DC-powered MX2008 router.
Table 5: Rear Components in a Fully Configured DC-Powered MX2008 Router
Component No. Component Description Slots
Number of FRUs
1
DC PDM, a DC PDM (240 V PDM1/Input1
1
China), or a high-voltage
second-generation universal
(HVAC/HVDC) PDM
2
DC PSMs, DC PSMs (240 V 0 through 8
9
China), or high-voltage
second-generation universal
(HVAC/HVDC) PSMs
3
PSM air filter
1
4
DC PDM, a DC PDM (240 V PDM0/Input0
1
China), or a high-voltage
second-generation universal
(HVAC/HVDC) PDM
5
Fan tray air filter
1
6
Fan trays (two)
Fan tray 0 and fan tray 1
2
(behind access door)
NOTE: Remove field replacement units (FRUs) from the rear of the MX2008 router before you install the router.
The MX2008 router has two ESD points. These are located on either side of the MPCs on the front of the chassis (see Figure 4 on page 34).
34 Figure 4: MX2008 Router ESD Points
SEE ALSO MX2008 Physical Specifications | 218 Installing the MX2008 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet | 270 MX2008 Router Grounding Specifications | 227 MX2008 Chassis Moving Guidelines | 218
MX2008 Backplane Description
The MX2008 router consist of a signal backplane and a power backplane that connect PSMs and PDMs to the chassis. The adapter cards are carrier cards used to house the MPCs. The MPCs install into the bottom card-cage signal backplanes from the front of the chassis and mate to the signal backplane to connect to the Enhanced Switch Fabric Boards (SFB2s) and the Routing and Control Boards (RCBs). The backplane connects 10 line cards to 8 SFBs and 2 RCBs. The SFBs and RCBs are installed at the top of the chassis from the front. The cooling system components also connect to the signal backplane. The PSMs install into the power backplane, and the PDMs mate to the power backplane.
35
The backplanes performs the following major functions: · Data path--Data packets are transferred across the signal backplane between the MPCs through the
fabric ASICs on the SFBs. · Power distribution--The router PDMs relay power from the feeds to the input of the PSMs through the
power backplane. In addition, the output power from PSMs is distributed to the components of the chassis (MPCs, SFBs, and RCBs), using the power backplane. · Control/management path--The backplanes provides management and control path connectivity among the various system components.
SEE ALSO MX2008 Modular Port Concentrator Description | 187 MX2008 Enhanced Switch Fabric Board (MX2008 SFB2) Description | 183 MX2008 Host Subsystem Description | 148 MX2008 Modular Interface Card Description | 197 MX2008 Chassis Description | 28 MX2008 Power System Description | 61
MX2008 Component Redundancy
A fully configured router is designed so that no single point of failure can cause the entire system to fail. Only a fully configured router provides complete redundancy. All other configurations provide partial redundancy. The following major hardware components are redundant: · Host subsystem--The host subsystem consists of two Routing and Control Boards (RCBs). The RCB is
an integrated board and a single FRU that provides Routing Engine and Control Board functionality. The router can have one or two host subsystems. If two host subsystems are installed, one functions as the primary and the other functions as the backup. If the primary host subsystem (or either of its components) fails, the backup can take over as the primary. · DC power system--The MX2008 DC power system (-48 V and 240 V China) is made up of three components: nine power supply modules (PSMs), two power distribution modules (PDMs), and a power midplane. For telecom (48 VDC) power supplies the power system distributes power from a pool of 22.5 KW (20 KW for non-redundant PSMs and 2.5 KW reserved for PSM redundancy). This pool provides power to the whole chassis including the ten line-card slots, two fan trays, and critical FRUs. These critical FRUs consist of two RCBs and eight SFBs located in the top portion of the chassis.
36
· Power distribution modules (PDMs)--In the DC configuration, each system provides N+1 PSM redundancy along with N+N feed redundancy. The power feeds from different sources need to be connected to different PDMs. If feeds that connect to one PDM fail in a redundant configuration, the other feed starts to provide full power.
NOTE: Depending on the voltage of the DC feeds, power can be drawn from both feeds. The feed with higher voltage provides more power. If the difference between the voltages is sufficient, then the higher voltage feed provides all the power. When the voltages are exactly the same, equal power is drawn from both feeds.
A total of two PDMs can be installed into a router. Each DC PDM operates with up to nine separate feeds of either 60-A or 80-A current limit. The 240 V China DC PDMs have nine feeds and do not have a switch selection. The capacity of these feeds is relayed to system software through a switch located on the DC PDM.
The MX2008 router supports two types of three-phase power system PDMs. The three-phase delta and three-phase wye. Individual phases are taken from three-phase feeds to individual PSMs. One feed provides power to six PSMs, while the second input feed provides power to the remaining three PSMs (supporting a total of nine PSMs).
· DC power feed redundancy--The MX2008 DC power system is feed redundant. Each PSM can be connected to two separate feeds from different sources that are used to provide feed redundancy. There are two PDMs per power subsystem that carry nine feeds each. Feeds from one power source must be connected to one PDM and feeds from the other power source must be connected to the second PDM of the power subsystem (see Figure 5 on page 36).
Figure 5: DC Power System Feed Redundancy
PSM
PDM 1 (feed B)
PSM
PSM
0
1
8
g007087
PDM 0 (feed A)
Each PSM has a set of two DIP switches located on the faceplate. These DIP switches are used to indicate whether a user wants to connect one feed to the power system, two feeds, or none. These DIP switches provide critical information to the power management system to help generate alarms in case of a feed failure or a wrong connection. Each PDM has an LED per feed indicating whether the feed is active or
37
not, or whether the feed is connected properly. See "MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description" on page 105.
· Universal power system--The MX2008 supports connection of a high-voltage second-generation universal (HVAC/HVDC) power system.
High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs--The universal PDM accepts either an HVAC or HVDC input. You can install a total of two PDMs into a router. Each universal PDM operates with nine feeds of a 30-A current limit. Each universal PSM is capable of delivering 3400 W of power with-dual feeds and 3000 W of power with a single-feed. In this configuration, each subsystem provides N+1 output PSM redundancy along with N+N feed redundancy. The power feeds from different sources need to be connected to different PDMs. If feeds that connect to one PDM fail in a redundant configuration, the other feed provides full power. For high-voltage second-generation universal (HVAC/HVDC) power system, both input power feeds are active and share the load when present.
Figure 6 on page 37 illustrates the power distribution from the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs to the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSMs.
Figure 6: MX2010 Router Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Subsystem Feed Redundancy
PDM 1 (feed B)
PSM
PSM
PSM
0
1
8
g007087
PDM 0 (feed A)
· AC power system--The MX2008 supports connection of three-phase and single-phase AC power systems.
There are two types of three-phase power systems: the three-phase delta and three-phase wye. The AC power going to the PSMs is split into three individual phases--each PSM works on a single phase. This means the power system works independent of the kind of AC feed is connected. You can connect one or two feeds, depending on the power system configuration (number of PSMs, redundancy, and so on). Each phase from each of the two feeds is distributed among one or two PSMs (one feed has each phase going to two PSMs, and the other feed has each phase going to a single PSM). See Figure 8 on page 38 and Figure 9 on page 39.
The single-phase AC PDM provides an AC input power interface to the PSM through the system power midplane. Up to nine PSMs can be connected to a single-phase AC PDM. Each single-phase AC PDM accepts seven or nine AC power cords from a single-phase AC source. Each AC input is independent and feeds one PSM. See Figure 7 on page 38.
38
Figure 7: Power Distribution from Single-Phase Feed Delta PDM to the AC PSMs
PSM
PDM 1 (feed B)
PSM
PSM
0
1
8
PDM 0 (feed A)
g007087
Figure 8: Power Distribution from Three-Phase Feed Delta PDM to the AC PSMs
AC PS_0 2800W
input
AC PS_3 2800W
input
AC PS_1 2800W
input
AC PS_4 2800W
input
AC PS_6 2800W
input
AC PS_7 2800W
input
AC PS_2 2800W
input
AC PS_5 2800W
input A1
AC PS_8 2800W
input
A2
B1
B2
C1
C2
g007085
39 Figure 9: Power Distribution from Three-Phase Feed Wye PDM to the AC PSMs
AC PS_1 2800W
input
AC PS_4 2800W
input
AC PS_7 2800W
input
AC PS_0 2800W
input
AC PS_3 2800W
input
AC PS_2 2800W
input
AC PS_5 2800W
input
AC PS_6 2800W
input
AC PS_8 2800W
input
NE1
NE2
A1
A2
B1
B2
C1
C2
g007086
The AC power system is feed redundant--each PSM takes in two AC feeds and uses one of the two. One AC feed is active at a time. If one feed fails, the PSM automatically switches over to the other feed without disrupting system function (see "MX2008 AC Power Supply Module Description" on page 68).
· AC power requirements--Table 6 on page 39 shows the MX2008 current requirements for the three-phase delta and wye power feeds.
Table 6: AC PDM Delta and Wye Current Requirements
Three-Phase Voltage Input Feed
Current Delta per Three-Phase PDM
Current Wye per Three-Phase PDM
200 V
1
(minimumnominal)
(line-to-line) for delta (per 2
phase)
50 A
25 A
200 V
1
30 A
(minimumnominal)
(line-to-neutral) for wye 2
15 A
(per phase)
40
NOTE: This is the minimum required to provide 2.5 KW per PSM. Based on facilities guidelines, you should overprovision the MX2008 router. The two numbers listed in the current columns reflect the distribution of phases from the feed to PSM. For example, from one feed each phase goes to two PSMs and from the other feed each phase goes to only one PSM.
· Power supply modules (PSMs)--All nine AC, DC, 240 V China, or universal HVAC/HVDC PSMs in a system share the load. If one PSM fails in a redundant configuration, the remaining eight PSMs provide power to FRUs. Up to nine PSMs might be required to supply power to a fully configured router. Nine PSMs supply power to the two RCBs (active and redundant), eight SFBs, ten MPCs, and two fan trays (active and redundant).
· Cooling system--The cooling system has a total of two fan trays--which are controlled and monitored by the host subsystem. The fan trays are at the bottom and are used to cool RCBs, SFBs, and ten line cards. If a fan fails or the temperature rises above the temperature threshold, the speed of the remaining fans is automatically adjusted to keep the temperature within the acceptable range (see "MX2008 Cooling System Description" on page 57).
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules (AC/DC or HVAC/HVDC PSMs and PDMs).
SEE ALSO Displaying MX2008 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 570 Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment | 569 How to Return a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. | 575
MX2008 Field-Replaceable Units
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are router components that can be replaced at the customer site (see Table 7 on page 41). Replacing most FRUs requires minimal router downtime. The router uses the following types of FRUs: · Hot-removable and hot-insertable FRUs--You can remove and replace these components without
powering off the router or disrupting the routing functions.
41
· Hot-pluggable FRUs--You can remove and replace these components without powering off the router, but the routing functions of the system are interrupted when the component is removed.
NOTE: Before you replace most host subsystem components, such as the RCBs, you must take the host subsystem offline.
Table 7 on page 41 lists the FRUs for the MX2008 router. Table 7: Field-Replaceable Units
Hot-Removable and Hot-Insertable FRUs Hot-Pluggable FRUs
· PSM air filter · Air filter (lower) · Lower cable manager · Craft interface · Switch Fabric Board (SFB) (if redundant) · Backup RCB (if redundant) · Primary RCB (if nonstop active routing is
configured)
· Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs) · Adapter cards · Modular Interface Cards (MICs) · AC power supply modules (if redundant) · AC power distribution modules (if
redundant)
· DC (-48 V) power supply modules (if redundant)
· DC (-48 V) power distribution modules (if redundant)
· DC (240 V China) power supply modules (if redundant)
· DC (240 V China) power distribution modules (if redundant)
· Universal (HVAC/HVDC) power supply modules (if redundant)
· Universal (HVAC/HVDC) power distribution modules (if redundant)
· Fan trays
· Routing and Control Boards (RCB) (nonredundant)
· Switch Fabric Board (SFB) (nonredundant)
42
SEE ALSO Tools and Parts Required for Replacing MX2008 Hardware Components | 387 Replacing the MX2008 Craft Interface | 396 Replacing an MX2008 Fan Tray | 418 Replacing an MX2008 MPC | 432 Replacing an MX2008 MIC | 422 Replacing an MX2008 SFB | 449 Replacing an MX2008 RCB | 452
MX2008 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology
The MX2008 router supports the components listed in Table 8 on page 42.
Table 8: MX2008 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology
Component
Hardware Model Number CLI Name
Description
Chassis
Chassis
CHAS-MX2008
AC optimized power chassis
MX2008-PREMIUM2-AC
DC optimized power chassis
MX2008-PREMIUM2-DC
MX2008
"MX2008 Physical Specifications" on page 218
"MX2008 Chassis Description" on page 28
Craft interface panel MX2008-CRAFT
Front Panel Display
"MX2008 Craft Interface Description" on page 45
Cooling System, Including Air Baffle, Fan Trays, and Air Filters
Fan tray
MX2000-FANTRAY
172 mm FanTray - 6 Fans
"MX2008 Cooling System Description" on page 57
Optimized power fan MX2K-FANTRAY tray
Optimized Power fan tray
Air filter kit
MX2000-FLTR-KIT-S
N/A
43
Table 8: MX2008 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology (continued)
Component
Hardware Model Number CLI Name
Description
Power System Components
"MX2008 Power System Description" on page 61
PDM blank cover
Power distribution module (PDM)
MX2000-PDM-BLANK MX2000-PDM-DC
N/A
DC 52V Power Dist Module
"MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description" on page 101
MX2K-PDM-DC240V
MX2K 240V HVDC PDM
"MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Description" on page 103
MX2K-PDM-HV
MX2K UNIVERSAL HV PDM
"MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Description" on page 129
MX2000-PDM-AC-DELTA
AC Delta Power Dist Module
"MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description" on page 72
MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description
MX2000-PDM-AC-WYE
AC Y Power Dist Module
"MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description" on page 74
MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description
MX2K-PDM-AC-1PH
Single-phase AC PDM
MX2K-PDM-OP-AC
Single-phase AC PDM (6+1)
MX2K-PDM-OP-DC
Optimized Power DC PDM (6+1)
44
Table 8: MX2008 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology (continued)
Component
Hardware Model Number CLI Name
Description
PSM blank cover
MX2000-PSM-BLANK
Power supply module MX2000-PSM-AC (PSM)
N/A
AC 52V Power Supply Module
"MX2008 Power System Description" on page 61
MX2000-PSM-DC
DC 52V Power Supply Module
MX2K-PSM-DC240V
MX2K 240V HVDC PSM
"MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Description" on page 107
MX2K-PSM-HV
MX2K UNIVERSAL HV PSM
"MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Description" on page 131
MICs and MPCs, Including ADC and Transceiver
MIC
See MX Series Interface Module Reference
"MX2008 Modular Interface
Card Description" on page 197
MPC blank cover MPC
MX2000-LC-BLANK
N/A
See MX Series Interface Module Reference
"MX2008 Modular Port Concentrator Description" on page 187
ADC
MX2000-LC-ADAPTER
Adapter Card
"MX2000 Adapter Card (ADC) Description" on page 186
Transceiver
See MX Series Interface Module Xcvr Reference
"Connecting MPC or MIC Cables to the MX2008 Router" on page 379
Host Subsystem Components
SFB SFB blank cover
MX2008-SFB2 MX2008-RE-SFB-BLANK
MX2008 Switch Fabric Board 2
N/A
"MX2008 Enhanced Switch Fabric Board (MX2008 SFB2) Description" on page 183
45
Table 8: MX2008 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology (continued)
Component
Hardware Model Number CLI Name
Description
Routing and Control Board (RCB)
REMX2008-X8-64G
Routing Engine
Control Board RE-MX2008-X8-64G
"MX2008 Routing and Control Board (MX2008 RCB) Description" on page 149
SEE ALSO MX2008 Router Overview | 26 MX Series Router Interface Names MX2008 Ports and Interfaces | 208
MX2008 Craft Interface Description
The craft interface enables the user to view status and troubleshooting information at a glance and to perform many system control functions. It is hot-insertable and hot-removable. The craft interface is located on the front of the router and contains LEDs for the router components, the alarm relay contacts, and alarm cutoff button (see Figure 10 on page 45). Table 9 on page 46 describes the LEDs, buttons, and connectors.
Figure 10: Front Panel of the Craft Interface
46
Table 9: Craft Interface LEDs, Buttons, and Connectors
Function No.
Label
Description
1
PSM
Status LEDs for PSMs 0 through 8
2
FANTRAYS
Status LEDs for fan trays 0 and 1
3
RE0 (MASTER, ONLINE, and Two sets of status LEDs per host subsystem.
OFFLINE)
There are three LEDs per Routing Engine.
RE1 (MASTER, ONLINE, and OFFLINE)
4
MINOR ALARM
Minor Alarm LED for monitoring or maintaining
the MX2008
5
MAJOR ALARM
Major Alarm LED for critical conditions, which
can result in system shutdown
6
ACO/LT
Alarm Cutoff/ Lamp Test button. Turns off both
minor and major alarms and deactivates the
device attached to the corresponding alarm relay
contact on the craft interface
7
M/S CHASSIS NUM
Chassis ID Dial and Standalone Dial. One dial is
used to indicate the chassis number for
multichassis configurations. The second dial is
used to indicate whether the chassis is operating
in standalone mode or as part of a multichassis
system.
8
MINOR ALARM[NC C NO] Two sets of alarm terminal contacts, each
MAJOR ALARM[NC C NO]
consisting of normal open and normal closed relays that signal a minor or major alarm when
broken.
9
CB-RE 0 and CB-RE 1
Status LEDs for the two RCBs.
10
LC 0 through LC 9
Status LEDs for the ten line cards.
11
SFB 0 through SFB 7
Status LEDs for eight SFBs.
SEE ALSO
47
Replacing the MX2008 Craft Interface | 396 MX2008 Craft Interface Serial Number Label | 576
MX2008 Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Interface
The craft interface has two alarm relay contacts for connecting the router to external alarm devices (see Figure 11 on page 47). Whenever a system condition triggers either the red or yellow alarm on the craft interface, the alarm relay contacts are also activated. The alarm relay contacts are located on the upper right of the craft interface (see Table 10 on page 47).
Figure 11: Alarm Relay Contacts
Table 10: Alarm Relay Contacts
Function No.
Label
1
MINOR ALARM[NC C NO]
MAJOR ALARM[NC C NO]
Description
The alarm relays consist of three terminal contacts with normal closed (NC), common (C), and normal open (NO) relays that signal a minor or major alarm when broken.
SEE ALSO
Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2008 Craft Interface | 378 Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX2008 Craft Interface | 377
48
MX2008 Alarm LEDs and Alarm Cutoff/Lamp Test Button
Two large alarm LEDs are located at the upper right of the craft interface. When lit, the circular red LED indicates a critical condition that can result in a system shutdown. A lit triangular yellow LED indicates a less severe condition that requires monitoring or maintenance. Both LEDs can be lit simultaneously.
A condition that causes an LED to light also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact on the craft interface.
To deactivate red and yellow alarms, press the button labeled ACO/LT (for "alarm cutoff/lamp test"), which is located to the right of the alarm LEDs. Deactivating an alarm turns off both LEDs and deactivates the device attached to the corresponding alarm relay contact on the craft interface.
Table 11 on page 48 describes the alarm LEDs and alarm cutoff button in more detail.
Table 11: Alarm LEDs and Alarm Cutoff/Lamp Test Button
Shape
Color
State
LED Control Name
Description
Red
On
Critical alarm
Indicates a critical
steadily
condition that can cause
the router to stop
functioning. Possible
causes include component
removal, failure, or
overheating.
Yellow
On steadily
Warning alarm
Indicates a serious but nonfatal error condition, such as a maintenance alert or a significant increase in component temperature.
Alarm cutoff/lamp Deactivates red and
test button
yellow alarms. Causes all
LEDs on the craft
interface to light (for
testing) when pressed and
held.
SEE ALSO
49
MX2008 Craft Interface Serial Number Label | 576 MX2008 Router Overview | 26
MX2008 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface
IN THIS SECTION MX2008 Host Subsystem LEDs and Buttons on the Craft Interface | 49 MX2008 Power Supply Module LEDs on the Craft Interface | 50 MX2008 Line-Card LEDs and Buttons on the Craft Interface | 50 MX2008 SFB LED and Buttons on the Craft Interface | 51 MX2008 Fan Tray LEDs on the Craft Interface | 51
MX2008 Host Subsystem LEDs and Buttons on the Craft Interface
Each host subsystem has three LEDs, located in the upper middle of the craft interface, that indicate its status. The LEDs labeled RE0 show the status of the Routing Engine on the RCB in slot 0. The LEDs labeled RE1 show the status of the Routing Engine on the RCB in slot 1. Table 12 on page 49 describes the functions of the host subsystem LEDs.
Table 12: Host Subsystem LEDs on the Craft Interface
Label
Color
State
Description
MASTER Green
On steadily
Host is functioning as the primary.
ONLINE Green
On steadily
Host is online and is functioning normally.
OK/FAIL Red
On steadily
Host is installed but the Routing Engine on the RCB is offline.
Off
Host is not installed.
If you need to take the Control Board offline, you must first take the Routing Engine offline. The Routing Engine gets powered by the Control Board. The RCB is an integrated board and a single FRU that provides Routing Engine and Control Board functionality.
50
MX2008 Power Supply Module LEDs on the Craft Interface
Each power supply module (PSM) has one bicolor LED on the craft interface that indicates its status. The LEDs, labeled 0 through 8, are located on the upper left of the craft interface next to the PSM label. Table 13 on page 50 describes the functions of the PSM LEDs on the craft interface.
Table 13: Power Supply Module LEDs on the Craft Interface
Label
Color
State
Description
PSM
Green
On steadily
PSM is functioning normally.
Red
On
PSM module has failed or power input has failed.
steadily
MX2008 Line-Card LEDs and Buttons on the Craft Interface
Each line card (or MPC) has one bicolor LED on the craft interface that indicates its status. The LEDs, labeled LC 0 through LC 9, are located along the bottom of the craft interface. Table 14 on page 50 describes the functions of the LEDs present on the MPC.
Table 14: Line-Card LEDs on the Craft Interface
Label
Color
State
Description
LC
Green
On
Line card functioning normally.
steadily
Blinking Line card is transitioning online or offline.
Off
The slot is not online.
Red
On
Line card has failed.
steadily
There are ten push buttons located next to each of the line card LEDs on the craft interface. These buttons are used to place the line cards online or offline. When a line card is inserted into an adapter card, and installed into the MX2008 router, the online/offline buttons can turn both the line card and its adapter card on or off.
51
NOTE: When installing an adapter card without the line card, the online/offline buttons have no effect.
MX2008 SFB LED and Buttons on the Craft Interface
Each SFB has one bicolor LED on the craft interface that indicates its status. The SFB LEDs, labeled 0 through 7, are located along the bottom of the craft interface. Table 15 on page 51 describes the functions of the SFB LED.
Table 15: SFB LED on the Craft Interface
Label
Color
State
Description
SFB
Green
On
SFB functioning normally.
steadily
Blinking SFB is transitioning online or offline.
Off
The slot is not online.
Red
On
SFB has failed.
steadily
There are eight push buttons located next to each of the SFB LEDs on the craft interface. These buttons are used to place the SFBs online or offline.
MX2008 Fan Tray LEDs on the Craft Interface
The fan tray LEDs, labeled 0 and 1, are located on the top middle of the craft interface. Table 16 on page 51 describes the functions of the fan tray LEDs.
Table 16: Fan LEDs on the Craft Interface
Label
Color
State
Description
FANTRAYS Green
On steadily
Fan is functioning normally.
Red
On
Fan in a fan tray has failed.
steadily
Fan tray has failed.
52
SEE ALSO MX2008 Craft Interface Description | 45 MX2008 Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Interface | 47
MX2008 Cable Manager Description
IN THIS SECTION Standard Cable Manager | 52 Extended Cable Manager | 54
The MX2008 router supports the following cable managers:
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same cable managers.
Standard Cable Manager The standard cable manager consists of the following components: · Card-cage cable manager--MX2000-CBL-MID · Lower cable manager--MX2000-CBL-BTM-S · DC power cable manager--MX2000-DC-CBL-MGR-S · Cable manager for the DC PDM (240 V China) and the universal (HVAC/HVDC
PDM)--MX2K-HV-CBL-MGR The lower cable manager (see Figure 12 on page 53) is located just below the lower card cage, has a removable cover that is secured by two captive screws with access to rows used for routing and securing the cables away from the front of the Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs) and Modular Interface Cards (MICs) (see Figure 13 on page 53). You can use cable strips or other ties to gently secure the cables in the lower cable manager. To secure the cables in place, loop the tie through the cable anchor and secure the tie.
g007421
53 Each DC PDM has one cable manager. The DC cable manager routes cables away from the rear of the PDMs (see Figure 12 on page 53). You can use cable strips or other ties to gently secure the cables in the DC cable manager. To secure the cables in place, loop the tie through the cable anchor and secure the tie. You can pull the DC cable manager up and outward to lock it into the maintenance position. Figure 12: MX2008 Standard Cable Manager
Front bottom Rear DC Cable (for DC PDM)
Figure 13: Lower Cable Manager
The card-cage cable manager (see Figure 14 on page 54) is located in the upper card cage, which has rows for routing and securing the cables away from the front of the RCBs and SFBs.
54 You can use cable strips or other ties to gently secure the cables in the card-cage cable manager. To secure the cables in place, loop the tie through the cable anchor and secure the tie. To access the air filter, the cable manager needs to be opened. Figure 14: Card-Cage Cable Manager
Extended Cable Manager The extended cable manager consists of the following components: · Extended lower cable manager--MX2000-CBL-BTM-XT-S · Extended DC cable manager--MX2020-DC-CBL-MGR-XT-S
55 Figure 15: MX2008 Extended Cable Manager
Front lower cable manager
Rear DC PDM cable manager
Figure 16: MX2000 Extended Cable Manager for the DC PDM (240 V China) and the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM
Rear Extended Cable Manager
The extended cable manager provides additional support to route and secure a large number of cables away from the front of the MPCs and MICs (see Figure 17 on page 56).
g009408
g100799
56 Figure 17: MX2008 Lower Extended Cable Manager
LC 10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
g000432
The extended DC cable manager provides additional support to route and secure a large number of cables away from the rear of the PDMs. You can use cable strips or other ties to gently secure the cables in the upper and lower extended cable managers. To secure the cables in place, loop the tie through the cable anchor and secure the tie.
SEE ALSO Replacing the MX2008 Standard Cable Managers Replacing the MX2008 Extended Cable Manager | 391
MX2008 Rack-Mounting Hardware
The rack-mounting hardware for the MX2008 router includes: · One large adjustable mounting shelf for mounting in four-post racks or cabinets · Built-in front-mounting flanges on the front of the chassis for front-mounting in a four-post rack or
cabinet
57
· One open-frame mounting shelf for mounting in an open-frame rack (optional) · Two center-mounting brackets for mounting the router in an open-frame rack (optional) · Mounting screws · Cage-nuts
NOTE: There must be a minimum or 24 U of usable rack space when installing the MX2008 router into a rack.
SEE ALSO MX2008 Chassis Description | 28 MX2008 Power Midplane Description | 66
MX2008 Cooling System
IN THIS SECTION MX2008 Cooling System Description | 57 MX2008 Fan Tray LED | 60
MX2008 Cooling System Description
The cooling system consists of the following components: · Fan tray · Fan tray air filter
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same fan modules (fan tray and fan tray air filter).
58 The host subsystem monitors the temperature of the router components. When the router is operating normally, the fans function at lower than full speed. If a fan fails or the ambient temperature rises above a threshold, the speed of the remaining fans is automatically adjusted to keep the temperature within the acceptable range (see Figure 18 on page 58 and Figure 19 on page 59). The fan tray filter is shown in Figure 21 on page 60. Figure 18: Airflow Through the Chassis
The MX2008 router provides front-to-back cooling system. Air is pushed into the bottom inlet and up through the fan tray, and is exhausted out the upper rear of the system. The cooling system cools the MPCs, SFBs, and RCBs. The cooling system components work together to keep all router components within the acceptable temperature range. The MX2008 router has two fan trays located at the bottom of the router that install horizontally. Each fan tray contains six fans. These are labeled 1 through 6 and each fan is 172 mm in diameter. The fan trays are interchangeable and are hot-insertable and hot-removable. Each fan tray has a double safety latch, so the fan tray cannot be removed in one swift motion (see Figure 20 on page 59). To remove the fan tray, press and hold the latch until the STATUS LED turns off. The secondary latch will engage during removal. Press the secondary latch to fully remove the fan tray.
59 Figure 19: Fan Tray
g007035
1 2
1--Safety double latch system
Figure 20: Removing the Fan Tray
2--STATUS LED
g007039
WARNING: Before removing a fan tray, make sure the fan blades have stopped completely.
WARNING: The fan trays use a double latch safety mechanism. Press and hold the latch until the STATUS LED turns off. Continue to press and hold the latch while removing the fan trays. See Figure 19 on page 59.
The fan tray air filter sits right on top of the fan trays and help in filtering the air that enters the chassis. The air filter is hot-insertable and hot-removable. See Figure 21 on page 60.
60 Figure 21: Fan Tray Air Filter
g007044
SEE ALSO
Troubleshooting the MX2008 Cooling System | 552 Replacing an MX2008 Fan Tray | 418 Replacing the MX2008 Air Filters | 407
MX2008 Fan Tray LED
Each fan tray (both the standard fan tray and optimized power fan tray) contains one tricolor LED located on the front faceplate (see Table 17 on page 60). A set of two bicolor fan tray LEDs is located on the top middle of the craft interface. For more information, see "MX2008 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface" on page 49.
Table 17: Fan Tray LEDs
Label
Color
State
Description
STATUS Green
On
Fan tray is operating properly.
Yellow
On
Fan tray is not receiving enough power to operate.
Fan temperature might indicate warm threshold.
Red
On
Fan tray is nonoperational.
One or more fans are bad or not operating.
Fan temperature might indicate high threshold.
SEE ALSO
61
Replacing an MX2008 Fan Tray | 418 Troubleshooting the MX2008 Cooling System | 552 MX2008 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface | 49
MX2008 Power System
IN THIS SECTION MX2008 Power System Description | 61 MX2008 Power Midplane Description | 66
MX2008 Power System Description
The MX2000 routers are available in -48 V and 240 V China DC power configurations, three-phase (delta and wye) AC power configurations, single-phase power configurations, and high-voltage AC (HVAC) or high-voltage DC (HVDC) configurations. You can add additional power to the rack as needed. The MX2008 router is configurable with up to two AC, DC, 240 V China, or high-voltage second-generation universal (HVAC/HVDC) power distribution modules (PDMs), and up to nine AC, DC, 240 V China, or universal HVAC/HVDC power supply modules (PSMs). The PSMs connect to the top and bottom power backplanes that distribute the output voltages produced by the PSMs to the router components. Table 18 on page 62 describes the MX2008 DC power components and Table 19 on page 63 describes the MX2008 AC power components.
CAUTION: Do not mix AC, DC, 240 V China, or universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSMs or different PDM types within a single system. The MX2000 line of routers configured for three-phase wye AC input power must use only three-phase wye AC PDMs and three-phase AC PSMs. The systems configured for three-phase delta AC input power must use only three-phase delta AC PDMs and AC PSMs. The systems configured for single-phase AC input power must use only single phase AC PDMS and AC PSMs. The systems configured for universal (HVAC/HVDC) input power must use universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs and universal PSMs.
62
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules (AC, DC, 240 V China, or universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSMs and AC, DC, 240 V China, or universal HVAC/HVDC PDMs).
Table 18: MX2008 DC Power Components
Component
Description
DC power system
The MX2008 DC power system comprises three components: nine PSMs, two PDMs, and a power midplane. The power system distributes power from a pool of 22.5 KW (20 KW for PSM nonredundant and 2.5 KW reserved for PSM redundancy). This pool provides power to 10 line-card slots, two fan trays, two RCBs and eight SFBs.
DC Power Distribution Modules (PDMs)
In the DC power configuration, the router contains up to two DC PDMs located at the rear of the chassis in slots PDM0/Input0 and PDM1/Input1 (bottom to top). A minimum of one PDM is required per system. Two PDMs provide full redundancy. The DC PDM provides a power interface to nine PSMs. Each DC PDM operates with seven feeds or nine feeds of either a 60-A or 80-A amp current limit. You can select the input feed capacity (60-A or 80-A) by setting the DIP switch on the PDM to the rated amperage of the DC power input feeds. Each DC PDM has seven or nine DC inputs (48 VDC and return terminals for each input).
NOTE: The selected input capacity applies to all inputs of this PDM. Selecting 60 A reduces the available power output capacity of the PSMs supplied by this PDM.
In a redundant configuration, the 7-feed DC PDMs support a total of fourteen 60-A or 80-A feeds, and the 9-feed DC PDMs support a total of eighteen 60-A or 80-A feeds.
DC Power Distribution Modules (240 V China)
In the DC power configuration, the router contains up to two DC power distribution modules (PDMs) located at the rear of the chassis in slots PDM0/Input0 and PDM1/Input1 (bottom to top). A minimum of one PDM is required per system (two PDMs per chassis) for nonredundant power. The DC PDM provides a power interface to nine power supply modules (PSMs).
Two PDMs provide full redundancy for the router. In a redundant configuration, a total of a total of eighteen (9-feed DC PDMs) are supported.
63
Table 18: MX2008 DC Power Components (continued)
Component
Description
DC Power Supply Modules (PSMs)
The MX2008 DC PSMs (-48 V and 240 V China) are hot-removable and hot-insertable. The DC PSMs are a dual redundant feed (INP0 and INP1). To provide feed redundancy, you can connect each DC PSM to two separate feeds from different sources. When both input feeds are present, power is drawn from the feed supplying higher DC voltage. You can set these feeds by using the input mode DIP switch located on the DC PSM (see "MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description" on page 105). There are two PDMs per power system capable of carrying seven feeds or nine feeds each. Each DC PSM is capable of delivering 2500 W of power if -48 V/80 A is applied to the -48 V PSM, and 240 V/20 A is applied to the China 240 VDC PSM.
Table 19: MX2008 AC Power Components
Component
Description
AC power system
The MX2008 supports connection of a single-phase or three-phase (delta or wye) AC power system. In the three-phase power systems, the AC power going to the PSMs is split into three individual phases (wye) or a pair of phases (delta). Each PSM works on a single phase; therefore, the power system works independent of the type of AC feed connected. You can connect one or two AC feeds, depending on the power system configuration (number of PSMs, redundancy, and so on). Each phase from each of the two feeds is distributed among one or two PSMs. One feed has each phase going to two PSMs, and the other feed has each phase going to a single PSM.
The single-phase AC PDM provides an AC input connection from the single-phase AC power source, and also provides an input power interface to the PSM through a system power midplane.
64
Table 19: MX2008 AC Power Components (continued)
Component
Description
AC Power Distribution Modules (PDMs) AC Power Supply Modules (PSMs)
The MX2008 supports connection of a single-phase or three-phase (delta or wye) AC PDM. Four AC PDM models are available: three-phase delta, three-phase wye, seven-feed single-phase, and nine-feed single-phase.
· Each three-phase AC PDM requires two three-phase feeds to be connected. Each phase from each of the two feeds is distributed among one or two PSMs (one feed has each phase going to two PSMs, and the other feed has each phase going to a single PSM).
· The single-phase AC PDM provides an AC input connection from the single-phase AC power source, and also provides an input power interface to the PSM through a system power midplane. The single-phase AC PDMs accept seven or nine AC power cords from a single-phase AC source.
· Each AC input is independent and feeds one PSM. Up to nine PSMs can be connected through the AC PDM.
The MX2008 AC PSMs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. The AC PSMs have a dual redundant feed (INP0 and INP1). One input feed is active during operation. These feeds are set by the input mode DIP switch located on the AC PSM (see "MX2008 AC Power Supply Module Description" on page 68). Each AC PSM works with a single phase derived from either three-phase delta 200240 VAC (line-to-line) or three-phase wye 200240 VAC (line-to-neutral). Each AC PSM is capable of delivering 2500 W of power.
Table 20: MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Components
Component
Description
HVAC/HVDC power subsystem
The MX2008 HVAC/HVDC power system comprises three components: nine PSMs, two PDMs, and a power midplane (PMP). If dual inputs are used, the power system distributes power from a pool of 30.6 KW (27.2 KW nonredundant and 3.4 KW reserved for redundancy). If single inputs are used, the power system distributes power from a pool of 27 KW (24 KW nonredundant and 3 KW reserved for redundancy).
65
Table 20: MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Components (continued)
Component
Description
Universal HVAC/HVDC Power Distribution Modules
In the universal HVAC/HVDC PDM power configuration, the router contains up to two HVAC/HVDC PDMs located at the rear of the chassis in slots PDM0/Input0 and PDM1/Input1 (bottom to top). A minimum of one PDM is required per system. Two PDMs provide full redundancy. The HVAC/HVDC PDM provides a power interface to nine PSMs. If feeds that connect to one PDM fail in a redundant configuration, the other feed provides full power. You can install a total of two PDMs into a router. Each HVAC/HVDC PDM operates with nine feeds.
Universal HVAC/HVDC Power Supply Modules (PSMs)
The MX2008 universal HVAC/HVDC PSMs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. The universal PSMs are a dual-redundant feed (INP0 and INP1). To provide feed redundancy, you can connect each PSM to two separate feeds from different sources. When both input feeds are present, power is drawn from both feeds equally. The DIP switch sets which feeds are expected to connected. The input mode DIP switch is located on the HVAC/HVDC PSM (see MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Description). There are two PDMs per system capable of carrying nine feeds each. Each HVAC/HVDC PSM is capable of delivering 3400 W if both feeds are present, and 3000 W if one feed is present.
The MX2008 router supports the power systems models and Junos OS releases in Table 21 on page 65.
Table 21: Supported MX2008 Power System Components
Name
Model Number
First Junos OS Release Supported
DC PSM
MX2000-PSM-DC
15.1F7 and later
Nine-feed DC PDM
MX2000-PDM-DC
15.1F7 and later
Seven-feed DC PDM
MX2K-PDM-OP-DC
15.1F7 and later
AC PSM
MX2000-PSM-AC
15.1F7 and later
Three-phase delta AC PDM
MX2000-PDM-AC-DELTA
15.1F7 and later
Three-phase wye AC PDM
MX2000-PDM-AC-WYE
15.1F7 and later
Nine-feed single-phase AC PDM
MX2K-PDM-AC-1PH
15.1F7 and later
66
Table 21: Supported MX2008 Power System Components (continued)
Name
Model Number
First Junos OS Release Supported
Seven-feed single-phase AC PDM
MX2K-PDM-OP-AC
15.1F7 and later
Nine-feed Universal HVAC/HVDC PDM MX2K-PDM-HV
19.4R1 and later
NOTE: Routers configured with AC, DC, 240 V China, or universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs and PSMs are shipped with blank panels installed.
NOTE: To avoid triggering any PSM-related or power-related alarms for the PSMs that are not used but still plugged into the MX2008 router, make sure that you:
· Do not connect external power feeds to the PSM through the PDM. · Move the DIP switch on the PSMs to the off position. · Turn off the PSM by using its ON/OFF switch.
SEE ALSO MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 105 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 101 MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Description MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Description MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power System | 128 MX2008 AC Power Requirements | 79 MX2008 DC Power Requirements | 110
MX2008 Power Midplane Description
The MX2008 power system consists of a power midplane. This midplane is used to connect power from the PDM feeds (AC, DC, 240 V China, or HVAC/HVDC universal) to the input of the PSMs (AC, DC, 240
67
V China, or HVAC/HVDC universal) as well as the output from the PSMs to the FRUs (MPCs, RCBs, SFBs, and fan trays). The power midplane plugs into the signal backplane. The PSMs and PDMs get plugged into the power midplane.
SEE ALSO MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 105 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 101 MX2008 AC Power Requirements | 79 MX2008 DC Power Requirements | 110 MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power System | 128 MX2008 Chassis Description | 28
MX2008 AC Power System
IN THIS SECTION MX2008 AC Power Supply Module Description | 68 MX2008 AC Power Supply Module LEDs | 70 MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description | 72 MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description | 74 MX2008 Nine-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description | 76 MX2008 Seven-Feed Single Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description | 77 MX2008 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Distribution Module LEDs | 78 MX2008 AC Power Requirements | 79 MX2008 AC Power Cord Specifications | 87 MX2008 AC Power System Electrical Specifications | 90 MX2008 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines | 92 MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications | 94 MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications | 95 MX2008 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications | 95 Mapping Input Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power Supply Modules on MX2008 Router | 96
68
MX2008 AC Power Supply Module Description
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDM.
There are a total of nine AC power supply modules (PSMs) located at the rear of the chassis in slots PSM0 through PSM8 (left to right). The AC PSMs in slots PSM0 through PSM8 provide power to: · Fan trays (0 and 1) · MPCs in slot 0 through 9 · RCBs in slot 0 and 1 · SFBs in slot 0 through 7 The MX2008 routers supports a three-phase delta AC power system, three-phase wye AC power system, or a single-phase AC power system.
CAUTION: Do not mix AC, DC, 240 V China, or universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSMs or different PDM types within a single system. The MX2000 line of routers configured for three-phase wye AC input power must use only three-phase wye AC PDMs and three-phase AC PSMs. The systems configured for three-phase delta AC input power must use only three-phase delta AC PDMs and AC PSMs. The systems configured for single-phase AC input power must use only single phase AC PDMS and AC PSMs. The systems configured for universal (HVAC/HVDC) input power must use universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs and universal PSMs.
In a three-phase AC power system, the AC power going to the PSMs is split into a pair of phases. Each PSM works on a single phase. This means the power system works independent of the kind of AC feed connected. You can connect one or two feeds, depending on the power system configuration, number of PSMs, redundancy, and so on. Each phase from each of the two feeds is distributed among one or two PSMs. One feed has each phase going to two PSMs and the other feed has each phase going to a single PSM. The single-phase AC power distribution module (PDM) provides an AC input power interface to the PSM through the system power midplane. Up to nine PSMs can be connected to a single-phase AC PDM. Each single-phase AC PDM accepts seven or nine AC power cords from a single-phase AC source. Each AC input is independent and feeds one PSM.
69
NOTE: For the single-phase AC power system, you must connect each input of the PSM to a dedicated AC power feed and a dedicated customer site circuit breaker. Juniper recommends that you use a customer site circuit breaker rated for 15 A (250 VAC) minimum, or as required by local code.
The AC PSMs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. Up to nine PSMs may be connected in parallel per power subsystem to increase available power for MPCs, as needed and to provide redundancy. Figure 22 on page 69 shows the AC PSM.
Figure 22: AC Power Supply Module
g007060
The AC power system provides dual redundant feeds (INP0 and INP1). Each PSM takes in two AC feeds and uses one of the two. One input feed is active during operation. Each feed is a single-phase AC system 200240 VAC derived from a three-phase delta or wye AC input system. These feeds are set by the input mode DIP switch located on the AC PSM. Move the input mode DIP switch to the on or off position to determine the power supply feeds (see Table 22 on page 69 and Figure 23 on page 70).
Table 22: DIP Switch Positions on the AC PSM
Left Switch Position
Right Switch Position
Input Source
Off
Off
None
On
Off
Input 0 (INP0)
Off
On
Input 1 (INP1)
On
On
Both Input 0 and Input 1
70 Figure 23: Selecting the Input Feed on the AC Power Supply Module
PWR OK FAULT INP0 INP1
ON 01
g007109
A PSM failure triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface. For information about connecting to AC power sources, see "MX2008 AC Power System Electrical Specifications" on page 90.
MX2008 AC Power Supply Module LEDs
Each AC PSM faceplate contains four LEDs. These LEDs are described in Table 23 on page 71. There are a total of nine bicolor LEDs located in the craft interface, and are labeled 0 through 8 for the nine PSMs. Both feeds are alive during operation, but only one feed provides current. In addition, a PSM failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface.
71
Table 23: MX2008 AC Power Supply Module LEDs
Label
Color
State
Description
PWR OK Green
On
Power is functioning normally with no alarms.
Yellow
On
PSM controller is off with both INP0 and INP1 voltage out of range.
--
Off
PSM is not functioning normally or the AC input voltage is out of range.
FAULT
Red
On
PSM is not functioning normally or the AC input voltage is out of range.
--
Off
PSM is functioning normally.
INP0
Green
On
AC input is within the required voltage range and the DIP switch is set to on.
Yellow
On
AC input is out of the required voltage range.
--
Off
AC input to the PSM is not present.
INP1
Green
On
AC input is within the required voltage range and the DIP switch is set to on.
Yellow
On
AC input is out of the required voltage range.
--
Off
AC input to the PSM is not present.
SEE ALSO
MX2008 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface | 49 MX2008 AC Power Supply Module Description | 68 MX2008 AC Power System Electrical Specifications | 90
72
MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDM.
Each three-phase delta AC power distribution module (PDM) weighs approximately 12 lb (5.44 kg). A metal wiring compartment contains two AC terminal blocks and ground labeled GND. One AC terminal block consists of three input terminals that serves six power supply modules (PSMs) and the second terminal block serves three PSMs. The terminal block on the left is labeled A1, B1, and C1 (bottom to top). The second terminal block on the right is labeled A2, B2, and C2 (bottom to top). The PDMs are located at the rear of the chassis in slots PDM0/Input0 through PDM1/Input1, (bottom to top). LEDs provide the status of the PDM. Figure 24 on page 72 shows the three-phase delta AC PDM.
NOTE: The three-phase delta AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on which slot the PDM gets plugged into.
Figure 24: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module
200-240V; 3W + PE, 50A
Figure 25 on page 73 shows the three-phase delta AC PDM connections.
CAUTION: The three-phase delta AC PDM must be installed and secured in the chassis before connecting the power input cables. If the PDM must be removed, both input power cables must be uninstalled and removed from the PDM before the PDM can be removed from the chassis. The MX series chassis is not sensitive to phase rotation sequence--either clockwise or counter-clockwise will operate correctly.
200-240V; 3W =PE, 50A
g007095
C1
C2
B1
B2
g007066
A1
A2
C1
C2
B1
B2
A1
A2
73 Figure 25: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Connections
Figure 26 on page 73 shows the three-phase delta AC power cord. Figure 26: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord
SEE ALSO MX2008 Power System | 61
g007084
74
MX2008 AC Power Requirements | 79 MX2008 AC Power System Electrical Specifications | 90 MX2008 AC Power Cord Specifications | 87
MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDM.
Each three-phase wye AC PDM weighs approximately 12 lb (5.44 kg). A metal wiring compartment contains two AC terminal blocks and ground labeled GND. One AC terminal block consists of three input terminals that serve six PSMs and the second terminal block serves three PSMs. The terminal block on the far left is labeled A1, B1, C1, and N1 (bottom to top). The second terminal block is labeled A2, B2, C2, and N2 (bottom to top). The PDMs are located at the rear of the chassis in slots PDM0/Input0 through PDM1/Input1, (bottom to top). LEDs provide the status of the PDM. Figure 27 on page 74 shows the three-phase wye AC PDM.
NOTE: The three-phase wye AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on which slot the PDM gets plugged into.
Figure 27: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module
200-240V; 3W + PE, 50A
Figure 28 on page 75 shows the three-phase wye AC PDM connections.
200-240V; 3W =PE, 50A
g007096
75 CAUTION: The three-phase wye AC PDM must be installed and secured in the chassis before connecting the power input cables. If the PDM must be removed, both input power cables must be uninstalled and removed from the PDM before the PDM can be removed from the chassis. The MX Series chassis is not sensitive to phase rotation sequence--either CW or CCW will operate correctly. Figure 28: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Connections
Figure 29 on page 76 shows the three-phase wye AC power cord.
g007082
g007083
76 Figure 29: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord
SEE ALSO MX2008 Power System | 61 MX2008 AC Power System Electrical Specifications | 90 MX2008 AC Power Cord Specifications | 87
MX2008 Nine-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDM. The MX2008 nine-feed single-phase AC power distribution module (PDM) provides AC input connection from a single-phase AC source, and also provides an input power interface to the power supply module (PSM) through a system power midplane. Up to nine PSMs can be connected to the single-phase AC PDM. Each AC input is independent and feeds one PSM. The nine-feed single-phase AC PDM weighs approximately 9 lb (4.1 kg). The front of the PDM has nine type C21 power cord connections for connecting to single-phase AC power. Figure 30 on page 77 shows the nine-feed single-phase AC PDM.
77 Figure 30: Nine-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module
CAUTION: The single-phase AC PDM must be installed and secured in the chassis before connecting the input power cables. If the PDM must be removed, all input power cables must be removed from the PDM before the PDM can be removed from the chassis.
SEE ALSO MX2008 Power System | 61 MX2008 AC Power System Electrical Specifications | 90 MX2008 AC Power Cord Specifications | 87
MX2008 Seven-Feed Single Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description
Each single-phase seven-feed AC PDM weighs approximately 12 lb (5.44 kg). The front of the PDM has seven type C21 power cord connections for connecting single-phase AC power. Figure 31 on page 77 shows the single-phase seven-feed AC PDM. Figure 31: Seven Feed Single Phase AC Power Distribution Module
SEE ALSO
78
MX2008 Power System | 61 MX2008 AC Power System Electrical Specifications | 90 MX2008 AC Power Cord Specifications | 87
MX2008 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Distribution Module LEDs
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDM.
Figure 32 on page 78 shows the LEDs on the three-phase delta AC PDM faceplate. The three-phase wye AC PDM has the same LEDs. The LEDs in Table 24 on page 78 indicate the status of the AC PDM. In addition, a PDM failure triggers the red alarm LED on the craft interface. Figure 32: Three-Phase Delta AC PDM LEDs
200-240V; 3W + PE, 50A
200-240V; 3W =PE, 50A
g007063
Table 24: Three-Phase Delta AC PDM LEDs
Label
Color
State
Description
Green
On
The left AC terminal block is receiving voltage.
--
Off
The left AC terminal block is not receiving voltage.
Green
On
The right AC terminal block is receiving voltage.
--
Off
The right AC terminal block is not receiving voltage.
79
SEE ALSO MX2008 AC Power System Electrical Specifications | 90
MX2008 AC Power Requirements
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDM.
To allow for future growth so that you can operate the router in any hardware configuration without upgrading the power infrastructure, we recommend that you provision 2800 W for each AC PDM (delta or wye). If you do not plan to provision 2800 W for each AC PSM, you can use the information in Table 25 on page 79 and Table 26 on page 79 to calculate power consumption for various hardware configurations, input current from a different source voltage, and thermal output, as shown in the following examples for an AC-powered router. Table 27 on page 80 lists the power requirements for various hardware components when the router is operating under typical voltage conditions.
NOTE: Unlike all the other MPCs, MPC6E, MPC8E, and MPC9E does not require an adapter card (ADC) to house the MPC in the MX2008 router.
Table 25: Base AC Power Requirements
Component
Power Requirement (Watts)
Base system, (not including MPCs, ADCs, and MICs) includes seven SFBs, one host subsystem (RCB), two fan trays, and craft interface, three PSMs, and two PDMs
1,520 W (typical at 25° C) 4,420 W (at 55° C)
Table 26: Typical AC Power Requirements for MX2008 Router
Component
Model Number
Power Requirement (Watts) with 91% Efficiency
Base chassis
CHAS-BP-MX2008
80
Table 26: Typical AC Power Requirements for MX2008 Router (continued)
Component
Model Number
Power Requirement (Watts) with 91% Efficiency
Fan trays, lower
MX2000-FANTRAY
1500 W * 2 = 3000 W
MPC
MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP 440 W * 10 = 4400 W
ADC
ADC
150 W * 10 = 1500 W
RCB
REMX2008-X8-64G
100 W
SFB--slots 0 through 7
MX2008-SFB2
100 W * 8 = 800 W
MX2008 three-phase delta AC power system (PDM and PSM) @ 50 A/25 A
MX2008 three-phase wye power system (PDM and PSM) @ 30 A/15 A
2800 W 2800 W
If you do not plan to provision as recommended above, you can use the information in Table 27 on page 80 to calculate the power consumption for your hardware configuration.
Table 27: MX2008 FRU AC Power Requirements
Component
Model Number
Maximum Power Requirement
Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs)
SFB2
MX2008-SFB2
100 W (Typical) 110 W at 55° C 100 W at 40° C 95 W at 25° C
Fan Trays Fan Trays
MX2000-FANTRAY
1500 W (Typical) 1700 W at 55° C 1500 W at 40° C 350 W at 25° C
Adapter Cards
Table 27: MX2008 FRU AC Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
ADC
MX2000-LC-ADAPTER
Routing Control Board RCB
REMX2008-X8-64G
MPCs 16x10GE MPC (seeMPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP)
MPC1 (see MPC1)
MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP
MX-MPC1-3D MX-MPC1E-3D
MPC1 Q (see MPC1 Q)
MX-MPC1-3D-Q MX-MPC1E-3D-Q
MPC2 (see MPC2)
MX-MPC2-3D MX-MPC2E-3D
81
Maximum Power Requirement 150 W
100 W (Typical) 120 W at 55° C 100 W at 40° C 95 W at 25° C
440 W at 55° C ambient
165 W With MICs and optics: 239 W at 55° C 227 W at 40° C 219 W at 25° C 175 W With MICs and optics: 249 W at 55° C 237 W at 40 C 228 W at 25° C 274 W With MICs and optics: 348 W at 55° C 329 W at 40° C 315 W at 25° C
Table 27: MX2008 FRU AC Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
MPC2 Q (see MPC2 Q ) MPC2 EQ (see MPC2 EQ )
MX-MPC2-3D-Q MX-MPC2-3D-EQ MX-MPC2E-3D-Q MX-MPC2E-3D-EQ
MPC2E P (see MPC2E P)
MX-MPC2E-3D-P
MPC3E (see MPC3E)
MX-MPC3E-3D
32x10GE MPC4E (see 32x10GE MX-MPC4E-3D-32XGE-SFPP MPC4E)
82
Maximum Power Requirement
294 W With MICs and optics: 368 W at 55° C 347 W at 40° C 333 W at 25° C
294 W With MICs and optics: 368 W at 55° C 347 W at 40° C 333 W at 25° C
440 W With MICs and optics: 500 W at 55° C, two 40 W MICs 485 W at 40° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics 473 W at 25° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics
610 W With MICs and optics: 607 W at 55° C, two 40 W MICs 590 W at 40° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics 585 W at 25° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics
Table 27: MX2008 FRU AC Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
2x100GE + 8x10GE MPC4E (see MX-MPC4E-2CGE-8XGE 2x100GE + 8x10GE MPC4E)
6x40GE + 24x10GE MPC5E 6x40GE + 24x10GE MPC5EQ
MPC5E-40G10G MPC5EQ-40G10G
2x100GE + 4x10GE MPC5E 2x100GE + 4x10GE MPC5EQ
MPC5E-100G10G MPC5EQ-100G10G
MPC6E MPC7E-MRATE
MX2K-MPC6E MPC7E-MRATE
83
Maximum Power Requirement
610 W With MICs and optics: 610 W at 55° C, two 40 W MICs 550 W at 40° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics 530 W at 25° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics
645 W With optics: 604 W at 55° C, with SFPP ZR and CFP LR4 optics 541 W at 40° C, with SFPP ZR and CFP LR4 optics 511 W at 25° C, with SFPP ZR and CFP LR4 optics
With optics: 607 W at 55° C 541 W at 40° C 511 W at 25° C
1088 W with MICs and optics
400 W (Typical) 545 W at 55° C 465 W at 40° C 440 W at 25° C
Table 27: MX2008 FRU AC Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
MPC8E (without MICs)
MX2K-MPC8E
MPC9E (without MICs)
MX2K-MPC9E
MICs ATM MIC with SFP
MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC12-ATM
Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP MIC-3D-20-GE-SFP
10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with XFP
2-Port: MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP 4-Port: MIC-3D-4XGE-XFP
10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP+
MIC6-10G
84
Maximum Power Requirement 688 W (Typical) 805 W at 55° C 720 W at 40° C 690 W at 25° C 838 W (Typical) 1018 W at 55° C 870 W at 40° C 840 W at 25° C
35 W 37 W 2-Port: 29 W 4-Port: 37 W 74 W With optics: 53 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C with 10G BASE-SR and 10G BASE-LR optics 66 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C with 10G BASE-ER optics 74 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C with 10G BASE-ZR optics
Table 27: MX2008 FRU AC Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
10-Gigabit Ethernet DWDM OTN MIC6-10G-OTN MIC
40-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with QSFPP
MIC3-3D-2X40GE-QSFPP
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CFP
MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CFP
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CXP
MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CXP
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CFP2
MIC6-100G-CFP2
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CXP
MIC6-100G-CXP
85
Maximum Power Requirement
84 W With optics: 63 W at 55° C with 10G BASE-LR OTN optics 63 W at 40° C with 10G BASE-LR OTN optics 63 W at 25° C with 10G BASE-LR OTN optics
18 W
40 W
20 W
104 W With optics: 94 W at 55° C with 100G BASE-LR4 OTN optics 86 W at 40° C with 100G BASE-LR4 OTN optics 74 W at 25° C with 100G BASE-LR4 OTN optics
57 W 49 W at 55° C with CXP SR10 optics 49 W at 40° C with CXP SR10 optics 49 W at 25° C with CXP SR10 optics
86
Table 27: MX2008 FRU AC Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
100-Gigabit DWDM OTN MIC with CFP2
MIC3-100G-DWDM
SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 Multi-Rate MIC
4-Port: MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48 8-Port: MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48
OC192/STM64 MIC with XFP MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP
Channelized SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 Multi-Rate MIC
4-Port: MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12 8-Port: MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12
Channelized OC48/STM16 MIC MIC-3D-1CHOC48 with SFP
Maximum Power Requirement
With optics: 91 W at 55° C 83 W at 25° C
4-Port: 24 W at 55° C 22.75 W at 40° C 21.5 W at 25° C 8-Port: 29 W at 55° C 27.75 W at 40° C 26.5 W at 25° C
41 W at 55° C 38.5 W at 40° C 36 W at 25° C
4-Port: 41 W at 55° C 40 W at 40° C 39 W at 25° C 8-Port: 52 W at 55° C 50.5 W at 40° C 49 W at 25° C
56.5 W at 55° C 54.5 W at 40° C 53 W at 25° C
Table 27: MX2008 FRU AC Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
Tri-Rate MIC
MIC-3D-40GE-TX
MIC MRATE
MIC-MRATE
DS3/E3 MIC
MIC-3D-8DS3-E3 MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B
Channelized OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) Circuit Emulation MIC with SFP
MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE
87
Maximum Power Requirement 41 W · When installed into MPC8E:
1.250 A @ 48 V (60 W) · When installed into MPC9E:
1.771 A @ 48 V (85 W) 36 W at 55° C 35 W at 40° C 34 W at 25° C 33.96 W
SEE ALSO MX2008 Power System Description | 61 MX2008 AC Power System Electrical Specifications | 90
MX2008 AC Power Cord Specifications
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDM.
Most sites distribute power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounted power distribution panels, one of which can be located next to the rack that houses the router. An AC power cord connects each power distribution module (PDM) to the power distribution panel. For more information about AC PDM input power mapping, see "Mapping Input Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power Supply Modules on MX2008 Router" on page 96.
88
Detachable AC power cords, each approximately 14.8 ft (4.5 m) long, are supplied with the router. The AC power cord wires are inserted into the AC input terminal with the help of a screwdriver. The plug end of the power cord fits into the power source receptacle for your geographical location.
Table 28 on page 88 and Table 29 on page 88 provide specifications for the AC power cords for each region supported. Figure 33 on page 89, Figure 34 on page 89, and Figure 35 on page 89 illustrate the plug on the 3-phase and single-phase AC power cords.
Table 28: Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Cord Specifications
Country
Model Number
North America
CBL-MX2000-3PH-DELTA
Europe
CBL-MX2000-3PH-WYE
Table 29: Single-Phase AC Power Cord Specifications
Country
Part Number
CBLCBL-PWR-C21S-AU
AC Power Cable, Australia
CBL-PWR-C21S-CH AC
Power Cable, China
CBL-PWR-C21S-EU
AC Power Cable, Europe
CBL-PWR-C21S-INTL
AC Power Cable, International
CBL-PWR-C21S-IT
AC Power Cable, Italy
CBL-PWR-C21S-JP
AC Power Cable, Japan
CBL-PWR-C21S-US
AC Power Cable, US/Canada
g007084
89 Figure 33: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord
Figure 34: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord
Figure 35: Single-Phase AC Power Cord (C21 plug)
g007083
90
CAUTION: In North America, AC power cords must not exceed approximately 14.75 ft (4.5 m) in length, to comply with National Electrical Code (NEC) Sections 400-8 (NFPA 75, 5-2.2) and 210-52, and Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) Section 4-010(3). The cords supplied with the router are in compliance.
CAUTION: The router is pluggable type A equipment installed in a restricted-access location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal (size for UNC 1/4-20 ground lugs) provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin on the power cord. This separate protective earthing terminal must be permanently connected to earth.
CAUTION: Power cords and cables must not block access to device components or drape where people could trip on them.
SEE ALSO Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 Replacing an MX2008 AC Power Supply Module | 465
MX2008 AC Power System Electrical Specifications
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDM.
Table 30 on page 91 lists the AC power system electrical specifications for the MX2000 line of routers.
91
Table 30: MX2008 AC Power System Electrical Specifications
Item
Specification
AC input voltage
Delta operating range: 200240 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal) Wye operating range: 200240 VAC (line-to-neutral) (nominal) Single-phase operating range: 200-240 VAC (nominal)
AC input line frequency Delta: 50/60 Hz (+/-3Hz) Wye: 50/60 Hz (+/-3Hz) Single-phase: 50/60 Hz (+/-3Hz)
AC system current rating Delta: 50 A @ 200 VAC(input #1 for each PDM) and 25 A @ 200 VAC(input #2 for each PDM)
Wye: 30 A @ 200 VAC(input #1 for each PDM) and 15 A @ 200 VAC(input #2 for each PDM)
Single-phase: 30 A @ 200 VAC
AC system input power Delta: 16800 W (input #1), 8400 W (input #2) Wye: 16800 W (input #1), 8400 W (input #2)
Efficiency
90.5% at 50% load and 220 VAC IN
AC Power Supply Input Fuses
The AC PSM has line and neutral power supply input fuses in both INP0 and INP1. Table 31 on page 91 lists the electrical specifications for each fuse.
Table 31: Electrical Specifications for AC Power Supply Input Fuses
Electrical Characteristic
Value
INP0/INP1 Line Fuse
Littelfuse 0324020.MX65LP
· Ampere Rating
20A
· Voltage Rating
250V
· Interrupting Rating
1000A @ 250V
· Nominal Cold Resistance
3.55 mOhm
92
Table 31: Electrical Specifications for AC Power Supply Input Fuses (continued)
Electrical Characteristic
Value
· Melting Integral
631 A² sec
INP0/INP1 Neutral Fuse
Littelfuse 0325020.MXD65LP
· Ampere Rating
20A
· Voltage Rating
250V
· Interrupting Rating
1500A @ 250V
· Nominal Cold Resistance
4.2 mOhm
· Melting Integral
2500 A² sec
SEE ALSO Replacing an MX2008 AC Power Supply Module | 465 MX2008 AC Power Requirements | 79 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597
MX2008 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDM.
NOTE: For devices with AC power supplies, an external surge protective device (SPD) must be used at the AC power source.
93
The following electrical safety guidelines apply to AC-powered devices: · Note the following warnings printed on the device:
CAUTION: THIS UNIT HAS MORE THAN ONE POWER SUPPLY CORD. DISCONNECT ALL POWER SUPPLY CORDS BEFORE SERVICING TO AVOID ELECTRIC SHOCK. ATTENTION: CET APPAREIL COMPORTE PLUS D'UN CORDON D'ALIMENTATION. AFIN DE PRÉVENIR LES CHOCS ÉLECTRIQUES, DÉBRANCHER TOUT CORDON D'ALIMENTATION AVANT DE FAIRE LE DÉPANNAGE. · AC-powered devices are shipped with a three-wire electrical cord with a grounding-type plug that fits only a grounding-type power outlet. Do not circumvent this safety feature. Equipment grounding must comply with local and national electrical codes. · You must provide an external certified circuit breaker rated minimum 20 A in the building installation. · The power cord serves as the main disconnecting device for the AC-powered device. The socket outlet must be near the AC-powered device and be easily accessible. · For devices that have more than one power supply connection, you must ensure that all power connections are fully disconnected so that power to the device is completely removed to prevent electric shock. To disconnect power, unplug all power cords (one for each power supply).
Power Cable Warning (Japanese) WARNING: The attached power cable is only for this product. Do not use the cable for another product.
SEE ALSO Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 MX2008 AC Power Requirements | 79
94
MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDM.
Table 32 on page 94 lists the three-phase delta AC power distribution monitor (PDM) electrical specifications.
Table 32: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications
Item
Specification
AC input voltage
Operating range: 200240 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal)
AC input line frequency 50/60 Hz (nominal)
AC input current rating
50 A @ 200 VAC (input #1 for each PDM) 25 A @ 200 VAC (input #2 for each PDM)
AC system input power 16800 W (input #1), 8400 W (input #2)
Efficiency
90.5% at 50% load and 220 VAC IN
SEE ALSO
MX2008 AC Power Requirements | 79 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 MX2008 AC Power Cord Specifications | 87
95
MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDM.
Table 33 on page 95 lists the three-phase wye AC PDM electrical specifications.
Table 33: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications
Item
Specification
AC input voltage
Operating range: 200-240 VAC (line-to-neutral) or 345-415 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal)
AC input line frequency 50/60 Hz (nominal)
AC input current rating
30 A @ 200 VAC (input #1 for each PDM) 15 A @ 200 VAC (input #2 for each PDM)
SEE ALSO MX2008 AC Power Requirements | 79 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 MX2008 AC Power Cord Specifications | 87
MX2008 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDM.
96
Table 34 on page 96 lists the single-phase AC power distribution module (PDM) electrical specifications for the MX2000 line of routers.
Table 34: Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications
Item
Specification
AC input voltage
Operating range: 200240 VAC (nominal)
AC input line frequency 50/60 Hz (nominal)
AC input current rating 14 A @ 200 VAC
SEE ALSO MX2008 AC Power Cord Specifications | 87
Mapping Input Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power Supply Modules on MX2008 Router
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDM.
You connect AC power to the router by connecting two AC power cords to each AC PDM. One feed maps to six PSMs and the other maps to three PSMs. Figure 36 on page 97 shows the mapping for the MX2008. The arrangement matches the internal components of the PDM. Table 35 on page 97 shows the AC PDM input mapping to AC PDM0/Input0 and PDM1/Input1.
97 Figure 36: Mapping AC Power Distribution Module Input to AC Power Supply Modules (MX2008)
Table 35: Input AC Power Mapping for PDM0 and PDM1
PDM0/Input0 (Left)
PDM0/Input0 (Right) PDM1/Input1 (Left)
PSM0
PSM3
PSM0
PSM1
PSM4
PSM1
PSM2
PSM5
PSM2
PSM6
PSM3
PSM7
PSM4
PSM8
PSM5
PDM1/Input1 (Right) PSM6 PSM7 PSM8
BEST PRACTICE: To achieve complete redundancy when you have two power sources, such as Source A and Source B, we recommend that you connect them as follows:
· Connect Source A to PDM0-left and PDM0-right · Connect Source B to PDM1-left and PDM1-right
98
SEE ALSO MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description MX2008 Seven-Feed Single Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description | 77 MX2008 Nine-Feed Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module Description | 76
MX2008 DC Power System
IN THIS SECTION MX2008 Seven-Feed DC Power Distribution Module Description | 99 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 101 MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Description | 103 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) LEDs | 104 MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) LEDs | 105 MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 105 MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Description | 107 MX2008 DC Power Supply Module LEDs | 109 MX2008 DC Power Requirements | 110 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Description (-48 V) | 118 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Description (240 V China) | 120 MX2008 DC Power (-48 V) System Electrical Specifications | 122 MX2008 Router DC (240 V China) System Electrical Specifications | 123 DC Power (-48 V) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2008 Router | 125 DC Power (240 V China) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000 Router | 126 DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX2008 Router | 126
99
MX2008 Seven-Feed DC Power Distribution Module Description
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDM.
In the DC power configuration, the router contains up to two DC PDMs located at the rear of the chassis in slots PDM0/Input0 and PDM1/Input1 (bottom to top). A minimum of one PDM is required per system (two PDMs per MX2008 chassis) for nonredundant power. The DC PDMs provides power interface to nine PSMs. Four PDMs provide full redundancy.
NOTE: Power backplane distributes regulated 52 VDC to all boards supplied by that system.
Each DC PDM has seven DC inputs (48 VDC and return terminals for each input) (see Figure 37 on page 100). Select 60 A or 80 A input feed capacity on the DC PDM by setting the switch to the rated amperage of DC power input feeds.
NOTE: This switch applies to all inputs of this PDM. Selecting 60 A reduces the available power output capacity of the PSMs supplied by this PDM.
100 Figure 37: DC Power Distribution Module
NOTE: The type of feed that you use on the DC PDM (60 A or 80 A) depends on the distribution scheme and distribution equipment. With a 60-A feed, the maximum power supply output power is limited to 2100 W while the maximum power supply input power is limited to 2400 W. With an 80-A feed, the maximum power supply output is limited to 2500 W while maximum power supply input power is limited to 2800 W. The system power management software calculates the available and used power based on DIP switch positions in the PDM.
g100403
101 Figure 38: DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China)
6 8
SEE ALSO MX2008 Power System | 61 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Description (-48 V) | 118 Calculating DC Power Requirements for MX2008 Routers | 246 MX2008 DC Power Requirements | 110 MX2008 DC Power (-48 V) System Electrical Specifications | 122 Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for MX Series Routers | 643
MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDMs.
102
In the DC power configuration, the router contains up to two DC power distribution modules (PDMs) located at the rear of the chassis in slots PDM0/Input0 and PDM1/Input1 (bottom to top). A minimum of one PDM is required per system (two PDMs per chassis) for nonredundant power. The DC PDM provides a power interface to nine power supply modules (PSMs). Two PDMs provide full redundancy. In a redundant configuration, a total of fourteen 60-A or 80-A input feeds (7-feed DC PDMs), and a total of eighteen 60-A or 80-A input feeds (9-feed DC PDMs) are supported.
NOTE: The power backplane for a subsystem distributes regulated 52 VDC to all boards supplied by that subsystem.
Each DC PDM has seven or nine DC inputs (48 VDC and return terminals for each input). You can select 60-A or 80-A input feed capacity on the DC PDM by setting the DIP switch on the PDM to the rated amperage of the DC power input feeds.
NOTE: The selected input capacity applies to all inputs of this PDM. Selecting 60 A reduces the available power output capacity of the PSMs supplied by this PDM.
Figure 39 on page 102 shows the MX2008 DC PDM. Figure 39: MX2008 DC PDM
NOTE: The type of feed that you use on the DC PDM (60-A or 80-A) depends on the distribution scheme and distribution equipment. With a 60-A feed, the maximum power supply output power is limited to 2100 W while the maximum power supply input power is limited to 2400 W. With an 80-A feed, the maximum power supply output is limited to 2500 W while the maximum power supply input power is limited to 2800 W. The system power management software calculates the available and used power based on DIP switch positions in the PDM.
g007050
103
SEE ALSO Calculating DC Power Requirements for MX2008 Routers | 246 MX2008 DC Power (-48 V) System Electrical Specifications | 122 MX2008 Power System | 61 Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for MX Series Routers | 643
MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Description
In the DC power configuration, the router contains up to two DC power distribution modules (PDMs) located at the rear of the chassis in slots PDM0/Input0 and PDM1/Input1 (bottom to top). A minimum of one PDM is required per system (two PDMs per chassis) for nonredundant power. The DC PDM provides a power interface to nine power supply modules (PSMs). Two PDMs provide full redundancy for the router. In a redundant configuration, a total of a total of eighteen (9-feed DC PDMs) are supported.
NOTE: The power backplane for a subsystem distributes regulated 52 VDC to all boards supplied by that subsystem.
Each DC PDM (240 V China) has nine DC inputs, (see Figure 40 on page 103).
Figure 40: MX2000 DC PDM (240 V China)
g100400
104
MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) LEDs
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDMs.
Each DC PDM faceplate contains one bicolor LED for each of the nine 48 V input power feeds, indicating the correct or incorrect polarity connection of each feed. See . Figure 41 on page 104 Figure 41: DC Power Distribution Module LEDs
g007089
Table 36: DC Power Distribution Module LEDs
Label
Color
State
Description
48V=80A Green
On
RTN and 48V input feeds are connected. PDM is functioning normally.
Off
RTN input feed is not connected or present.
48V input feed is not connected or present.
RTN and 48V input feeds are not connected.
Red
On
RTN or 48V input feeds may be reversed, feed live.
SEE ALSO
MX2008 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface | 49 MX2008 Power System | 61
105
MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) LEDs
Each DC PDM (240 V China) faceplate contains one LED for each of the nine input power feeds, indicating the correct or incorrect polarity connection of each feed. See Figure 42 on page 105 and Table 37 on page 105 DC PDM (240 V China) LEDs.
Figure 42: DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) LEDs
g100401
1
1--LED
Table 37: DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) LEDs
Color
State
Description
Green
On
Positive and negative input feeds are connected. PDM is functioning normally.
Off
Positive input feed is not connected or present.
Negative input feed is not connected or present.
MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDMs.
The MX2008 supports a DC power system. The DC power system operates with feeds of 60 A or 80 A current limited. A total of nine feeds are required to fully power the MX2008. Another nine feeds are required to provide feed redundancy (a total of 18 60-A or 80-A feeds). In the DC power configuration, the router contains up to nine DC PSMs located at the rear of the chassis in slots PSM0 through PSM8,
106
(left to right). The DC PSMs in slots PSM0 through PSM8 provide power to the all router components including MPCs in slot 0 through 9, RCBs in slot 0 and 1, SFBs in slot 0 through 7, and fan trays 0 and 1.
NOTE: The MX2008 systems configured for DC input power must use only DC PDMs and DC PSMs. You cannot mix AC and DC PSMs or PDMs within a single system.
Up to nine PSMs may be connected in parallel to increase available system power across MPCs as needed and provide redundancy. Figure 43 on page 106 shows the DC PSM. Figure 43: DC (-48 V) Power Supply Module
g007047
The DC power system is feed redundant. Each DC PSM can be connected to two separate feeds from different sources that are used to provide feed redundancy. If two feeds are connected, PSM input power is drawn from the feed with the higher voltage present. There are two PDMs per power system capable of carrying nine feeds each. Connect feeds from one source to one PDM and feeds from the other source to the second PDM of the power system. The primary input of the PSM is a dual redundant feed, INP0 and INP1. Both feeds are active during operation, but both feeds might or might not be providing current. Move the input mode DIP switch to the on or off position to determine the power supply feeds (see Table 38 on page 106 and Figure 44 on page 107). In addition, a PSM failure triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface. Each PDM has an LED per feed indicating whether the feed is active or not, or whether the feed is connected properly, see "MX2008 DC Power (-48 V) System Electrical Specifications" on page 122.
Table 38: DIP Switch Positions on the DC (-48 V) PSM
Left Switch Position
Right Switch Position
Input Source
Off
Off
None
On
Off
Input 0 (INP0)
107
Table 38: DIP Switch Positions on the DC (-48 V) PSM (continued)
Left Switch Position
Right Switch Position
Input Source
Off
On
Input 1 (INP1)
On
On
Both Input 0 and Input 1
Figure 44: Selecting Input Feed on the DC (-48 V) Power Supply Module
PWR OK FAULT INP0 INP1
ON 01
g007109
SEE ALSO MX2008 DC Power Supply Module LEDs | 109 MX2008 Router Grounding Specifications | 227 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Description (-48 V) | 118 Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for MX Series Routers | 643
MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Description
The MX2008 supports a DC power system. The 240 V China DC power system operates with nine feeds. A total of nine feeds are required to fully power the MX2008. Another nine feeds are required to provide feed redundancy (a total of 18 feeds In the DC power configuration, the router contains up to nine DC PSMs located at the rear of the chassis in slots PSM0 through PSM8, (left to right). The DC PSMs in slots PSM0 through PSM8 provide power to the all router components including MPCs in slot 0 through 9, RCBs in slot 0 and 1, SFBs in slot 0 through 7, and fan trays 0 and 1.
108
NOTE: The MX2008 systems configured for DC (240 V China) input power must use only DC (240 V China) PDMs and DC PSMs. AC and DC PSMs or PDMs must not be mixed within a single system.
Up to nine PSMs may be connected in parallel to increase available system power across MPCs as needed and provide redundancy. Figure 43 on page 106) shows the DC PSM. Figure 45: DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)
g000407
The DC power system is feed redundant. Each DC PSM can be connected to two separate feeds from different sources that are used to provide feed redundancy. If two feeds are connected, PSM input power will be drawn from the feed with the higher voltage present. There are two PDMs per power subsystem capable of carrying nine feeds each. Connect feeds from one source to one PDM and feeds from the other source to the second PDM of the power subsystem. The primary input of the PSM is a dual redundant feed, INP0 and INP1. Both feeds are active during operation, but both feeds may or may not be providing current. Move the input mode DIP switch to the on or off position to determine the power supply feeds (see Table 38 on page 106 and Figure 44 on page 107). In addition, a PSM failure triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface. Each PDM has an LED per feed indicating whether the feed is active or not, or whether the feed is connected properly, see "MX2008 Router DC (240 V China) System Electrical Specifications" on page 123.
Table 39: DIP Switch Positions on the DC (240 V China) PSM
Left Switch Position
Right Switch Position
Input Source
Off
Off
None
109
Table 39: DIP Switch Positions on the DC (240 V China) PSM (continued)
Left Switch Position
Right Switch Position
Input Source
On
Off
Input 0 (INP0)
Off
On
Input 1 (INP1)
On
On
Both Input 0 and Input 1
Figure 46: Selecting Input Feed on the DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)
g100410
MX2008 DC Power Supply Module LEDs
Each DC PSM (-48 V and 240 China) faceplate contains four LEDs. These LEDs are described in Table 40 on page 110. Nine bicolor LEDs, labeled 0 through 8 for the nine PSMs, are located in the center of the craft interface.
The primary input of the PSM is a dual redundant feed, INP0 and INP1. Both feeds are active during operation, but both feeds might or might not be providing current. In addition, a PSM failure triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface.
110
Table 40: MX2008 DC Power Supply Module LEDs
Label
Color
State
Description
PWR OK Green
On
PSM is functioning normally with no alarms.
Yellow
On
PSM controller is off with both INP0 and INP1 voltage out of range.
Off
PSM is not functioning normally or the PSM controller is off.
FAULT
Red
On
PSM is not functioning normally or the DC input voltage of one or more feeds is out of range.
Off
PSM is functioning normally or both the DIP switches are set to off.
INP0
Green
On
DC input is within required voltage range and the DIP switch is set to on.
Yellow
On
DC input is detected but voltage is out of range.
Off
DC input to the PSM is not present.
INP1
Green
On
DC input is within required voltage range and the DIP switch is set to on.
Yellow
On
DC input is detected but voltage is out of range.
Off
DC input to the PSM is not present.
SEE ALSO MX2008 Router Grounding Specifications | 227 Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for MX Series Routers | 643
MX2008 DC Power Requirements
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDMs.
111
Table 41 on page 111 lists the FRU power requirements for SFBs, RCBs, MPCs, and MICs. In addition, Table 41 on page 111 lists the MPC power requirements with MICs and optics at various operating temperatures. Typical power represents power under certain temperatures and normal operating conditions. For PDMs with 60 A feeds, we recommend that you select the 60 A @ 48 VDC switch for each input. For PDMs with 80 A feeds, we recommend that you select the 80 A @ 48 VDC switch for each input.
NOTE: The 240 V China DC PDMs do not have a switch selection.
If you do not plan to provision as recommended above, you can use the information in Table 41 on page 111 to calculate the power consumption for your hardware configuration.
NOTE: Unlike all the other MPCs, MPC6E, MPC8E, and MPC9E does not require an adapter card (ADC) to house the MPC in the MX2008 router.
Table 41: FRU DC Power Requirements
Component
Model Number
Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs)
MX2008 SFB2
MX2008-SFB2
Fan Trays Fan Trays
MX2000-FANTRAY-S
Adapter Cards ADC
MX2000-LC-ADAPTER
Maximum Power Requirement
100 W (Typical) 110 W at 55° C 100 W at 40° C 95 W at 25° C
1500 W (Typical) 1700 W at 55° C 1500 W at 40° C 350 W at 25° C
150 W
Table 41: FRU DC Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
Routing Control Board (RCB)
RCB
REMX2008-X8-64G
MPCs 16x10GE MPC (seeMPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP)
MPC1 (see MPC1)
MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP
MX-MPC1-3D MX-MPC1E-3D
MPC1 Q (see MPC1 Q)
MX-MPC1-3D-Q MX-MPC1E-3D-Q
MPC2 (see MPC2)
MX-MPC2-3D MX-MPC2E-3D
112
Maximum Power Requirement
100 W (Typical) 120 W at 55° C 100 W at 40° C 95 W at 25° C
440 W at 55° C ambient
165 W With MICs and optics: 239 W at 55° C 227 W at 40° C 219 W at 25° C 175 W With MICs and optics: 249 W at 55° C 237 W at 40° C 228 W at 25° C 274 W With MICs and optics: 348 W at 55° C 329 W at 40° C 315 W at 25° C
Table 41: FRU DC Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
MPC2 Q (see MPC2 Q) MPC2 EQ (see MPC2 EQ)
MX-MPC2-3D-Q MX-MPC2-3D-EQ MX-MPC2E-3D-Q MX-MPC2E-3D-EQ
MCP2E P (see MPC2E P)
MX-MPC2E-3D-P
MPC3E (see MPC3E)
MX-MPC3E-3D
32x10GE MPC4E (see 32x10GE MX-MPC4E-3D-32XGE-SFPP MPC4E)
113
Maximum Power Requirement
294 W With MICs and optics: 368 W at 55° C 347 W at 40° C 333 W at 25° C
294 W With MICs and optics: 368 W at 55° C 347 W at 40° C 333 W at 25° C
440 W With MICs and optics: 520 W at 55° C, two 40 W MICs 420 W at 40° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics 408 W at 25° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics
610 W With MICs and optics: 610 W at 55° C, two 40 W MICs 560 W at 40° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics 550 W at 25° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics
Table 41: FRU DC Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
2x100GE + 8x10GE MPC4E (see MX-MPC4E-2CGE-8XGE 2x100GE + 8x10GE MPC4E)
6x40GE + 24x10GE MPC5E 6x40GE + 24x10GE MPC5EQ
MPC5E-40G10G MPC5EQ-40G10G
2x100GE + 4x10GE MPC5E 2x100GE + 4x10GE MPC5EQ
MPC5E-100G10G MPC5EQ-100G10G
MPC6E MPC7E-MRATE
MX2K-MPC6E MPC7E-MRATE
MPC8E (without MICs)
MX2K-MPC8E
114
Maximum Power Requirement 610 W With MICs and optics: 610 W at 55° C, two 40 W MICs 550 W at 40° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics 530 W at 25° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics With optics: 607 W at 55° C 541 W at 40° C 511 W at 25° C With optics: 607 W at 55° C 541 W at 40° C 511 W at 25° C 1088 W with MICs and optics 400 W (Typical) 545 W at 55° C 465 W at 40° C 440 W at 25° C 688 W (Typical) 805 W at 55° C 720 W at 40° C 690 W at 25° C
Table 41: FRU DC Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
MPC9E (without MICs)
MX2K-MPC9E
MICs ATM MIC with SFP
MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC12-ATM
Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP MIC-3D-20-GE-SFP
10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with XFP
2-Port: MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP 4-Port: MIC-3D-4XGE-XFP
10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP+
MIC6-10G
10-Gigabit Ethernet DWDM OTN MIC6-10G-OTN MIC
115
Maximum Power Requirement 838 W (Typical) 1018 W at 55° C 870 W at 40° C 840 W at 25° C
35 W
37 W
2-Port: 29 W 4-Port: 37 W
74 W With optics: 53 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C with 10G BASE-SR and 10G BASE-LR optics 66 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C with 10G BASE-ER optics 74 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C with 10G BASE-ZR optics
84 W With optics: 63 W at 55° C with 10G BASE-LR OTN optics 63 W at 40° C with 10G BASE-LR OTN optics 63 W at 25° C with 10G BASE-LR OTN optics
Table 41: FRU DC Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
40-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with QSFPP
MIC3-3D-2X40GE-QSFPP
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CFP
MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CFP
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CXP
MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CXP
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CFP2
MIC6-100G-CFP2
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CXP
MIC6-100G-CXP
100-Gigabit DWDM OTN MIC with CFP2
MIC3-100G-DWDM
116
Maximum Power Requirement 18 W
40 W
20 W
104 W With optics: 94 W at 55° C with 100G BASE-LR4 OTN optics 86 W at 40° C with 100G BASE-LR4 OTN optics 74 W at 25° C with 100G BASE-LR4 OTN optics 57 W 49 W at 55° C with CXP SR10 optics 49 W at 40° C with CXP SR10 optics 49 W at 25° C with CXP SR10 optics With optics: 91 W at 55° C 83 W at 25° C
117
Table 41: FRU DC Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 Multi-Rate MIC
4-Port: MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48 8-Port: MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48
OC192/STM64 MIC with XFP MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP
Channelized SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 Multi-Rate MIC
4-Port: MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12 8-Port: MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12
Channelized OC48/STM16 MIC MIC-3D-1CHOC48 with SFP
Tri-Rate MIC
MIC-3D-40GE-TX
Maximum Power Requirement 4-Port: 24 W at 55° C 22.75 W at 40° C 21.5 W at 25° C 8-Port: 29 W at 55° C 27.75 W at 40° C 26.5 W at 25° C
41 W at 55° C 38.5 W at 40° C 36 W at 25° C
4-Port: 41 W at 55° C 40 W at 40° C 39 W at 25° C 8-Port: 52 W at 55° C 50.5 W at 40° C 49 W at 25° C
56.5 W at 55° C 54.5 W at 40° C 53 W at 25° C
41 W
Table 41: FRU DC Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
MIC MRATE
MIC-MRATE
DS3/E3 MIC
MIC-3D-8DS3-E3 MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B
Channelized OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) Circuit Emulation MIC with SFP
MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE
118
Maximum Power Requirement · When installed into MPC8E:
1.250 A @ 48 V (60 W) · When installed into MPC9E:
1.771 A @ 48 V (85 W) 36 W at 55° C 35 W at 40° C 34 W at 25° C 33.96 W
SEE ALSO
MX2008 Chassis Description | 28
MX2008 DC Power Distribution Description (-48 V)
Most sites distribute DC power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounting DC power distribution panels, one of which might be located at a location near the rack that houses the router. A pair of cables (one input and one return) connects each set of PDM input terminal studs to the power distribution panel.
The PSMs can be connected to two separate feeds from different sources that are used for feed redundancy. There are two PDMs located in slots PDM0/Input0 and PDM1/Input1 that are capable of carrying seven to nine feeds each. Each feed is connected from one source to one PDM and feeds from the other source to the second PDM of the DC power system. This configuration balances power draw for the system by using the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy.
Each system provides N+1 PSM redundancy along with N+N feed redundancy. If both DC feeds are available, operating power draws from the feed with higher voltage. These feeds are set by the input mode DIP switch located on the DC PSM (see "MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description" on page 105). Each set of power cables powers a single DC PSM and is capable of delivering 2500 W of power if 80-A feeds are connected. If feeds that connect to one PDM fail in a redundant configuration, the other feed starts to provide full power.
119 Figure 47 on page 119 shows a typical DC source cabling arrangement. Figure 47: Typical DC Source Cabling to the Router
All DC PSMs in a subsystem share the load. If one PSM fails in a redundant configuration, the remaining PSMs provide power to FRUs. Up to nine PSMs might be required to supply power to a fully configured router. A portion of power from each zone is reserved to power critical FRUs. These FRUs allow the system to operate even if power to a complete zone fails.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (-) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each PDM.
WARNING: For field-wiring connections, use copper conductors only.
CAUTION: Power cords and cables must not block access to device components or drape where people could trip on them.
SEE ALSO
120
MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 101MX2008 Power System | 61 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 101 Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module | 489 Replacing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module | 469 MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 105 Replacing an MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 508
MX2008 DC Power Distribution Description (240 V China)
Most sites distribute DC power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounting DC power distribution panels, one of which might be located at a location near the rack that houses the router. A pair of cables (one input and one return) connects each set of PDM input terminal studs to the power distribution panel.
The PSMs can be connected to two separate feeds from different sources that are used for feed redundancy. There are two PDMs located in slots PDM0/Input0 and PDM1/Input1 that are capable of carrying seven to nine feeds each. Each feed is connected from one source to one PDM and feeds from the other source to the second PDM of the DC power system. This configuration balances power draw for the system by using the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy.
Each system provides N+1 PSM redundancy along with N+N feed redundancy. If both DC feeds are available, operating power draws from the feed with higher voltage. These feeds are set by the input mode DIP switch located on the DC PSM (see "MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Description" on page 107). Each set of power cables powers a single DC PSM and is capable of delivering 2500 W of power if 20 A 240 V source is connected. If feeds that connect to one PDM fail in a redundant configuration, the other feed starts to provide full power.
Figure 48 on page 121 shows a typical DC source cabling arrangement.
121 Figure 48: Typical DC Source Cabling to the Router
DC power supply on MX2008
Central office secondary DC power distribution
Rectifiers
AC
Batteries
Plant controls
Power plant and batteries in same building
g100399
Chassis grounding point
Safety ground connection
All DC PSMs in a subsystem share the load. If one PSM fails in a redundant configuration, the remaining PSMs provide power to FRUs. Up to nine PSMs might be required to supply power to a fully configured router. A portion of power from each zone is reserved to power critical FRUs. These FRUs allow the system to operate even if power to a complete zone fails.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (-) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each PDM.
CAUTION: The two input sources must have similar grounding type because the PSM can see 480 V if one source has positive ground (-240 V), and the other source has negative ground (+240 V). This might damage the PSM.
WARNING: For field-wiring connections, use copper conductors only.
CAUTION: Power cords and cables must not block access to device components or drape where people could trip on them.
122
MX2008 DC Power (-48 V) System Electrical Specifications
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDMs.
Table 42 on page 122 lists the DC power system electrical specifications.
Table 42: DC (-48 V) PSM Electrical Specifications per Input Configurations
Item
Specification
Maximum input current rating input voltage @ 40 VDC to 72 VDC
60 A (for 2100 W output) 73 A (for 2500 W output)
Maximum output power 2100 W @ 60 A 2500 W @ 73 A
Redundancy
N+1 PSM N+N feed redundancy
DC input voltage
40 VDC to 72 VDC
DC nominal input current 49 A (for 2100 W output)
@ 48 VDC IN
59 A (for 2500 W output)
Maximum DC output @ 52 VDC (upper and lower cage)
2500 W
DC standby output @ 5 VDC
30 W
Efficiency
91%
NOTE: This value is within load range 1767% and nominal input voltage at 48 VDC.
123
DC Power Supply Input Fuses
The DC (-48 V) PSM has a power supply input fuse in the negative terminals of both INP0 and INP1. Table 43 on page 123 lists the electrical specification for this fuse.
Table 43: Electrical Specifications for the DC Power Supply Input Fuse
Electrical Characteristic
Value
Fuse
Littelfuse FUSE M P 80A 170VDC E, P/N TLS080LS
Voltage Rating
170 Vdc
Ampere Range
80 A
Interrupting Rating
100 kA
Approvals
UL Recognized (File: E71611)
Construction
Body: Glass melamine Caps: Silver-plated brass
Environmental
RoHS Compliant, Lead (Pb) Free
SEE ALSO MX2008 Power System Description | 61 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 101 MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 105
MX2008 Router DC (240 V China) System Electrical Specifications
Table 44 on page 124 lists the DC power system electrical specifications.
124
Table 44: DC PSM (240 V China) Electrical Specifications Per Input Configurations
Item
Specification
Maximum input current rating input voltage @ 190 - 290 VDC
16 A (for 2500 W output)
Maximum output power 2500 W @ 190 V/16 A
Redundancy
N+1 PSM N+N feed redundancy
DC input voltage
190 VDC to 290 VDC
DC nominal input current 14 A (for 2500 W output) @ 240 VDC IN
Maximum DC output @ 52 VDC (upper and lower cage)
2500 W
DC standby output @ 5 30 W VDC
Efficiency
NOTE: This value is within load range 17-67% and nominal input voltage at 240 VDC.
91%
DC Power Supply Input Fuses
The DC PSM has a power supply input fuse in the negative terminals of both INP0 and INP1. Table 45 on page 124 lists the electrical specification for this fuse.
Table 45: Electrical Specifications for the DC Power Supply (240 V China) Input Fuse
Electrical Characteristic
Value
Fuse
Fuse Walter MHP-20
Voltage Rating
500 Vdc
125
Table 45: Electrical Specifications for the DC Power Supply (240 V China) Input Fuse (continued)
Electrical Characteristic
Value
Ampere Range
20 A
Interrupting Rating
20 kA
Approvals
UL Recognized (File: E71611)
Construction
Body: Glass melamine Caps: Silver-plated brass
Environmental
RoHS Compliant, Lead (Pb) Free
DC Power (-48 V) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2008 Router
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDMs.
For PDMs, if you plan to operate a maximally configured DC-powered router, we recommend that you provision at least 80 A @ 48 VDC (nominal) for each DC input to the system. Use a customer-site circuit breaker rated according to respective National Electrical Code and customer site internal standards to maintain proper level of protection for the current specified above.
If you plan to operate a DC-powered router at less than the maximum configuration, we recommend that you provision a circuit breaker according to respective National Electrical Code and customer-site internal standards to maintain proper level of protection for the current specified above.
For PDMs, If you plan to operate a minimally configured DC-powered router, we recommend that you provision at least 60 A @ 48 VDC (nominal) for each input to the system. Use a customer-site circuit breaker rated according to National Electrical Code and customer site internal standards to maintain proper level of protection for the current specified above.
If you plan to operate a DC-powered router at less than the maximum configuration, we recommend that you provision a circuit breaker according to respective National Electrical Code and customer-site internal standards to maintain proper level of protection for the current specified above or each DC power supply rated for at least 125% of the continuous current that the system draws at 48 VDC.
126
SEE ALSO MX2008 Power System | 61 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 101 MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 105 Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Replacing an MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 508
DC Power (240 V China) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000 Router
For PDMs, if you plan to operate a maximally configured DC-powered router, we recommend that you provision at least 20 A @ 240 VDC (nominal) for each DC input to the system. Use a customer site 2 pole circuit breaker rated according to respective National Electrical Code and customer site internal standards to maintain proper level of protection for the current specified above. If you plan to operate a DC-powered router at less than the maximum configuration, we recommend that you provision a 2 pole circuit breaker according to respective National Electrical Code and customer site internal standards to maintain proper level of protection for the current specified above or each DC power supply rated for at least 125% of the continuous current that the system draws at 240 VDC.
DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX2008 Router
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDMs.
The cable lugs attach to the terminal studs of each PDM (see Figure 49 on page 127 and Figure 50 on page 127).
NOTE: The MX2008 supports 4-AWG DC power cable lugs for 80-A input, and 6-AWG DC power cable lugs for 60-A input.
Figure 49: 4-AWG DC Power Cable Lug
End view
Inner diameter .28
0.55 0.27 2 holes
127
g007054
0.09
0.25
0.63
All measurements in inches
Figure 50: 6-AWG DC Power Cable Lug
End view
Inner diameter .22
.48 ±.04
g007468
.25 ±.04
0.63 ±.02
.27 ±.02 2 PLC
All measurements in inches
CAUTION: Before router installation begins, a licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to the grounding and power cables that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router.
CAUTION: The router is a pluggable type A equipment installed in restricted access location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal (Metric [M6] and English [¼-20] screw ground lugs) provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This separate protective earth terminal must be permanently connected to earth.
Table 46 on page 127 summarizes the specifications for the DC power cables, which you must supply.
Table 46: DC Power Cable Specifications
Cable Type Quantity and Specification
Power
Eighteen pairs of 4-AWG (21.2 mm2), used with 80-A PDM. Minimum 90°C wire, or as required by the local code.
128
Table 46: DC Power Cable Specifications (continued) Cable Type Quantity and Specification Eighteen pairs of 6-AWG (13.3 mm2), used with 80-A PDM. Minimum 90°C wire, or as required by the local code.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and () to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each PDM.
SEE ALSO MX2008 Power System Description | 61 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 101 MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 105 Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Replacing an MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 508
MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power System
IN THIS SECTION MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Description | 129 MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module LEDs | 130 MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Description | 131 MX2008 High-Voltage Universal Power Supply Module LEDs | 133 MX2008 High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal Power Requirements | 135 MX2000 High-Voltage Universal PDM (MX2K-PDM-HV) Power Cord Specifications | 142
129
MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 146 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000 Router | 147
MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Description
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDMs.
In the high-voltage second-generation universal (HVAC/HVDC) power configuration, the MX2000 router contains two high-voltage universal (MX2K-PDM-HV) PDMs located at the rear of the chassis in slots PDM0/Input0 and PDM1/Input1 (bottom to top). A minimum of one PDM is required per system (two PDMs per chassis) for nonredundant power. The universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs provide power interface to nine power supply modules (PSMs). Two PDMs provide full redundancy for the router. In a redundant configuration, a total of a total of eighteen (9-feed PDMs) are supported.
NOTE: The power backplane for a subsystem distributes regulated 52 VDC to all boards supplied by that subsystem.
Each high-voltage universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM has nine (HVAC/HVDC) inputs, (see Figure 51 on page 129). Figure 51: MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM
g100850
130
SEE ALSO MX2000 Router Grounding Specifications Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for MX Series Routers | 643
MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module LEDs
Each universal PDM faceplate contains one LED for each of the nine input power feeds, indicating the correct or incorrect polarity connection of each feed. See Table 36 on page 104 and Figure 41 on page 104 high-voltage universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM LEDs.
Figure 52: High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module LEDs
g100861
1
1--LED
Table 47: High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module LEDs
Color
State
Description
Green
On
Positive and negative input feeds are connected. PDM is functioning normally.
Off
Positive input feed is not connected or present.
Negative input feed is not connected or present.
SEE ALSO
MX2008 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface | 49 MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Description
131
MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Description
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDMs.
The MX2008 supports a universal HVAC/HVDC power system. The HVAC/HVDC power system operates with nine feeds. A total of nine feeds are required to fully power the MX2010. Another nine feeds are required to provide feed redundancy (a total of 18 feeds In the HVAC/HVDC power configuration, the router contains up to nine HVAC/HVDC PSMs located at the rear of the chassis in slots PSM0 through PSM8, (left to right). The HVAC/HVDC PSMs in slots PSM0 through PSM8 provide power to the all router components including MPCs in slot 0 through 9, CB-REs in slot 0 and 1, SFBs in slot 0 through 7, and fan trays 0, 1, 2, and 3.
NOTE: The MX2008 systems configured for universal (HVAC/HVDC) input power must use only universal PDMs and PSMs. AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs or PDMs must not be mixed within a single system.
Up to nine PSMs may be connected in parallel to increase available system power across MPCs as needed and provide redundancy. Figure 43 on page 106 shows the universal PSM. Figure 53: High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module
The HVAC/HVDC power system is feed redundant. Each universal PSM can be connected to two separate feeds from different sources that are used to provide feed redundancy. The PSM has two independent power trains connected in parallel at the output while each input is connected to its own feed. Power always is drawn from both feeds. There are two PDMs per power system capable of carrying nine feeds each. The bottom PDM in each power cage provides power to INP0 of all PSMs installed in the cage, while
g100862
132
top PDM in each power cage provides power to INP1 of all PSMs installed in the cage. Feed connection to the PDMs should be done according to standard TIA-942 "Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data" depending on tiering level. The primary input of the PSM is a dual-redundant feed, INP0 and INP1. Both feeds are active during operation, and always carry current. Two dual-position DIP switches accessible from front panel indicate whether respective input INP0 or INP1 is expected to be connected or not. Set the input mode DIP switch to the on or off position to determine the power supply feeds (see Table 48 on page 132 and Figure 54 on page 132). In addition, a PSM failure triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface. Each PDM has an LED per feed indicating whether the feed is active or not, or whether the feed is connected properly. See "MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Description" on page 131.
Table 48: DIP Switch Positions on the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM
Switch Location Left (Input 0)
Switch Location Middle
(Input 1)
Input Source
Off
Off
None are expected to be connected.
On
Off
Only input (0) is expected to be connected.
Off
On
Only input( 1) is expected to be connected.
On
On
Both input 0 and input 1 are expected to be connected.
Figure 54: Selecting the Input Feed on the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module
g100867
The universal HVAC/HVDC PSM has one more (third) DIP input switch accessible from the front panel, see Figure 54 on page 132. This switch indicates the system is using the universal (MX2K-PDM-HV) PDM that has 30 A rated power cord. This should be in the ON position.
Table 49:
Switch Location Right (Input 2)
Meaning
Table 49: (continued) On. See Figure 54 on page 132.
133
PSM is using the universal HVAC/HVDC PDM that has 30 A-rated power cord.
SEE ALSO MX2000 Router Grounding Specifications Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for MX Series Routers | 643 Replacing the MX2008 Air Filters | 407
MX2008 High-Voltage Universal Power Supply Module LEDs
Each high-voltage second-generation universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM faceplate contains four LEDs. These LEDs are shown in Figure 55 on page 133 and Table 50 on page 134. Nine bicolor LEDs, labeled 0 through 8 for the nine PSMs, are located in the center of the craft interface. The primary input of the PSM is a dual redundant feed, INP0 and INP1. Both feeds are active during operation, and both feeds share the load current when present. In addition, a PSM failure triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface.
Figure 55: MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module LEDs
g100862
134
Table 50: MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module LEDs
INP0 (V) AC or DC within range
INP1 (V) AC or DC within range
Dip Dip PSM INP0 0 1 Switch LED
INP1 LED
PWR OK LED
FAULT PWR 52V 5V LED OK out out
Yes
Yes
1 0 Off
Green Off
Blinking
Off
amber
Off Off Off
Yes
0
1 0 On
Green Off
Green
Off
On On On
0
Yes
0 1 Off
Off
Green Blinking
Off
Off Off Off
amber
0
Yes
1 1 On
Off
Green Green
Off
On On On
Yes
Yes
1 1 Off
Green Green Blinking
Off
amber
Off Off Off
Yes
Yes
1 1 On
Green Green Green
Off
On On On
Yes
Yes
0 0 Off
Green Green Blinking
Off
amber
Off Off Off
Yes
Yes
0 0 On
Green Green Green
Off
On On On
Yes
0
0 1 Off
Green Off
Blinking
Red
amber
Off On Off
Yes
0
0 1 On
Green Off
Green
Red
On On On
0
Yes
1 0 Off
Off
Green Blinking
Red
Off On Off
amber
0
Yes
1 0 On
Off
Green Green
Red
On On On
SEE ALSO
MX2008 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface | 49 MX2008 Power System | 61 MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Description
135
MX2008 High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal Power Requirements
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDMs).
Table 51 on page 135 lists the FRU power requirements for SFBs, RCBs, MPCs, and MICs. In addition, Table 51 on page 135 lists the MPC power requirements with MICs and optics at various operating temperatures. Typical power represents power under certain temperatures and normal operating conditions.
NOTE: The universal PDMs do not have a switch selection.
If you do not plan to provision as recommended above, you can use the information inTable 51 on page 135 to calculate the power consumption for your hardware configuration.
NOTE: Unlike all the other MPCs, MPC6E, MPC8E, and MPC9E does not require an adapter card (ADC) to house the MPC in the MX2008 router.
Table 51: FRU Power Requirements
Component
Model Number
Switch Fabric Boards (SFBs)
MX2008 SFB2
MX2008-SFB2
Fan Trays
Maximum Power Requirement
100 W (Typical) 110 W at 55° C 100 W at 40° C 95 W at 25° C
Table 51: FRU Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
Fan Trays
MX2000-FANTRAY-S
Adapter Cards ADC
MX2000-LC-ADAPTER
Routing Control Board (RCB)
RCB
REMX2008-X8-64G
MPCs 16x10GE MPC (seeMPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP)
MPC1 (see MPC1)
MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP
MX-MPC1-3D MX-MPC1E-3D
MPC1 Q (see MPC1 Q)
MX-MPC1-3D-Q MX-MPC1E-3D-Q
136
Maximum Power Requirement 1500 W (Typical) 1700 W at 55° C 1500 W at 40° C 350 W at 25° C
150 W
100 W (Typical) 120 W at 55° C 100 W at 40° C 95 W at 25° C
440 W at 55° C ambient
165 W With MICs and optics: 239 W at 55° C 227 W at 40° C 219 W at 25° C 175 W With MICs and optics: 249 W at 55° C 237 W at 40° C 228 W at 25° C
Table 51: FRU Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
MPC2 (see MPC2)
MX-MPC2-3D MX-MPC2E-3D
MPC2 Q (see MPC2 Q) MPC2 EQ (see MPC2 EQ)
MX-MPC2-3D-Q MX-MPC2-3D-EQ MX-MPC2E-3D-Q MX-MPC2E-3D-EQ
MCP2E P (see MPC2E P)
MX-MPC2E-3D-P
MPC3E (see MPC3E)
MX-MPC3E-3D
137
Maximum Power Requirement 274 W With MICs and optics: 348 W at 55° C 329 W at 40° C 315 W at 25° C
294 W With MICs and optics: 368 W at 55° C 347 W at 40° C 333 W at 25° C
294 W With MICs and optics: 368 W at 55° C 347 W at 40° C 333 W at 25° C
440 W With MICs and optics: 520 W at 55° C, two 40 W MICs 420 W at 40° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics 408 W at 25° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics
Table 51: FRU Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
32x10GE MPC4E (see 32x10GE MX-MPC4E-3D-32XGE-SFPP MPC4E)
2x100GE + 8x10GE MPC4E (see MX-MPC4E-2CGE-8XGE 2x100GE + 8x10GE MPC4E)
6x40GE + 24x10GE MPC5E 6x40GE + 24x10GE MPC5EQ
MPC5E-40G10G MPC5EQ-40G10G
2x100GE + 4x10GE MPC5E 2x100GE + 4x10GE MPC5EQ
MPC5E-100G10G MPC5EQ-100G10G
MPC6E
MX2K-MPC6E
138
Maximum Power Requirement
610 W With MICs and optics: 610 W at 55° C, two 40 W MICs 560 W at 40° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics 550 W at 25° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics
610 W With MICs and optics: 610 W at 55° C, two 40 W MICs 550 W at 40° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics 530 W at 25° C, two CFP MICs with LR4 optics
With optics: 607 W at 55° C 541 W at 40° C 511 W at 25° C
With optics: 607 W at 55° C 541 W at 40° C 511 W at 25° C
1088 W with MICs and optics
Table 51: FRU Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
MPC7E-MRATE
MPC7E-MRATE
MPC8E (without MICs)
MX2K-MPC8E
MPC9E (without MICs)
MX2K-MPC9E
MICs ATM MIC with SFP
MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC12-ATM
Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP MIC-3D-20-GE-SFP
10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with XFP
2-Port: MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP 4-Port: MIC-3D-4XGE-XFP
10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP+
MIC6-10G
139
Maximum Power Requirement 400 W (Typical) 545 W at 55° C 465 W at 40° C 440 W at 25° C 688 W (Typical) 805 W at 55° C 720 W at 40° C 690 W at 25° C 838 W (Typical) 1018 W at 55° C 870 W at 40° C 840 W at 25° C
35 W 37 W 2-Port: 29 W 4-Port: 37 W 74 W With optics: 53 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C with 10G BASE-SR and 10G BASE-LR optics 66 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C with 10G BASE-ER optics 74 W at 55° C, 40° C and 25° C with 10G BASE-ZR optics
Table 51: FRU Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
10-Gigabit Ethernet DWDM OTN MIC6-10G-OTN MIC
40-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with QSFPP
MIC3-3D-2X40GE-QSFPP
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CFP
MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CFP
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CXP
MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CXP
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CFP2
MIC6-100G-CFP2
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with CXP
MIC6-100G-CXP
140
Maximum Power Requirement
84 W With optics: 63 W at 55° C with 10G BASE-LR OTN optics 63 W at 40° C with 10G BASE-LR OTN optics 63 W at 25° C with 10G BASE-LR OTN optics
18 W
40 W
20 W
104 W With optics: 94 W at 55° C with 100G BASE-LR4 OTN optics 86 W at 40° C with 100G BASE-LR4 OTN optics 74 W at 25° C with 100G BASE-LR4 OTN optics
57 W 49 W at 55° C with CXP SR10 optics 49 W at 40° C with CXP SR10 optics 49 W at 25° C with CXP SR10 optics
141
Table 51: FRU Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
100-Gigabit DWDM OTN MIC with CFP2
MIC3-100G-DWDM
SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 Multi-Rate MIC
4-Port: MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48 8-Port: MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48
OC192/STM64 MIC with XFP MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP
Channelized SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 Multi-Rate MIC
4-Port: MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12 8-Port: MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12
Channelized OC48/STM16 MIC MIC-3D-1CHOC48 with SFP
Maximum Power Requirement
With optics: 91 W at 55° C 83 W at 25° C
4-Port: 24 W at 55° C 22.75 W at 40° C 21.5 W at 25° C 8-Port: 29 W at 55° C 27.75 W at 40° C 26.5 W at 25° C
41 W at 55° C 38.5 W at 40° C 36 W at 25° C
4-Port: 41 W at 55° C 40 W at 40° C 39 W at 25° C 8-Port: 52 W at 55° C 50.5 W at 40° C 49 W at 25° C
56.5 W at 55° C 54.5 W at 40° C 53 W at 25° C
Table 51: FRU Power Requirements (continued)
Component
Model Number
Tri-Rate MIC
MIC-3D-40GE-TX
MIC MRATE
MIC-MRATE
DS3/E3 MIC
MIC-3D-8DS3-E3 MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B
Channelized OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) Circuit Emulation MIC with SFP
MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE
142
Maximum Power Requirement 41 W · When installed into MPC8E:
1.250 A @ 48 V (60 W) · When installed into MPC9E:
1.771 A @ 48 V (85 W) 36 W at 55° C 35 W at 40° C 34 W at 25° C 33.96 W
SEE ALSO MX2000 Host Subsystem CB-RE Description MX2020 Power Subsystem Description Overview of Preparing the Site for the MX2020 Router MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Description MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 146
MX2000 High-Voltage Universal PDM (MX2K-PDM-HV) Power Cord Specifications
Table 52 on page 143 provides specifications and plug standards for the AC (20-input) and AC (16-input) power cords applicable to the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs.
143
Table 52: 20-A and 16-A Cabling Options
Spare Juniper Model Number
Locale
CBL-JNP-SG4-C20
North America AC Power Cord
CBL-JNP-SG4-JPL
Japan AC Power Cord
CBL-JNP-SG4-C20-CH
Japan and China AC Power Cord
Cord Set Rating 20 A, 250 VAC
Connector C20 to Anderson 3-5958p4
20 A, 250 VAC 16 A, 250 VAC
SAF-D-Grid 400 to NEMA L6-20
SAF-D-GRID 400 to IEC 60320 C20
Table 53 on page 143 provides specifications and connectors on the 30-A power cord provided for each country or region applicable to the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs.
Table 53: 30-A Cabling Options
Spare Juniper Model Number
Locale
Cord Set Rating Connector
CBL-PWR2-BARE
North America
See Figure 56 on page 144. HVAC/HVDC power cord
30 A, 400 VAC
Anderson/straight to bare wire
CBL-PWR-SG4
North America HVAC/HVDC power cord
30-A, 400 VAC
SAF-D-GRID 400 right-angle (LH)
CBL-PWR2-L6-30P
North America
See Figure 57 on page 145. AC Power Cord
30 A, 400 VAC
Anderson/straight to L6-30P
CBL-PWR2-332P6W-RA
Continental Europe AC power cord
30-A 250 VAC
Anderson/right-angle to IEC 332P6
CBL-PWR2-332P6W
Continental Europe AC power cord
30-A 250 VAC
Anderson/right-angle to IEC 332P6
CBL-PWR-SG4-RA
USA HVAC/HVDC power cord
30-A, 400 VAC
SAF-D-GRID 400 right-angle (LH)
144
Table 53: 30-A Cabling Options (continued)
Spare Juniper Model Number
Locale
CBL-PWR2-L6-30P-RA
North America AC power cord
CBL-PWR2-330P6W-RA Figure 58 on page 145.
Continental Europe AC power cord
CBL-PWR2-330P6W
North America AC power cord
Cord Set Rating Connector
30 A, 250 VAC
Anderson/right-angle to L6-30P
30 A, 250 VAC
Anderson/right-angle to IEC 330P6
30 A, 250 VAC
Anderson/right-angle to IEC 330P6
For the HVAC/HVDC power cord one end of the cable has an SAF-D-Grid 400 connector, the other end of the cable is bare wire. See Figure 56 on page 144 and Table 53 on page 143. These cables are separately orderable and are not shipped automatically with the MX2K-PDM-HV orders. An example of the bare wire cable and connector is shown in Figure 56 on page 144.
For connection to AC systems, Juniper provides a cable with either a NEMA 30-A connector (Figure 57 on page 145).
Figure 56: Bare Cable with Anderson Connector
1 2
3
g100697
1--Black wirePositive (+) 2--Green wire-Ground
3--White wireNegative
g100924 g100616
145 Figure 57: NEMA L6-P30 Connector
Figure 58: IEC 330P6W Connector
WARNING: The AC power cord for the router is intended for use with the router only and not for any other use. WARNING:
Translation from Japanese: The attached power cable is only for this product. Do not use the cable for another product. NOTE: In North America, AC power cords must not exceed 4.5 m (approximately 14.75 ft) in length, to comply with National Electrical Code (NEC) Sections 400-8 (NFPA 75, 5-2.2) and 210-52, and Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) Section 4-010(3). You can order AC power cords that are in compliance.
146
WARNING: The router is a pluggable type A equipment installed in restricted access location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal (Metric [M6] and English [¼-20] screw ground lugs) provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This separate protective earth terminal must be permanently connected to earth.
CAUTION: Power cords and cables must not block access to device components or drape where people could trip on them.
MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications
Table 42 on page 122 lists the high-voltage second-generation universal power subsystem electrical specifications.
Table 54: High-Voltage Universal PSM Electrical Specifications Per Input Configurations
Item
Specification
Maximum input current rating input voltage @ 190 VDC or 180 VAC
Maximum input current 30 A (for 3000 W)
Maximum output power 3400 W (dual feed) and 3000 W (single feed) @ 57.7 A
Redundancy
N+1 PSM N+N feed redundancy
DC input voltage
190 VDC to 410 VDC
DC nominal input current 10 A (3000 W for single feed) @ 380 VDC IN
Maximum output @ 52 VDC (upper and lower cage)
3400 W (dual feed) and 3000 W (single feed)
147
Table 54: High-Voltage Universal PSM Electrical Specifications Per Input Configurations (continued)
Item
Specification
DC standby output @ 5 30 W VDC
AC input voltage
Operating range: 180-305 VAC
Maximum AC feed PSM 3365 W for single input, 1910 W for each input
input power
with dual-input configuration.
AC input line frequency 47-63 Hz (+/-3Hz)
AC system current rating 19 A (single input) @ 180 VAC input voltage, 11 A for each input with dual-input configuration.
Efficiency
NOTE: This value is maximum load.
91% at full load
SEE ALSO MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Description MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Description
High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000 Router
The circuit breaker protection on all the power supplies should be designed according to National Electrical Code (NEC) of country of system installation or any similar local standard based on maximum drawn current of the power supply specified in this document. Each high-voltage universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM has dual feeds. The input AC or DC receptacle inlet is located on front panel of the PDM. Each power cord feed should have dedicated circuit breakers. We recommend that size of the circuit breaker protection should be designed according to National Electrical Code (NEC) of country of system installation or any similar local standard based on maximum drawn current of the power supply specified in this document.
148
CAUTION: Use a 2-pole Circuit Breaker rated at minimum of 125% of the rated current per NEC or as local codes. Primary Overcurrent Protection by the Building Circuit Breaker. This breaker must protect against excess current, short circuit, and earth grounding fault in accordance with NEC which is ANSI/NFPA 70.
MX2008 Host Subsystem
IN THIS SECTION MX2008 Host Subsystem Description | 148 MX2008 Routing and Control Board (MX2008 RCB) Description | 149 MX2008 RCB LEDs | 153 Routing Engine Specifications | 156 Supported Routing Engines by Router | 163
MX2008 Host Subsystem Description
The host subsystem provides routing protocol processes, as well as software processes that control the router's interface, the chassis components, system management, and user access to the router. These routing processes run on top of a kernel that interacts with the Packet Forwarding Engine. The MX2008 host subsystem consists of two Routing and Control Boards, or RCBs. The RCB is an integrated board and a single FRU that provides Routing Engine and Control Board functionality. The Routing Engine performs all route-processing functions, whereas the CB performs chassis control and management plane functionality. The RCB provides control plane functions. You can install one or two RCBs on the router. Each RCB functions as a unit. The MX2008 RCB is similar to the native CB-REs supported by MX2000 routers, with the only difference being that the MX2008 RCB is less than half the size of the MX2000 CB-RE.
149
NOTE: Install two RCBs for redundant protection. If you install only one RCB, you can install it in slot 0 or slot 1.
CAUTION: If one of the RCBs fails, do not remove the failed RCB until you have a replacement or blank panel to install.
SEE ALSO Replacing an MX2008 RCB | 452 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for MX Series CB-RE or RCB Auxillary and Console Ports | 239 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for an MX Series CB-RE or RCB Management Port | 240 Supported Routing Engines by Router | 163 Routing Engine Specifications | 156
MX2008 Routing and Control Board (MX2008 RCB) Description
IN THIS SECTION Supported RCBs | 150 RCB Function | 150 RCB Slots | 150 RCB Front Panel | 151 RCB Interface Ports | 152
The MX2008 Routing and Control Board (MX2008 RCB) is an integrated board and a single FRU that provides Routing Engine and Control Board functionality. The REMX2008-X8-128G RCB is equipped with a 8-Core 2.3 GHz processor, 128 GB memory, and two 200 GB SSDs and also supports Secure Boot for enhanced boot security.
150
The REMX2008-X8-64G-LT RCB is equipped with a 8-Core 2.3 GHz processor, 64 GB memory, and two 100 GB SSDs. The RCB is equipped with limited encryption support only.
Supported RCBs
The following are some key attributes of the MX2008 RCB: · The RCB combined the Control Board and the Routing Engine in a single FRU. · The RCB is hot-pluggable. · The RCB is less than half the size of native MX2000 CB-RE. The MX2008 router supports the following RCBs: · REMX2008-X8-64G · REMX2008-X8-64G-LT · REMX2008-X8-128G
RCB Function
The RCB runs Junos OS. Software processes that run on the RCB maintain the routing tables, manage the routing protocols used on the router, control the router interfaces, control some chassis components, and provide the interface for system management and user access to the router.
RCB Slots
The user can install one or two RCBs in the router. Each RCB is a combined Routing Engine and Control Board in one unit. A USB port on the RCB accepts a USB storage device that enables you to load Junos OS. You can install the RCBs into the front of the chassis in vertical slots labeled 0 and 1. If two RCBs are installed, one functions as the primary and the other acts as the backup. If the primary RCB fails or is removed and the backup is configured appropriately, the backup takes over as the primary. If no RCB is installed in a slot, install a blank panel in the slot. A minimum of one RCB must be installed in either slot 0 or slot 1 at all times.
CAUTION: If one of the RCBs fails, do not remove the failed RCB until you have a replacement or blank panel to install.
151
RCB Front Panel
Table 55 on page 151 describes the Routing and Control Board (RCB).
Figure 59: RCB Front View
Figure 60: RCB
Figure 61: RCB
(REMX2008X8-64G-LT) Front View (REMX20008X8-128G) Front View
REMX2008-X8-64G-LT
1
2
3
4
5
6
13
7
12
8
11
9
10
REMX2008-X8-128G
1
2 3
4
5
6
13
7
12
8
11
9
10
g100091 g100092
Table 55: Components on the RCB
Function No.
Label
1
ONLINE, MASTER, and
OK/FAIL
2
SSD0 and SSD1
3
GPS, UT1, and BITS
4
5
RESET
6
AUX
7
CLK0 and CLK1
12
Description
There is one bicolor LED for each RCB control. The ONLINE LED indicates that the RCB is transitioning online and functioning properly. The MASTER LED indicates that this board is a primary RCB, and the OK/FAIL LED indicates the RCB has failed.
LEDs shows the state of the two solid-state drives (SSDs) in the RCB.
These ports shows the external clocking interface status. There is one bicolor LED for each external clock interface--GPS, UTI and BITS.
This button used to reboot the RCB.
This port is used to connect a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary unit.
Connects the RCB to two external clock interfaces for BITS and GPS function through a serial cable with an RJ-45 connector.
152
Table 55: Components on the RCB (continued)
Function No.
Label
8
LNK-0 and LNK-1
11
9
USB
10
MGT
13
CONSOLE
Description
Two SFP+ ports connects the RCB through an Ethernet connection to support hardware diagnostics and JCS port testing. The port supports two 1Gbps or 10-Gbps connections.
The LED on these ports are associated with each of the SFP+ port (XGE-0 and XGE-1) and indicates the connection in use.
This port is used to install a USB flash drive that contains Junos OS.
This port is a dedicated management channel for device maintenance. It is also used for system administrators to monitor and manage the MX2008 router remotely.
This port is used to configure the MX2008 router.
RCB Interface Ports
Three ports, located on the RCB, connect the RCB to one or more external devices on which system administrators can issue Junos OS CLI commands to manage the router. In addition, four ports located on the RCB include, two 10-Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ interface connectors supporting hardware diagnostics (JCS port testing), and two external clock interfaces for BITS and GPS function.
The RCB interface ports with the indicated labels function as follows:
· AUX--Connects the RCB to a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device through a serial cable with an RJ-45 connector.
· CONSOLE--Connects the RCB to a system console through a serial cable with an RJ-45 connector. · MGT--Connects the RCB through an Ethernet connection to a management LAN (or any other device
that plugs into an Ethernet connection) for out-of-band management. The port uses an autosensing RJ-45 connector to support 10-Mbps, 100-Mbps, or 1000-Mbps connections. Two small LEDs on the bottom of the port indicate the connection in use: the LED flashes yellow or green for a 10-Mbps, 100-Mbps, or 1000-Mbps connection, and the LED is lit green when traffic is passing through the port.
The Control Board interface ports function as follows:
153
· USB--Provides a removable media interface through which you can install the Junos OS manually. Junos OS supports USB version 1.0 and later.
· LNK-0 and LNK-1--Two SFP+ port connect the RCB through Ethernet to support two 1-Gbps or 10-Gbps connections to any external control box. Two small LEDs on the side of each SFP+ port indicate the connection in use: the LED flashes yellow when there is no link, flashes green when there is activity, or is lit green for a 1-Gbps or 10-Gbps connection.
· CLK-0 and CLK-1--Connect the RCB to an external clock device through a serial cable with an RJ-45 connector.
SEE ALSO RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for MX Series CB-RE or RCB Auxillary and Console Ports | 239 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for an MX Series CB-RE or RCB Management Port | 240 Replacing an MX2008 RCB | 452 MX2008 Host Subsystem Description | 148 Supported Routing Engines by Router | 163 Routing Engine Specifications | 156
MX2008 RCB LEDs
The Routing and Control Board (RCB) is an integrated board and a single FRU that provides Routing Engine and Control Board functionality. Each Routing Engine part on the RCB has three LEDs that indicate its status. The LEDs, labeled ONLINE, MASTER, OK/FAIL, are located directly on the faceplate of the RCB. Table 56 on page 154 describes the functions of the Routing Engine interface of the RCB. There are three LEDs on the craft interface for each Routing Engine (RE0 and RE1). These LEDs are labeled MASTER, ONLINE, and OFFLINE.
NOTE: The GPS LED is lit when the RCB is connected to an external clocking interface.
The Control Board, part of the host subsystem, has a set of bicolor LEDs that display its status. The LEDs, labeled LINK, GPS, and BITS, are located directly on the faceplate of the RCB. Table 56 on page 154 describes the functions of the Control Board interface of the RCB. There are two LEDs on the craft interface for each Control Board--one labeled CB-RE0 (far left) and one labeled CB-RE1 (far right). For more information about the RCB and Routing Engine LEDs on the craft interface, see "MX2008 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface" on page 49.
154 Figure 62: RCB LEDs
Table 56: RCB LEDs
Function
No.
Label
Color
1
ONLINE Green
MASTER Blue
OK/FAIL Yellow
State
Description
Blinking slow
RCB is starting BIOS.
Blinking fast
RCB is starting Linux.
On steadily
Both Junos OS and Linux are successfully loaded on the RCB.
Off
RCB is offline.
On steadily
RCB is the primary.
On steadily
RCB has failed.
Off
RCB is functioning normally.
155
Table 56: RCB LEDs (continued)
Function
No.
Label
Color
2
SSD0
Green
SSD1
Green
3
UT1
Green
Red
BITS
Green
Red
GPS
Green
Red
State
Description
Blinking SSD0 is active.
Blinking SSD1 is active.
On steadily
Universal Timing Interface (UTI) clocking interface is active.
On steadily
UTI clocking interface has failed.
Off
UTI clocking interface is offline.
On steadily
Building-integrated timing supply (BITS) external clocking interface is active.
On steadily
BITS external clocking interface has failed.
Off
BITS external clocking interface is offline.
On steadily
Global positioning system (GPS) external clocking interface is active.
On steadily
GPS external clocking interface has failed.
Off
GPS external clocking interface is offline.
SEE ALSO
MX2008 Host Subsystem Description | 148 Replacing an MX2008 RCB | 452
156
Routing Engine Specifications
Table 57 on page 156 lists the current specifications for Routing Engines supported on M Series, MX Series, and T Series routers. Table 58 on page 160 lists the hardware specifications of the Routing Engines with VMHost support. Table 59 on page 161 lists the specifications for end-of-life Routing Engines.
NOTE: For a list of the routing engines that are supported on the M Series, MX Series, T Series, and PTX routers, see "Supported Routing Engines by Router" on page 163.
NOTE: For information about PTX Series Routing Engine specifications, see Routing Engines Supported on PTX Series Routers.
Table 57: Routing Engine Specifications
Routing Engine
Connection
Processor Memory to PFEs
Disk
Media
First Junos OS Support
Switch Control Board
RE-400-768
400-MHz 768 MB Fast
40 GB 1 GB
9.0
Celeron
Ethernet
hard
CompactFlash
disk
card
RE-A-1000-2048
1.0-GHz 2048 MB Gigabit
40 GB 1 GB
8.1
Pentium
Ethernet
hard
CompactFlash
disk
card
RE-A-2000-4096
2.0-GHz 4096 MB Gigabit
40 GB 1 GB
8.1
Pentium
Ethernet
hard
CompactFlash
disk
card
RE-S-1300-2048
1.3-GHz Pentium
2048 MB Gigabit Ethernet
40 GB hard disk
1 GB
8.2
CompactFlash
card
SCB, SCBE
RE-S-2000-4096
2.0-GHz Pentium
4096 MB Gigabit Ethernet
40 GB hard disk
1 GB
8.2
CompactFlash
card
SCB, SCBE
157
Table 57: Routing Engine Specifications (continued)
Routing Engine
Connection
Processor Memory to PFEs
Disk
Media
First Junos OS Support
Switch Control Board
RE-C1800
1.8-GHz 8 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
SSD
4 GB
T1600 router in a CB-T for a
CompactFlash routing matrix:
standalone
card
9.6R2
router.
Standalone T640 or T1600 router:11.2
CB-LCC for a router in a routing matrix.
1.8 Ghz
16 GB
Gigabit
SSD
4 GB
32-bit Junos OS CB-T for a
Ethernet
CompactFlash on a standalone standalone
card
T1600 router:
router.
11.4R2 32-bit Junos OS on a T1600 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R2
CB-LCC for a router in a routing matrix.
64-bit Junos OS on a standalone T1600 router: 11.4R2 64-bit Junos OS on a T1600 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R2
RE-C2600
2.6-GHz
16 GB
Gigabit
SSD
4 GB
TX Matrix Plus
Ethernet
CompactFlash router: 9.6R2
card
RE-A-1800x2
1800-MHz 8 GB or Gigabit
32 GB 4 GB
10.4
16 GB
Ethernet
SSD
CompactFlash
card
RE-S-1800x2
1800-MHz 8 GB or 16 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
32 GB SSD
4 GB CompactFlash card
10.4
SCB, SCBE, SCBE2, SCBE3
158
Table 57: Routing Engine Specifications (continued)
Routing Engine
Connection
Processor Memory to PFEs
Disk
Media
First Junos OS Support
Switch Control Board
RE-S-1800x4
1800-MHz 8GB or 16 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
32 GB SSD
4 GB CompactFlash card
10.4
SCB, SCBE, SCBE2, SCBE3
RE-S-MX104
1.8-GHz 4 GB
Gigabit
8 GB NAND 13.2
Ethernet
Flash
RE-B-1800x1-4G
1.73-GHz 4 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
64 GB 4 GB
12.1R2, 11.4R4,
SSD
CompactFlash and 12.2R1
card
RE-MX2000-1800x4
1.8- GHz 16 GB
Gigabit
32 GB 4 GB Fixed
12.3R2
SFB
Ethernet
SSD
Internal
CompactFlash
card
RE-S-1800X4-32G-S
1.8- Ghz 32 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
32 GB SSD
4 GB Fixed Internal CompactFlash card
· 12.3R4 · 13.2R1
SCB, SCBE, SCBE2, SCBE3
REMX2K-1800-32G-S 1.8- Ghz 32 GB
Gigabit
32 GB 4GB Fixed
· 12.3R4
Ethernet
SSD
Internal
· 13.2R1
CompactFlash
card
RE-S-X6-64G, RE-S-X6-64G-LT
REMX2K-X8-64G
2 Ghz
64 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
Two
-
50-GB
SSDs
2.3 Ghz
64 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
Two
-
100-GB
SSDs
· 15.1F4 and 16.1 SCBE2, (RE-S-X6-64G) SCBE3
· 17.2R1 (RE-S-X6-64G-LT)
15.1F5-S1,
16.1R2, and
16.2R1
REMX2K-X8-64G-LT 2.3 Ghz
64 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
Two
-
100-GB
SSDs
17.2R1
Table 57: Routing Engine Specifications (continued)
Routing Engine
Connection
Processor Memory to PFEs
Disk
Media
REMX2008-X8-64G
2.3 Ghz
64 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
Two
50-GB
SSDs
RE-S-1600x8
1.6 Ghz
64 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
Two
50-GB
SSDs
REMX2008-X8-64G-LT 2.1 Ghz
64 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
Two
-
100-GB
SSDs
REMX2008-X8-128G 2.3 Ghz
128 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
Two
-
200-GB
SSDs
RE-S-X6-128G
2.1 Ghz
128 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
Two
-
200-GB
SSDs
REMX2K-X8-128G
2.1 Ghz
128 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
Two
-
200-GB
SSDs
JNP10003-RE1
1.6-GHz
64 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
Two
-
100 GB
SSDs
JNP10003-RE1-LT
1.6-GHz
64 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
Two
-
100 GB
SSDs
JNP10K-RE0
2.5 GhZ
32 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
Two 50 GB SSDs
JNP10K-RE1
2.3 GhZ
64 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
Two
-
200 GB
SSDs
159
First Junos OS Support
Switch Control Board
15.1F7
17.3R1
17.2R1
-
18.2R1
-
18.1R1 (SCBE2) 18.4R1 (SCBE3)
SCBE2, SCBE3
18.1R1
-
17.3R1
-
18.1R1
-
17.2R1
-
18.2R1
-
Table 57: Routing Engine Specifications (continued)
Routing Engine JNP10K-RE1-LT
JNP10K-RE1-128
Connection
Processor Memory to PFEs
Disk
Media
2.3 GhZ
64 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
Two
-
200 GB
SSDs
2.3 GhZ
128 GB
Gigabit Ethernet
Two
-
200 GB
SSDs
160
First Junos OS Support
Switch Control Board
18.3R1
-
18.3R1
-
NOTE: Use shielded CAT5e cable for connecting the AUX, CONSOLE, and MGMT ports in RE-S-X6-64G, REMX2K-X8-64G, and REMX2008-X8-64G Routing Engines.
Table 58 on page 160 lists the hardware specifications of the Routing Engines with VMHost support.
Table 58: Hardware Specifications of the RE-MX-X6, RE-MX-X8, RE-PTX-X8, RCBPTX, RE-QFX10002-60C, and RE-PTX10002-60C Routing Engines
Model Number
Supported on Device Specifications
RE-S-X6-64G RE-S-X6-128G REMX2K-X8-64G RE-PTX-X8-64G
MX240, MX480, and MX960
· 6-core Haswell CPU
· Wellsburg PCH-based Routing Engine with 64-GB DRAM and two 64-GB solid-state drives (SSDs)
MX240, MX480, and MX960
· 6-core Haswell CPU
· Wellsburg PCH-based Routing Engine with 128-GB DRAM and two 128-GB solid-state drives (SSDs)
MX2020 and MX2010
· 8-core Haswell CPU
· Wellsburg PCH-based Routing Engine with 64-GB DRAM and two 64-GB SSDs
PTX5000
· 8-core Haswell CPU · Wellsburg PCH-based Routing Engine with 64-GB DRAM and
two 64-GB SSDs
· New Control Board CB2-PTX
161
Table 58: Hardware Specifications of the RE-MX-X6, RE-MX-X8, RE-PTX-X8, RCBPTX, RE-QFX10002-60C, and RE-PTX10002-60C Routing Engines (continued)
Model Number
Supported on Device Specifications
RCBPTX
PTX3000
· Wellsburg PCH-based Routing Engine with 64-GB DRAM and two 64-GB SSDs
· Multi-core Haswell CPU
RCB combines the functionality of a Routing Engine, Control Board, and Centralized Clock Generator (CCG)
RE-S-1600x8
MX10003
RE-S-1600x8
MX204
RE-QFX10002-60C QFX10002-60C
RE-PTX10002-60C PTX10002-60C
RE-ACX-5448
ACX5448
RE-X10
MX10008
· High-performance 1.6-GHz Intel 8 Core X86 CPU · 64-GB DDR4 RAM · 100-GB SATA SSD
· High-performance 1.6-GHz Intel 8 Core X86 CPU · 32-GB DDR4 RAM · 100-GB SATA SSD
· High-performance 1.6-GHz Intel 8 Core X86 CPU · 32-GB DDR4 RAM · Two 50-GB SATA SSD
· High-performance 1.6-GHz Intel 8 Core X86 CPU · 32-GB DDR4 RAM · Two 50-GB SATA SSD
· High-performance 1.6-GHz Intel 8 Core X86 CPU · 32-GB two DIMM DRAM · Two 100-GB SATA SSD
· High-performance 1.6-GHz Intel 10 Core X86 CPU · 64-GB DDR4 RAM · Two 200-GB SATA SSD
Table 59: End-of-Life Routing Engine Specifications
Routing Engine
Connection Processor Memory to PFEs Disk
Media
First Junos OS Support
EOL Details
RE-333-256 333-MHz 256 MB Pentium II
Fast Ethernet
6.4 GB hard disk
80 MB
3.4
CompactFlash
card
PSN-2003-01-063
162
Table 59: End-of-Life Routing Engine Specifications (continued)
Routing Engine
Connection Processor Memory to PFEs Disk
Media
First Junos OS Support
EOL Details
RE-333-768 333-MHz 768 MB Pentium II
Fast Ethernet
6.4 GB hard disk
80 MB
3.4
CompactFlash
card
PSN-2003-01-063
RE-600-512 600-MHz 512 MB Pentium III
Fast Ethernet
30 GB hard disk
256 MB
5.4
CompactFlash
card
PSN-2004-07-019
RE-600-2048 600-MHz 2048 MB Pentium III
Fast Ethernet
40 GB hard disk
1 GB
5.3
CompactFlash
card
PSN-2008-02-018
RE-850-1536 850-MHz 1536 MB Pentium III
Fast Ethernet
40 GB hard disk
1 GB
7.2
CompactFlash
card
PSN-2011-04-226
RE-M40
200-MHz 256 MB Pentium
Fast Ethernet
6.4 GB hard disk
80 MB
3.2
CompactFlash
card
FA-HW-0101-001
RE-M40-333-768 333-MHz 768 MB Pentium II
Fast Ethernet
10 GB hard disk
80 MB
4.2
CompactFlash
card
PSN-2003-01-063
RE-M40-600-2048 600-MHz 2048 MB Pentium III
Fast Ethernet
30 GB hard disk
128 MB
5.4
CompactFlash
card
PSN-2004-11-020
RE-1600-2048
1.6-GHz Pentium M
2048 MB
Gigabit Ethernet
40 GB hard disk
1 GB
6.2
CompactFlash
card
PSN-2008-02-019
NOTE: The memory in Table 57 on page 156 indicates the amount of total memory. To determine the amount of available memory, issue the show chassis routing-engine CLI command.
On routers that accept two Routing Engines, you cannot mix Routing Engine types except for a brief period (one minute or so) during an upgrade or downgrade to two Routing Engines of the same type.
163
SEE ALSO Supported Routing Engines by Router | 163
Supported Routing Engines by Router
IN THIS SECTION
M7i Routing Engines | 164 M10i Routing Engines | 164 M40e Routing Engines | 165 M120 Routing Engines | 165 M320 Routing Engines | 166 MX5, MX10, MX40, and MX80 Routing Engine | 167 MX104 Routing Engines | 167 MX204 Routing Engine | 168 MX240 Routing Engines | 168 MX480 Routing Engines | 169 MX960 Routing Engines | 170 MX2008 Routing Engines | 172 MX2010 Routing Engines | 172 MX2020 Supported Routing Engines | 173 MX10003 Routing Engines | 174 MX10008 Routing Engines | 174 PTX1000 Routing Engines | 175 PTX3000 Routing Engines | 175 PTX5000 Routing Engines | 176 PTX10008 and PTX10016 Routing Engines | 176 T320 Routing Engines | 177 T640 Routing Engines | 177 T1600 Routing Engines | 178 T4000 Routing Engines | 180 TX Matrix Routing Engines | 180 TX Matrix Plus Routing Engines | 181 TX Matrix Plus (with 3D SIBs) Routing Engines | 181
164
The following tables list the Routing Engines that each router supports, the first supported release for the Routing Engine in the specified router, the management Ethernet interface, and the internal Ethernet interfaces for each Routing Engine.
M7i Routing Engines
Table 60 on page 164 lists the Routing Engines supported by the M7i router. The M7i router supports 32-bit Junos OS only.
Table 60: M7i Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-400-768 (EOL details: RE-5.0
9.0
TSB16445)
fxp0
fxp1
RE-850-1536 (EOL details: RE-850
7.2
TSB15553)
fxp0
fxp1
RE-B-1800X1-4G
RE-B-1800x1
11.4R4 12.1R2
fxp0
em0
M10i Routing Engines
Table 61 on page 164 lists the Routing Engines supported by the M10i router. The M10i router supports 32-bit Junos OS only.
Table 61: M10i Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-400-768 (EOL details: RE-5.0
9.0
TSB16445)
fxp0
fxp1 fxp2
RE-850-1536 (EOL details: RE-850
7.2
TSB15553)
fxp0
fxp1 fxp2
165
Table 61: M10i Routing Engines (continued)
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
RE-B-1800X1-4G
RE-B-1800x1
11.4R4 12.1R2
Management Ethernet Interface
fxp0
Internal Ethernet Interface
em0
M40e Routing Engines
Table 62 on page 165 lists the Routing Engines supported by the M40e router.
Table 62: M40e Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
RE-600-2048 (EOL
RE-3.0 or RE-3.0
5.3
details: TSB14373)
(RE-600)
fxp0
RE-A-1000-2048
RE-A-1000
8.1
fxp0
Internal Ethernet Interface
fxp1 fxp2
fxp1 fxp2
M120 Routing Engines
Table 63 on page 165 lists the Routing Engines supported by the M120 router.
Table 63: M120 Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-A-1000-2048 RE-A-1000
8.0R2
fxp0
fxp1
fxp2
RE-A-2000-4096 RE-A-2000
8.0R2
fxp0
em0
bcm0
166
Table 63: M120 Routing Engines (continued)
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-A-1800X2-8G RE-A-1800x2
· 11.4R5 · 12.1R3
10.4
fxp0
fxp1 fxp2
RE-A-1800X2-16G RE-A-1800x2
· 11.4R5 · 12.1R3
10.4
fxp0
fxp1 fxp2
RE-A-1800X4-16G RE-A-1800x4
· 11.4R5
10.4
fxp0
em0
· 12.1R3
em1
M320 Routing Engines
Table 64 on page 166 lists the Routing Engines supported by the M320 router.
Table 64: M320 Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-1600-2048 (EOL RE-4.0
6.2
details: TSB14374)
fxp0
fxp1
fxp2
RE-A-2000-4096
RE-A-2000
8.1
fxp0
em0
bcm0
RE-A-1800X2-8G
RE-A-1800x2
· 11.4R5 · 12.1R3
10.4
fxp0
em0 bcm0
RE-A-1800X2-16G RE-A-1800x2
· 11.4R5 · 12.1R3
10.4
fxp0
em0 bcm0
167
Table 64: M320 Routing Engines (continued)
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-A-1800X4-8G
RE-A-1800X4 · 11.4R5
10.4
fxp0
em0
· 12.1R3
em1
· 12.2
MX5, MX10, MX40, and MX80 Routing Engine
Table 65 on page 167 lists the Routing Engines supported by the MX5, MX10, MX40, and MX80 routers.
Table 65: MX5, MX10, MX40, and MX80 Routing Engine
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
Built-in
Routing Engine 12.3
-
Routing
RE-MX80
Engine
fxp0
em0
em1
NOTE: em1 is used to communicate with the MS-MIC when it is inserted.
MX104 Routing Engines
Table 66 on page 167 lists the Routing Engines supported by MX104 routers.
Table 66: MX104 Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-S-MX104 Routing Engine 13.2
fxp0
em0
em1
168
MX204 Routing Engine
Table 67 on page 168 lists the Routing Engines supported by the MX204 router.
Table 67: MX204 Routing Engine
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
Built-in Routing RE-S-1600x8 Engine
17.4
fxp0
em2
em3
em4
MX240 Routing Engines
Table 68 on page 168 lists the Routing Engines supported by MX240 routers.
Table 68: MX240 Supported Routing Engines
Name in CLI Model Number Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-S-1300-2048 RE-S-1300
9.0
(EOL details:
TSB16556
fxp0
fxp1
fxp2
RE-S-2000-4096 RE-S-2000
9.0
(EOL details:
TSB16735
fxp0
fxp1
fxp2
RE-S-1800X2-8G RE-S-1800x2
· 11.4R5
10.4
fxp0
em0
(EOL details: TSB16556
· 12.1R3
em1
RE-S-1800x2-16G RE-S-1800x2
· 11.4R5
10.4
fxp0
em0
(EOL details: TSB16556
· 12.1R3
em1
RE-S-1800X4-8G RE-S-1800X4
· 11.4R5
10.4
fxp0
em0
· 12.1R3
em1
169
Table 68: MX240 Supported Routing Engines (continued)
Name in CLI Model Number Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-S-1800X4-16G RE-S-1800x4
· 11.4R5
10.4
fxp0
em0
· 12.1R3
em1
RE-S-1800X4-32G-S RE-S-1800X4
· 12.3R4
· 12.3R4
fxp0
· 13.2R1
· 13.2R1
em0, em1
RE-S-X6-64G
RE-S-1600x8
15.1F4
fxp0
16.1R1
ixlv0, igb0
RE-S-X6-64G-LT RE-S-1600x8-LT
17.2R1
fxp0
ixlv0, igb0 em0
RE-S-X6-128G RE-S-1600x8-128 18.1R1 fxp0 ixlv0, igb0 em0
MX480 Routing Engines
Table 69 on page 169 lists the Routing Engines supported by MX480 routers.
Table 69: MX480 Supported Routing Engines
Name in CLI Model Number Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-S-1300-2048 RE-S-1300
8.4
(EOL details:
TSB16556
fxp0
fxp1
fxp2
RE-S-2000-4096 RE-S-2000
8.4
(EOL details:
TSB16735
fxp0
fxp1
fxp2
RE-S-1800X2-8G RE-S-1800x2
· 11.4R5
10.4
fxp0
em0
(EOL details: TSB16556
· 12.1R3
em1
170
Table 69: MX480 Supported Routing Engines (continued)
Name in CLI Model Number Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-S-1800X2-16G RE-S-1800x2
· 11.4R5
10.4
fxp0
em0
(EOL details: TSB16556
· 12.1R3
em1
RE-S-1800X4-8G RE-S-1800X4
· 11.4R5
10.4
fxp0
em0
· 12.1R3
em1
RE-S-1800X4-16G RE-S-1800x4
· 11.4R5
10.4
fxp0
em0
· 12.1R3
em1
RE-S-1800X4-32G-S RE-S-1800X4
· 12.3R4
· 12.3R4
fxp0
em0
· 13.2R1
· 13.2R1
em1
RE-S-X6-64G
RE-S-1600x8
15.1F4
fxp0
16.1R1
ixlv0, igb0
RE-S-X6-64G-LT RE-S-1600x8-LT
17.2R1
fxp0
ixlv0, igb0 em0
RE-S-X6-128G RE-S-1600x8-128
18.1R1
fxp0
ixlv0, igb0 em0
MX960 Routing Engines Table 70 on page 171 lists the Routing Engines supported by MX960 routers.
171
Table 70: MX960 Supported Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-S-1300-2048 (EOL RE-S-1300
8.2
fxp0
fxp1
details: TSB16556
fxp2
RE-S-2000-4096 (EOL RE-S-2000
8.2
fxp0
fxp1
details: TSB16735
fxp2
RE-S-1800X2-8G (EOL RE-S-1800x2
· 11.4R5
10.4
fxp0
em0
details: TSB16556
· 12.1R3
em1
RE-S-1800X2-16G (EOL RE-S-1800x2
· 11.4R5
10.4
fxp0
em0
details: TSB16556
· 12.1R3
em1
RE-S-1800X4-8G
RE-S-1800x4
· 11.4R5
10.4
fxp0
em0
· 12.1R3
em1
RE-S-1800X4-16G
RE-S-1800x4
· 11.4R5
10.4
fxp0
em0
· 12.1R3
em1
RE-S-1800X4-32G-S RE-S-1800x4
· 12.3R4
· 12.3R4
fxp0
em0
· 13.2R1
· 13.2R1
em1
RE-S-X6-64G
RE-S-1600x8
15.1F4 16.1R1
fxp0
ixlv0, igb0
RE-S-X6-64G (For MX960-VC)
RE-S-1600x8
17.2R1
fxp0
ixlv0, igb0
RE-S-X6-64G-LT
RE-S-1600x8-LT
17.2R1
fxp0
ixlv0, igb0 em0
RE-S-X6-128G
RE-S-1600x8-128
18.1R1
fxp0
ixlv0, igb0 em0
172
MX2008 Routing Engines
Table 71 on page 172 lists the Routing Engines supported by MX2008 routers.
Table 71: MX2008 Supported Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
REMX2008-X8-64G
RE-MX2008-X8-64G 15.1F7
fxp0
ixlv0 ixlv1
REMX2008-X8-64G-LT
REMX2008-X8-64G-LT 17.2R1
fxp0
ixlv0 ixlv1
REMX2008-X8-128G
RE-MX2008-X8-128G 18.2R1
fxp0
ixlv0 ixlv1
MX2010 Routing Engines
Table 72 on page 172 lists the Routing Engines supported by MX2010 routers.
Table 72: MX2010 Supported Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-MX2000-1800X4
RE-S-1800x4
12.3R2
fxp0
em0
em1
REMX2K-1800-32G-S
RE-S-1800x4
· 12.3R4 · 13.2R1
fxp0
em0
em1
REMX2K-X8-64G
RE-S-2X00x8
· 15.1F5-S1 · 16.1R2 · 16.2R1
fxp0
ixlv0 ixlv1 em0
173
Table 72: MX2010 Supported Routing Engines (continued)
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
REMX2K-X8-64G-LT
RE-S-2X00x8 17.2R1
fxp0
ixlv0 ixlv1 em0
REMX2K-X8-128G
RE-MX200X8-128G 18.1R1
fxp0
ixlv0 ixlv1
MX2020 Supported Routing Engines
Table 73 on page 173 lists the Routing Engines supported by MX2020 routers.
Table 73: MX2020 Supported Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-MX2000-1800X4
RE-S-1800x4
12.3R2
fxp0
em0
em1
REMX2K-1800-32G-S
RE-S-1800x4
· 12.3R4 · 13.2R1
fxp0
em0
em1
REMX2K-X8-64G
RE-S-2X00x8
· 15.1F5-S1 · 16.1R2 · 16.2R1
fxp0
ixlv0
ixlv1
em0
REMX2K-X8-64G-LT
RE-S-2X00x8 17.2R1
fxp0
ixlv0
ixlv1
em0
174
Table 73: MX2020 Supported Routing Engines (continued)
Model Number REMX2K-X8-128G
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
RE-MX200X8-128G 18.1R1
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
fxp0
ixlv0
ixlv1
em0
MX10003 Routing Engines
Table 74 on page 174 lists the Routing Engines supported by MX10003 routers.
Table 74: MX10003 Supported Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
JNP10003-RE1
RE-S-1600x8
17.3R1
fxp0
em3
em4
JNP10003-RE1-LT
RE-S-1600x8
18.1R1
fxp0
em3
em4
MX10008 Routing Engines
Table 75 on page 174 lists the Routing Engines supported on the MX10008 router.
Table 75: MX10008 Routing Engines
Name in CLI Model Number Output
First Supported Junos OS Release
Management
Internal Ethernet
Ethernet Interface Interface
JNP10K-RE1
RE X10
18.2R1
em0
bme0 bme1
175
PTX1000 Routing Engines Table 76 on page 175 lists the Routing Engine supported on the PTX1000.
NOTE: The PTX1000 supports 64-bit Junos OS only.
Table 76: PTX1000 Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported Junos OS Release
Built-in Routing Engine
RE-PTX1000
· 16.1X65-D30 · 17.2R1
Management
Internal Ethernet
Ethernet Interface Interface
em0
bme0
em1
PTX3000 Routing Engines Table 77 on page 175 lists the Routing Engines supported on the PTX3000.
NOTE: The PTX3000 supports 64-bit Junos OS only.
Table 77: PTX3000 Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-DUO-C2600-16G RE-DUO-2600
13.2R2
em0
ixgbe0
ixgbe1
RCB-PTX-X6-32G
RE-PTX-2X00x6
16.1R4
em0
17.1R1
This Routing Engine does not support Junos OS Release 16.2.
ixlv0 ixlv1
176
PTX5000 Routing Engines
Table 78 on page 176 lists the Routing Engines supported on the PTX5000.
NOTE: · PTX5000 supports 64-bit Junos OS only. · The PTX5000 router supports two midplanes. The midplane identified as Midplane-8S in the
CLI output is supported in Junos OS releases, 12.1X48, 12.3, and 13.2. The enhanced midplane, identified as Midplane-8SeP is supported from Junos OS release 14.1 onwards. The RE-DUO-2600 routing engine with Junos OS 13.2 or earlier is not supported on the PTX5000BASE2 midplane.
Table 78: PTX5000 Routing Engines
Model Number
First Supported Junos Name in CLI Output OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-DUO-C2600-16G RE-DUO-2600
12.1X48
em0
12.3
13.2
NOTE: The PTX5000 does not support Junos OS Releases 12.1, 12.2, or 13.1.
ixgbe0 ixgbe1
RE-PTX-X8-64G
RE-PTX-2X00x8
15.1F4 16.1R1
em0
ixlv0
ixlv1
em1
RE-PTX-X8-128G
RE-PTX-2X00x8-128G 18.1R1
em0
ixlv0
ixlv1
em1
PTX10008 and PTX10016 Routing Engines Table 79 on page 177 lists the Routing Engines supported on the PTX10008 and PTX10016 routers.
177
Table 79: PTX10008 and PTX10016 Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported
Management
Internal Ethernet
Junos OS Release Ethernet Interface Interface
JNP10K-RE0
RE-PTX-2X00x4 17.2R1
em0, em1
bme0 bme1
JNP10K-RE1 (on
RE X10
18.2R1
em0
PTX10008)
bme0 bme1
T320 Routing Engines
Table 80 on page 177 lists the Routing Engines supported by the T320 router.
Table 80: T320 Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-600-2048 (EOL details: RE-3.0 or RE-3.0
5.3
TSB14373)
(RE-600)
fxp0
fxp1 fxp2
RE-1600-2048 (EOL details: RE-4.0
6.2
TSB14374
fxp0
fxp1 fxp2
RE-A-2000-4096
RE-A-2000
8.1
fxp0
fxp1 fxp2
The T320 router supports the CB-T control board.
T640 Routing Engines Table 81 on page 178 lists the Routing Engines supported by the T640 router.
178
Table 81: T640 Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-600-2048 (EOL RE-3.0 or
5.3
details: TSB14373) RE-3.0
(RE-600)
fxp0
fxp1 fxp2
RE-1600-2048 (EOL RE-4.0
6.2
details: TSB14374
fxp0
fxp1 fxp2
RE-A-2000-4096
RE-A-2000
8.1
fxp0
em0 bcm0
RE-DUO-C1800-8G
RE-DUO-1800 32-bit Junos OS on 64-bit Junos OS on em0
a standalone T640 a standalone T640
router: 11.2
router: 11.3
32-bit Junos OS on a T640 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R9
64-bit Junos OS on a T640 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R9
bcm0 em1
RE-DUO-C1800-16G RE-DUO-1800 32-bit Junos OS on 64-bit Junos OS on em0
a standalone T640 a standalone T640
router: 11.4R2
router: 11.4R2
32-bit Junos OS on a T640 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R9
64-bit Junos OS on a T640 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R9
bcm0 em1
The T640 standalone router supports CB-T control board and CB-LCC in a T640 routing matrix.
T1600 Routing Engines Table 82 on page 179 lists the Routing Engines supported by the T1600 router.
NOTE: (Two RE-DUO-C1800-8G or two RE-DUO-C1800-16G are required to connect to a Routing Matrix)
179
Table 82: T1600 Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-600-2048 (EOL RE-3.0 or
8.5
details: TSB14373) RE-3.0
(RE-600)
fxp0
fxp1
fxp2
RE-1600-2048 (EOL RE-4.0
8.5
details: TSB14374
(RE-1600)
fxp0
fxp1
fxp2
RE-A-2000-4096
RE-A-2000
8.5
fxp0
em0
bcm0
RE-DUO-C1800-8G
RE-TXP-LCC or 32-bit Junos OS on a 64-bit Junos OS em0
RE-DUO-1800 T1600 router in a
on a T1600 router
routing matrix: 9.6
in a routing
NOTE: Junos OS
matrix: 9.6
Releases 9.6 through 64-bit Junos OS
10.4 support
on a standalone
RE-DUO-C1800-8G T1600 router:
only during upgrade to 11.1
a line-card chassis
(LCC) in a routing
matrix.
32-bit Junos OS on a standalone T1600 router: 11.1
bcm0 em1
RE-DUO-C1800-16G RE-DUO-1800 32-bit Junos OS on a 64-bit Junos OS em0
standalone T1600
on a standalone
router: 11.4R2
T1600 router:
11.4R2 32-bit Junos OS on a
T1600 router in a
64-bit Junos OS
routing matrix: 11.4R2 on a T1600 router
in a routing
matrix: 11.4R2
bcm0 em1
180 T4000 Routing Engines Table 83 on page 180 lists the Routing Engines supported by the T4000 router.
NOTE: The T4000 router supports 64-bit Junos OS only.
Table 83: T4000 Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-DUO-C1800-8G
RE-DUO-1800
Standalone T4000 router: 12.1 em0
T4000 router in a routing matrix: 13.1
bcm0 em1
RE-DUO-C1800-16G RE-DUO-1800
Standalone T4000 router: 12.1R2 em0
T4000 router in a routing matrix: 13.1
bcm0 em1
The T4000 router supports the CB-LCC control board.
TX Matrix Routing Engines
Table 84 on page 180 lists the Routing Engines supported by the TX Matrix router.
Table 84: TX Matrix Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-600-2048 (EOL
RE-3.0 or RE-3.0 7.0
details: TSB14373)
(RE-600)
fxp0
fxp1 fxp2
RE-1600-2048 (EOL RE-4.0 (RE-1600) 7.0
details: TSB14374
fxp0
fxp1 fxp2
181
Table 84: TX Matrix Routing Engines (continued)
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-A-2000-4096
RE-A-2000
8.5
fxp0
em0 bcm0
RE-DUO-C1800-8G RE-DUO-1800
11.4R9
11.4R9
em0
bcm0 em1
RE-DUO-C1800-16G RE-DUO-1800
11.4R9
11.4R9
em0
bcm0 em1
The TXP router supports two control boards, CB-TX and CB-LCC. The CB-LCC is required for both RE-DUO-C1800-8G and RE-DUO-C1800-16G Routing Engines.
TX Matrix Plus Routing Engines
Table 85 on page 181 lists the Routing Engines supported by the TX Matrix Plus router.
Table 85: TX Matrix Plus Routing Engines
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-DUO-C2600-16G RE-TXP-SFC or 32-bit Junos OS: 64-bit Junos OS: em0
RE-DUO-2600 9.6
11.4
ixgbe0 ixgbe1
The TX Matrix Plus router supports the CB-TXP control board.
TX Matrix Plus (with 3D SIBs) Routing Engines Table 86 on page 182 lists the Routing Engines supported by the TX Matrix Plus router with 3D SIBs.
182
Table 86: Routing Engines on TX Matrix Plus with 3D SIBs
Model Number
Name in CLI Output
First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release
First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release
Management Ethernet Interface
Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-DUO-C2600-16G RE-TXP-SFC or RE-DUO-2600
64-bit Junos OS: em0 11.4
ixgbe0 ixgbe1
SEE ALSO Understanding Internal Ethernet Interfaces Understanding Management Ethernet Interfaces
MX2008 Switch Fabric Boards
IN THIS SECTION
MX2008 Enhanced Switch Fabric Board (MX2008 SFB2) Description | 183 MX2008 SFB LED | 184
183
MX2008 Enhanced Switch Fabric Board (MX2008 SFB2) Description
The MX2008 Enhanced Switch Fabric Board (MX2008 SFB2; model number: MX2008-SFB2) connects to the signal backplane (see Figure 63 on page 183). The MX2008 SFB2 and the native MX2000 SFB2 are exactly the same except that the native MX2000 SFB2 has two PF fabric chips per card whereas MX2008 SFB2 has only one PF fabric chip per card, and that MX2008 SFB2 is less than half the size of the native MX2000 SFB2. Figure 63: MX2008 SFB2
1--OK/FAIL LED showing the SFB2 status
MX2008 SFB2 Slots You can install up to eight SFB2 boards in the MX2008 router. The MX2008 SFB2 boards install vertically into the front of the chassis in the slots labeled 0 through 7. If any slots are empty, you must install a blank panel.
CAUTION: If one of the MX2008 SFB2s fails, do not remove the failed SFB2 until you have a replacement or blank panel to install.
184
MX2008 SFB2 Redundancy Seven out of eight MX2008 SFB2 boards are required for line-rate operation. The system can continue operating with fewer than seven SFB2s, but forwarding performance is impacted.
MX2008 SFB2 Components Each MX2008 SFB2 consists of the following components: · One PF fabric chip per card · PCIe control of one PF ASIC · I2C bus logic interface, used for component management and monitoring of temperature, and voltage · Switch fabric--Provides the switching functions for the MPCs · Fabric capacity--MX2008 SFB2 supports 2000 Gbps per slot throughput without redundancy · Circuits for chassis management and control · Power circuits for the MX2008 SFB2 · LED--Provides status of the MX2008 SFB2
SEE ALSO Replacing an MX2008 SFB | 449
MX2008 SFB LED
One bicolor LED on the MX2008 SFB2 indicates the status of the SFB. The LED, labeled OK/FAIL, is located directly on the SFB. Table 87 on page 185 describes the functions of the MX2008 SFB2 LED.
185 Figure 64: MX2008 SFB2 LED
Table 87: MX2008 Switch Fabric Board LED
Function
No.
Label
Color
State
Description
1
OK/FAIL Green
Slow blinking when being
SFB is online.
initialized.
Fast blinking when SFB is being identified by software.
NOTE: The blinking of the LED is used to guide the operator to correct any action needed on the SFB.
Red
On steadily
SFB has failed.
Off
SFB is offline.
Each SFB also has a set of bicolor LEDs on the craft interface that indicate its status. The SFB LED, labeled 0 through 7, are located along the bottom center of the craft interface. For more information about the SFB LEDs on the craft interface, see "MX2008 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface" on page 49.
186
SEE ALSO Replacing an MX2008 SFB | 449
MX2008 Interface Modules
IN THIS SECTION MX2000 Adapter Card (ADC) Description | 186 MX2008 Modular Port Concentrator Description | 187 MX2008 Modular Port Concentrator LEDs | 190 MPCs Supported by MX Series Routers | 190 MX2008 MPC Terminology | 196 MX2008 Modular Interface Card Description | 197 MICs Supported by MX Series Routers | 197 MX2008 Modular Interface Card LEDs | 208 MX2008 Ports and Interfaces | 208
MX2000 Adapter Card (ADC) Description
The MX2000 routers are compatible with all Trio-based MPC line cards; However, because the MX2000 routers use a newer-generation Switch Fabric Board (SFB) with faster bandwidth, smaller form-factor MPCs must use a special Line Card Adapter (ADC). The ADC is merely a shell that accepts line cards in the front and converts power and switch fabric in the rear. ADCs install vertically in the front of the router. The following MPCs require an ADC: · MPC1E · MPC2E · MPC3E · MPC5E · MPC7E
187 NOTE: When a slot is not occupied by a combined ADC and MPC, you must insert a blank panel to fill the empty slot and ensure proper cooling of the system. ADCs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. Figure 65 on page 187 shows the ADC supported on MX2000 routers. Figure 65: ADC for the MX2000 Routers
OK/FAI
SEE ALSO Maintaining the MX2010 Adapter Cards Maintaining MX2020 Adapter Cards MPCs Supported by MX Series Routers | 190 Replacing an MX2008 MPC | 432
MX2008 Modular Port Concentrator Description
The Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs) provide packet forwarding services. An MPC installs into an adapter card, which in turn connects to the backplane. Modular Interface Cards (MICs) provide the physical
g007010
188
interfaces and install into the MPCs. The user can install up to two MICs of different media types on the same MPC as long as the MPC supports those MICs. An adapter card is required only for those MPCs that support adapter card. Not all the MPCs require an adapter card.
NOTE: The MX2008 router also supports fixed-port MPCs.
MICs receive incoming packets from the network and transmit outgoing packets to the network. During this process, each MIC performs framing and high-speed signaling for its media type. Each MPC is equipped with up to four Junos Trio chipsets, which perform control functions tailored to the MPC's media type. The MX2008 router supports up to 10 MPCs. For power requirements, see "Calculating AC Power Requirements for MX2008 Routers" on page 241 and "Calculating DC Power Requirements for MX2008 Routers" on page 246. The router has 10 dedicated line-card slots for MPCs. MPCs install vertically in the front of the router. The dedicated slots are numbered 0 though 9 (left to right). An MPC can be installed in any line-card slot. The user can install any combination of MPC types in the router. When an MPC slot is not occupied by an MPC or an adapter card with MPC, a blank MPC panel needs to be installed. MPCs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. When the user installs an MPC in an operating router, the RCB downloads the MPC software, the MPC runs its diagnostics, and enables the Packet Forwarding Engines housed on the MPC. Forwarding on other MPCs continues uninterrupted during this process. Figure 66 on page 188 shows a typical MPC supported on the MX2008 router. Figure 67 on page 189 shows an MPC installed vertically in the MX2008 router. For more information about MPCs, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference.
Figure 66: Typical MPC Supported on the MX2008 Router
g009412
189 Figure 67: MPC Installed in the MX2008 Router
4
MPC Components Each MPC consists of the following components: · MIC card carrier, which includes two MIC slots (excludes the fixed-configuration MPC). · Fabric interfaces. · Two Gigabit Ethernet interfaces that allow control information, route information, and statistics to be
sent between the Routing Engine and the CPU on the MPCs. · Up to four Junos Trio chipsets, which perform control functions tailored to the MPC's media type. · Backplane connectors and power circuitry. · Online button located on the craft interface, which takes the MPC online or offline when pressed. · OK/FAIL LED on the MPC faceplate. For more information about LEDs on the MPC faceplate, see the
MX Series Interface Module Reference.
SEE ALSO
190
MX2008 Field-Replaceable Units | 40 Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2008 MPCs or MICs | 545 Replacing an MX2008 MPC | 432 Troubleshooting the MX2008 MPCs | 564 MX2000 Adapter Card (ADC) Description | 186
MX2008 Modular Port Concentrator LEDs
One bicolor LED located on the craft interface above the MPC, displays the status of the MPC. For more information about the MPC LEDs on the craft interface, see "MX2008 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface" on page 49. Each MPC also has LEDs located on the faceplate. For more information about LEDs on the MPC faceplate, see the "LEDs" section for each MPC in the MX Series Interface Module Reference.
SEE ALSO Replacing an MX2008 MPC | 432 Troubleshooting the MX2008 MPCs | 564 MICs Supported by MX Series Routers | 197
MPCs Supported by MX Series Routers
Table 88 on page 191 lists the MPCs and their first supported Junos OS release on MX240, MX480, MX960, MX2008, MX2010, MX2020, and MX10003 routers.
191
Table 88: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX2008, MX2010, MX2020, and MX10003 Routers
MPC Name
First
Junos OS
Release First
on
Junos
First
Firs
MX240, OS
Junos OS Jun
MX480, Release First Junos OS First Junos OS Release Rel
and
on
Release on
Release on
on
on
MX960 MX2008 MX2010
MX2020
MX10003 MX
MPC Model Number Routers Routers Routers
Routers
Routers Rou
Fixed Configuration MPCs
MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP MPC-3D-
10.0R2
15.1F7 12.3
12.3
16XGE-SFP
Multiservices MPC
MS-MPC
13.2R4
15.1F7 15.1
15.1
32x10GE MPC4E
MPC4E-3D-
12.3R2
15.1F7 12.3R2
12.3R2
32XGE-SFPP
2x100GE + 8x10GE MPC4E
MPC4E-3D2CGE-8XGE
12.3R2
15.1F7 12.3R2
12.3R2
6x40GE + 24x10GE MPC5E-40G10G
13.3R2
15.1F7 13.3R2
13.3R2
MPC5E
6x40GE + 24x10GE MPC5EQ-40G10G
13.3R2
15.1F7 13.3R2
13.3R2
MPC5EQ
2x100GE + 4x10GE MPC5E-100G10G
13.3R3
15.1F7 13.3R3
13.3R3
MPC5E
2x100GE + 4x10GE MPC5EQ-100G10G 13.3R3
15.1F7 13.3R3
13.3R3
MPC5EQ
192
Table 88: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX2008, MX2010, MX2020, and MX10003 Routers (continued)
MPC Name
First
Junos OS
Release First
on
Junos
First
Firs
MX240, OS
Junos OS Jun
MX480, Release First Junos OS First Junos OS Release Rel
and
on
Release on
Release on
on
on
MX960 MX2008 MX2010
MX2020
MX10003 MX
MPC Model Number Routers Routers Routers
Routers
Routers Rou
MPC7E-MRATE
MPC7E-MRATE
· 15.1F4 15.1F7
· 15.1F4 with · 15.1F4 with
with
Junos
Junos
Junos
Continuity
Continuity
Continuity
· 16.1R1 and · 16.1R1 and
· 16.1R1
later
later
and
later
MPC7E-10G
MPC7E-10G
· 15.1F5 15.1F7
· 15.1F5 with · 15.1F5 with
with
Junos
Junos
Junos
Continuity
Continuity
Continuity
· 16.1R1 and · 16.1R1 and
· 16.1R1
later
later
and
later
MPC10E-10C-MRATE MPC10E-10C-MRATE 19.2R1
MPC10E-15C-MRATE MPC10E-15C-MRATE 19.1R1
MPCs MPC1
MX-MPC1-3D
10.2
15.1F7 12.3
12.3
MPC1E
MX-MPC1E-3D
11.2R4
15.1F7 12.3
12.3
MPC1 Q
MX-MPC1-3D-Q
10.2
15.1F7 12.3
12.3
MPC1E Q
MX-MPC1E-3D-Q
11.2R4
15.1F7 12.3
12.3
MPC2
MX-MPC2-3D
10.1
15.1F7 12.3
12.3
MPC2E
MX-MPC2E-3D
11.2R4
15.1F7 12.3
12.3
193
Table 88: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX2008, MX2010, MX2020, and MX10003 Routers (continued)
MPC Name
First
Junos OS
Release First
on
Junos
First
Firs
MX240, OS
Junos OS Jun
MX480, Release First Junos OS First Junos OS Release Rel
and
on
Release on
Release on
on
on
MX960 MX2008 MX2010
MX2020
MX10003 MX
MPC Model Number Routers Routers Routers
Routers
Routers Rou
MPC2 Q
MX-MPC2-3D-Q
10.1
15.1F7 12.3
12.3
MPC2E Q
MX-MPC2E-3D-Q
11.2R4
15.1F7 12.3
12.3
MPC2 EQ
MX-MPC2-3D-EQ
10.1
15.1F7 12.3
12.3
MPC2E EQ
MX-MPC2E-3D-EQ
11.2R4
15.1F7 12.3
12.3
MPC2E P
MX-MPC2E-3D-P
12.2
15.1F7 12.3
12.3
MPC2E NG
MX-MPC2E-3D-NG 14.1R4, 15.1F7 14.1R4, 14.2R3 14.1R4, 14.2R3
14.2R3
and Junos
and Junos
and Junos
Continuity
Continuity
Continuity
15.1
15.1
15.1
MPC2E NG Q
MX-MPC2E-3D-NG-Q 14.1R4, 15.1F7 14.1R4, 14.2R3 14.1R4, 14.2R3
14.2R3
and Junos
and Junos
and Junos
Continuity
Continuity
Continuity
15.1
15.1
15.1
MPC3E
MX-MPC3E-3D
12.1
15.1F7 12.3
12.3
MPC3E-3D-NG
MX-MPC3E-3D-NG 14.1R4, 15.1F7 14.1R4, 14.2R3 14.1R4, 14.2R3
14.2R3
and Junos
and Junos
and Junos
Continuity
Continuity
Continuity
15.1
15.1
15.1
194
Table 88: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX2008, MX2010, MX2020, and MX10003 Routers (continued)
MPC Name
First
Junos OS
Release First
on
Junos
First
Firs
MX240, OS
Junos OS Jun
MX480, Release First Junos OS First Junos OS Release Rel
and
on
Release on
Release on
on
on
MX960 MX2008 MX2010
MX2020
MX10003 MX
MPC Model Number Routers Routers Routers
Routers
Routers Rou
MPC3E-3D-NG-Q
MX-MPC3E-3D-NG-Q 14.1R4, 15.1F7 14.1R4, 14.2R3 14.1R4, 14.2R3
14.2R3
and Junos
and Junos
and Junos
Continuity
Continuity
Continuity
15.1
15.1
15.1
MPC6E
MX2K-MPC6E
15.1F7 13.3R2
13.3R2
MPC8E
MX2K-MPC8E
MPC9E
MX2K-MPC9E
MX10003 MPC (Multi-Rate)
MX10003-LC2103
15.1F7
· 15.1F5 with · 15.1F5 with
Junos
Junos
Continuity
Continuity
· 16.1R1 and later
· 16.1R1 and later
15.1F7
· 15.1F5 with · 15.1F5 with
Junos
Junos
Continuity
Continuity
· 16.1R1 and later
· 16.1R1 and later
17.3
195
Table 88: MPCs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960, MX2008, MX2010, MX2020, and MX10003 Routers (continued)
MPC Name
First
Junos OS
Release First
on
Junos
First
Firs
MX240, OS
Junos OS Jun
MX480, Release First Junos OS First Junos OS Release Rel
and
on
Release on
Release on
on
on
MX960 MX2008 MX2010
MX2020
MX10003 MX
MPC Model Number Routers Routers Routers
Routers
Routers Rou
MX2K-MPC11E
MX2K-MPC11E
-
-
· 19.3R2 and · 19.3R2 and -
-
Modular Port
later 19.3
later 19.3
Concentrator
releases
releases
· 20.1R1
· 20.1R1
NOTE: The MX2K-MPC11E MPC is not supported in any 19.4 releases.
NOTE: The MX2K-MPC11E MPC is not supported in any 19.4 releases.
SEE ALSO
MX Series MPC Overview MIC/MPC Compatibility MX Series MIC Overview MICs Supported by MX Series Routers | 197 Junos Continuity Software Overview Pathfinder: Hardware Supported by Junos Continuity Software
196
MX2008 MPC Terminology
Regardless of whether you are holding an MPC vertically or horizontally, this information uses the same terms for all four edges of the MPC (see Figure 68 on page 196): · Faceplate--Edge of the MPC that has connectors into which you insert the SFP or XFP transceivers · Connector edge--Edge opposite the faceplate; this edge has the connectors that attach to the midplane · Top edge--Edge at the top of the MPC when it is vertical · Bottom edge--Edge at the bottom of the MPC when it is vertical Figure 68: MPC Edges
SEE ALSO MX2008 Component LEDs on the Craft Interface | 49 Troubleshooting the MX2008 MPCs | 564 Replacing an MX2008 MPC | 432
197
MX2008 Modular Interface Card Description
The Modular Interface Cards (MICs) install into the Modular Port Concentrators (MPCs) and provide the physical connections to various network media types. MICs allow different physical interfaces to be supported on a single MPC. You can install MICs of different media types on the same MPC as long as the MPC supports those MICs. MICs receive incoming packets from the network and transmit outgoing packets to the network. During this process, each MIC performs framing and high-speed signaling for its media type. MICs are hot-removable and hot-insertable. The user can install up to two MICs in each MPC.
SEE ALSO MX2008 Modular Interface Card LEDs | 208 Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2008 MPCs or MICs | 545 Troubleshooting the MX2008 MICs | 563 Replacing an MX2008 MIC | 422
MICs Supported by MX Series Routers
The following tables list the first supported Junos OS release for the MX Series. · Table 89 on page 198 lists the first supported Junos OS release for MICs on MX240, MX480, MX960,
and MX2008 routers. · Table 90 on page 200 lists the first supported Junos OS release for MICs on MX2010 and MX2020
routers. · Table 91 on page 203 list the first supported Junos OS release for MICs on MX5, MX10, and MX40
routers. · Table 92 on page 205 lists the first supported Junos OS release for MICs on MX80 and MX104 routers. · Table 93 on page 207 lists the first supported Junos OS release for MICs on MX10003 router.
198
Table 89: MICs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960 and MX2008 Routers
MIC Name
MIC Model Number
Ports
MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers
MX2008 Routers
ATM ATM MIC with SFP
MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC12-ATM
8
12.1
15.1F7
DS3/E3 DS3/E3 MIC
MIC-3D-8DS3-E3, MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B
8
11.4
15.1F7
Circuit Emulation
Channelized E1/T1 Circuit Emulation MIC
MIC-3D-16CHE1-T1-CE
16
12.3
15.1F7
Gigabit Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP MIC-3D-20GE-SFP
20
10.1
15.1F7
Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP MIC-3D-20GE-SFP-E (E)
20
13.3
15.1F7
Gigabit Ethernet MIC with
MIC-MACSEC-20GE
20
18.3
-
256b-AES MACsec
10-Gigabit Ethernet
10-Gigabit Ethernet MICs with MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP XFP
2
10.2
15.1F7
10-Gigabit Ethernet MICs with MIC-3D-4XGE-XFP XFP
4
10.1
15.1F7
10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-10XGE-SFPP SFP+ (10 Ports)
10
12.3
15.1F7
10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC6-10G SFP+ (24 Ports)
24
-
15.1F7
10-Gigabit Ethernet OTN MIC MIC6-10G-OTN with SFP+ (24 Ports)
24
-
15.1F7
199
Table 89: MICs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960 and MX2008 Routers (continued)
MIC Name
MIC Model Number
Ports
MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers
MX2008 Routers
40-Gigabit Ethernet
40-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-2X40GE-QSFPP QSFP+
2
12.2
15.1F7
100-Gigabit Ethernet
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CFP CFP
1
12.1
15.1F7
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CXP CXP
1
12.2
15.1F7
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC6-100G-CXP CXP (4 Ports)
4
-
15.1F7
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC6-100G-CFP2 CFP2
2
-
15.1F7
100-Gigabit DWDM OTN
100-Gigabit DWDM OTN MIC MIC3-100G-DWDM with CFP2-ACO
1
15.1F5
15.1F6
17.1R1
15.1F7
Multi-Rate
SONET/SDH OC3/STM1
MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48
4
(Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP
11.2
15.1F7
SONET/SDH OC3/STM1
MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48
8
(Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP
11.2
15.1F7
Channelized SONET/SDH
MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12
4
OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs
with SFP
11.4
15.1F7
Channelized SONET/SDH
MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12
8
OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs
with SFP
11.4
15.1F7
200
Table 89: MICs Supported by MX240, MX480, MX960 and MX2008 Routers (continued)
MIC Name
MIC Model Number
Ports
MX240, MX480, and MX960 Routers
MX2008 Routers
Channelized OC3/STM1
MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE
4
(Multi-Rate) Circuit Emulation
MIC with SFP
12.2
15.1F7
MIC MRATE (12-Port
MIC-MRATE
Multi-Rate MIC with QSFP+)
12
-
15.1F7
Multi-Rate Ethernet MIC
MIC-MACSEC-MRATE
12
(12-Port Multi-Rate MACsec
MIC with QSFP+)
17.4
Tri-Rate Tri-Rate MIC
MIC-3D-40GE-TX
40
10.2
15.1F7
Services Multiservices MIC
MS-MIC-16G
0
13.2
15.1F7
SONET/SDH
SONET/SDH OC192/STM64 MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP MIC with XFP
1
12.2
15.1F7
Table 90: MICs Supported by MX2010 and MX2020 Routers
MIC Name
MIC Model Number
MX2010 Ports Routers
ATM ATM MIC with SFP
MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC12-ATM
8
12.3
DS3/E3 DS3/E3 MIC
MIC-3D-8DS3-E3, MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B
8
12.3
Circuit Emulation
MX2020 Routers
12.3
12.3
201
Table 90: MICs Supported by MX2010 and MX2020 Routers (continued)
MIC Name
MIC Model Number
MX2010 Ports Routers
Channelized E1/T1 Circuit Emulation MIC
MIC-3D-16CHE1-T1-CE
16
Gigabit Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP MIC-3D-20GE-SFP
20
12.3
Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP MIC-3D-20GE-SFP-E (E)
20
13.3
10-Gigabit Ethernet
10-Gigabit Ethernet MICs with MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP XFP
2
12.3
10-Gigabit Ethernet MICs with MIC-3D-4XGE-XFP XFP
4
12.3
10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-10XGE-SFPP SFP+ (10 Ports)
10
12.3
10-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC6-10G SFP+ (24 Ports)
24
13.3R2
10-Gigabit Ethernet OTN MIC MIC6-10G-OTN with SFP+ (24 Ports)
24
13.3R3
40-Gigabit Ethernet
40-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-2X40GE-QSFPP QSFP+
2
12.3
100-Gigabit Ethernet
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CFP CFP
1
12.3
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC3-3D-1X100GE-CXP CXP
1
12.3
MX2020 Routers
12.3 13.3
12.3 12.3 12.3 13.3R2 13.3R3
12.3
12.3 12.3
202
Table 90: MICs Supported by MX2010 and MX2020 Routers (continued)
MIC Name
MIC Model Number
MX2010 Ports Routers
MX2020 Routers
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC6-100G-CXP CXP (4 Ports)
4
13.3R2
13.3R2
100-Gigabit Ethernet MIC with MIC6-100G-CFP2 CFP2
2
13.3R3
13.3R3
100-Gigabit DWDM OTN
100-Gigabit DWDM OTN MIC MIC3-100G-DWDM with CFP2-ACO
1
15.1F5
15.1F6
17.1R1
15.1F5 15.1F6 17.1R1
Multi-Rate
SONET/SDH OC3/STM1
MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48
4
(Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP
12.3
12.3
SONET/SDH OC3/STM1
MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48
8
(Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP
12.3
12.3
Channelized SONET/SDH
MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12
4
OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs
with SFP
12.3
12.3
Channelized SONET/SDH
MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12
8
OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs
with SFP
12.3
12.3
Channelized OC3/STM1
MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE
4
(Multi-Rate) Circuit Emulation
MIC with SFP
12.3
12.3
MIC MRATE (12-Port
MIC-MRATE
Multi-Rate MIC with QSFP+)
Multi-Rate Ethernet MIC (12-Port Multi-Rate MACsec MIC with QSFP+)
MIC-MACSEC-MRATE
12
· 15.1F5 with
· 15.1F5 with
Junos
Junos
Continuity
Continuity
· 16.1R1 and later
· 16.1R1 and later
12
17.4
17.4
203
Table 90: MICs Supported by MX2010 and MX2020 Routers (continued)
MIC Name
MIC Model Number
MX2010 Ports Routers
Tri-Rate Tri-Rate MIC
MIC-3D-40GE-TX
40
12.3
Services Multiservices MIC
MS-MIC-16G
0
13.2
SONET/SDH
SONET/SDH OC192/STM64 MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP MIC with XFP
1
12.3
MX2020 Routers
12.3
13.2
12.3
Table 91: MICs Supported by MX5, MX10, and MX40 Routers
MIC Name
MIC Model Number
Ports MX5
ATM ATM MIC with SFP
MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC12-ATM 8
12.1
DS3/E3 DS3/E3 MIC
MIC-3D-8DS3-E3, MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B
8
11.4
Circuit Emulation
Channelized E1/T1 Circuit Emulation MIC
MIC-3D-16CHE1-T1-CE
16 13.2R2
Channelized E1/T1 Circuit Emulation MIC (H)
MIC-3D-16CHE1-T1-CE-H 16
Gigabit Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP MIC-3D-20GE-SFP
20 11.2R4
Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP MIC-3D-20GE-SFP-E (E)
20 13.2R2
MX10
MX40
12.1
12.1
11.4
11.4
13.2R2
13.2R2
11.2R4 13.2R2
11.2R4 13.2R2
204
Table 91: MICs Supported by MX5, MX10, and MX40 Routers (continued)
MIC Name
MIC Model Number
Ports MX5
MX10
Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP MIC-3D-20GE-SFP-EH
20
(EH)
10-Gigabit Ethernet
10-Gigabit Ethernet MICs with MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP XFP
2
11.2R4
11.2R4
Multi-Rate
SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP
MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48 4
11.2R4
11.2R4
SONET/SDH OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP
MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48 8
11.2R4
11.2R4
Channelized SONET/SDH
MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12 4
OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs
with SFP
11.4
11.4
Channelized SONET/SDH
MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12 8
OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs
with SFP
11.4
11.4
Channelized OC3/STM1
MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE 4
(Multi-Rate) Circuit Emulation
MIC with SFP
12.2
12.2
Channelized OC3/STM1
MIC-4COC3-1COC12-CE-H -
-
-
(Multi-Rate) Circuit Emulation
MIC with SFP (H)
Tri-Rate Tri-Rate MIC
MIC-3D-40GE-TX
40
11.2R4
Services Multiservices MIC
MS-MIC-16G
0
13.2
13.2
Rear slot only. Rear slot only.
MX40
11.2R4
11.2R4 11.2R4 11.4 11.4 12.2 -
11.2R4 13.2 Rear slot only.
205
Table 91: MICs Supported by MX5, MX10, and MX40 Routers (continued)
MIC Name
MIC Model Number
Ports MX5
SONET/SDH OC192/STM64 MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP MIC with XFP
1
12.2
MX10 12.2
Table 92: MICs Supported by MX80 and MX104 Routers
MIC Name
MIC Model Number
ATM ATM MIC with SFP
MIC-3D-8OC3-2OC12-ATM
DS3/E3 DS3/E3 MIC
MIC-3D-8DS3-E3, MIC-3D-8CHDS3-E3-B
Circuit Emulation
Channelized E1/T1 Circuit Emulation MIC
MIC-3D-16CHE1-T1-CE
Channelized E1/T1 Circuit Emulation MIC (H)
MIC-3D-16CHE1-T1-CE-H
Gigabit Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP MIC-3D-20GE-SFP
Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP MIC-3D-20GE-SFP-E (E)
Gigabit Ethernet MIC with SFP MIC-3D-20GE-SFP-EH (EH)
Gigabit Ethernet MIC with 256b-AES MACsec
MIC-MACSEC-20GE
10-Gigabit Ethernet MICs with MIC-3D-2XGE-XFP XFP
Multi-Rate
Ports MX80
8
12.1
8
11.4
16
13.2R2
16
20
10.2
20
13.2R2
20
20
18.3
2
10.2
MX40 12.2
MX104 13.3 13.3
13.2R2 13.2R2
13.2R2 13.2R2 13.2R2 18.3 13.2R2
Table 92: MICs Supported by MX80 and MX104 Routers (continued)
MIC Name
MIC Model Number
Ports
SONET/SDH OC3/STM1
MIC-3D-4OC3OC12-1OC48
4
(Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP
SONET/SDH OC3/STM1
MIC-3D-8OC3OC12-4OC48
8
(Multi-Rate) MICs with SFP
Channelized SONET/SDH
MIC-3D-4CHOC3-2CHOC12
4
OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs
with SFP
Channelized SONET/SDH
MIC-3D-8CHOC3-4CHOC12
8
OC3/STM1 (Multi-Rate) MICs
with SFP
Channelized OC3/STM1
MIC-3D-4COC3-1COC12-CE
4
(Multi-Rate) Circuit Emulation
MIC with SFP
Channelized OC3/STM1
MIC-4COC3-1COC12-CE-H
-
(Multi-Rate) Circuit Emulation
MIC with SFP (H)
Tri-Rate
Tri-Rate MIC
MIC-3D-40GE-TX
40
Services
MX80 11.2 11.2 11.4 11.4 12.2 -
10.2
206 MX104 13.3 13.3 13.3 13.3 13.2R2 13.2R2
13.2R2
207
Table 92: MICs Supported by MX80 and MX104 Routers (continued)
MIC Name
MIC Model Number
Ports
Multiservices MIC
MS-MIC-16G
0
SONET/SDH
SONET/SDH OC192/STM64 MIC-3D-1OC192-XFP
1
MIC with XFP
MX80
MX104
13.2
13.3R2
Rear slot only. Supported on the modular MX80 and fixed MX80-48T
NOTE: Startnig From Junos OS 13.3R3, 14.1R2, and 14.2R1, MX104 supports only two Multiservices MICs.
12.2
13.3
Table 93: MICs Supported by MX10003 Router
MIC Name
MIC Model Number
Multi-Rate
Multi-Rate Ethernet MIC (12-Port Multi-Rate MIC with QSFP+)
JNP-MIC1
Multi-Rate Ethernet MIC (12-Port Multi-Rate MACsec MIC with QSFP+)
JNP-MIC1-MACSEC
Ports
MX10003
12
17.3
12
17.3R2
SEE ALSO
MX Series MIC Overview MIC/MPC Compatibility
208
MX2008 Modular Interface Card LEDs
Each MIC has LEDs located on the faceplate. For more information about LEDs on the MIC faceplate, see the "LEDs" section for each MIC in the MX Series Interface Module Reference.
SEE ALSO MX2008 Modular Interface Card Description | 197 Troubleshooting the MX2008 MICs | 563 Replacing an MX2008 MIC | 422
MX2008 Ports and Interfaces
In the physical part of the interface name, a hyphen (-) separates the media type from the MPC number (represented as an FPC in the CLI), and a slash (/) separates the logical PIC and port numbers: type-fpc/pic/port · type--Media type, which identifies the network device. For example:
· ge--Gigabit Ethernet interface · so--SONET/SDH interface · xe--10-Gigabit Ethernet interface For a complete list of media types, see Interface Naming Overview. · fpc--Slot in which the MPC is installed. On the MX2008 router, the MPCs are represented in the CLI as FPC 0 through FPC 9. · pic--Logical PIC on the MIC. The number of logical PICs varies depending on the type of MIC. · port--Port number.
NOTE: The MIC number is not included in the interface name.
The MX2008 supports up to ten MPCs that install vertically and are numbered from left to right. The following sample CLI output displays an MPC (MPCE Type 2 3D) installed in MPC slot 9. user@host> show chassis hardware
209
... FPC 0
CPU MIC 0
REV 22 750-063414 CAFF1148 REV 16 750-057177 CAFF9310 REV 11 750-055992 CAFJ9396
PIC 0
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
Xcvr 0 Xcvr 1 Xcvr 2 Xcvr 3 Xcvr 6 Xcvr 7 Xcvr 8 Xcvr 9 MIC 1
REV 01 740-064669 1622 REV 01 740-064669 1657 REV 01 740-064669 1634 REV 01 740-064669 1617 REV 01 740-064669 1627 REV 01 740-064669 1653 REV 01 740-064669 1630 REV 01 740-064669 1607 REV 11 750-055992 CAFM8048
PIC 1
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
Xcvr 0 Xcvr 1 Xcvr 2 Xcvr 3 Xcvr 6 Xcvr 7 Xcvr 8 Xcvr 9 ...
REV 01 REV 01 REV 01 REV 01 REV 01 REV 01 REV 01 REV 01
740-064669 740-064669 740-064669 740-064669 740-064669 740-064669 740-064669 740-064669
1463 1444 1452 1462 1647 1448 1460 1454
MPC9E 3D SMPC PMB MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK
There is one MIC MRATE (MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE) installed into the MPC, MIC 0 (top slot), and one MIC MRATE (MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE) installed into the MPC, MIC 1 (bottom slot). Each MIC is logically divided into two PICs in the CLI.
The port numbers on the MICs correspond to the port number in the interface. See the MX Series Interface Module Reference for more information about specific MICs.
The sample show interfaces terse command below shows the MIC interfaces details.
user@host>show interfaces terse
... lc-0/0/0
up up
210
lc-0/0/0.32769 pfe-0/0/0 pfe-0/0/0.16383
pfh-0/0/0 pfh-0/0/0.16383 pfh-0/0/0.16384 et-0/0/1 et-0/0/1.0
et-0/0/2 et-0/0/2.0
et-0/0/3 et-0/0/3.0
et-0/0/6 et-0/0/6.0
et-0/0/7 et-0/0/7.0
et-0/0/8 et-0/0/8.0
et-0/0/9 et-0/0/9.0
et-0/1/0 et-0/1/0.0
lc-0/1/0 lc-0/1/0.32769 pfe-0/1/0 pfe-0/1/0.16383
et-0/1/1 et-0/1/1.0
et-0/1/2 et-0/1/2.0
et-0/1/3 et-0/1/3.0
up up vpls
up up
up up inet
inet6
up up
up up inet
up up inet
up up
up up inet
100.0.1.1/24
multiservice
up up
up up inet
100.0.2.1/24
multiservice
up up
up up inet
100.0.3.1/24
multiservice
up up
up up inet
100.0.6.1/24
multiservice
up up
up up inet
100.0.7.1/24
multiservice
up up
up up inet
100.0.8.1/24
multiservice
up up
up up inet
100.0.9.1/24
multiservice
up up
up up inet
100.1.0.1/24
multiservice
up up
up up vpls
up up
up up inet
inet6
up up
up up inet
100.1.1.1/24
multiservice
up up
up up inet
100.1.2.1/24
multiservice
up up
up up inet
100.1.3.1/24
211
et-0/1/6 et-0/1/6.0
et-0/1/7 et-0/1/7.0
et-0/1/8 et-0/1/8.0
et-0/1/9 et-0/1/9.0
...
multiservice
up up
up up inet
100.1.6.1/24
multiservice
up up
up up inet
100.1.7.1/24
multiservice
up up
up up inet
100.1.8.1/24
multiservice
up up
up up inet
100.1.9.1/24
multiservice
SEE ALSO MX2008 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology | 42
2 CHAPTER
Site Planning, Preparation, and Specifications
MX2008 Site Guidelines and Requirements | 213 MX2008 Network Cable and Transceiver Planning | 234 MX2008 Management and Console Port Specifications and Pinouts | 239 MX2008 Power Planning | 241 Powering MX2008 On and Off | 254
213
MX2008 Site Guidelines and Requirements
IN THIS SECTION MX2008 Router Transport Kit Moving Requirements and Guidelines | 213 MX2008 Cabinet Airflow Requirements | 216 MX2008 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements | 217 MX2008 Chassis Moving Guidelines | 218 MX2008 Physical Specifications | 218 MX2008 Rack Requirements | 223 MX2008 Router Environmental Specifications | 226 MX2008 Router Grounding Specifications | 227 MX2008 Site Preparation Checklist | 230 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2008 Router | 233
MX2008 Router Transport Kit Moving Requirements and Guidelines
IN THIS SECTION Router Transport Kit Turning Radius | 213 Router Transport Kit Requirements | 214
Router Transport Kit Turning Radius The MX2008 requires a minimum 42 in. (106.7 cm) diameter of space to turn the chassis on the router transport kit (see Figure 69 on page 214).
NOTE: The router transport kit does not come with the router. You need to purchase the router transport kit from Juniper Networks. Using the router mounting kit for installing the MX2008 is optional.
214 NOTE: The router transport kit handles can be removed to accommodate aisle width. Figure 69: Turning Diameter of Router Transport Kit
42 in (106.7 cm)
The weight of the router transport kit is 138.5 lb (63 kg). The maximum recommended height the MX2008 should be lifted from the floor by using the router transport kit is 1.5 in. (3.8 cm). Router Transport Kit Requirements Viewed from the side, the MX2008 router with the router transport kit installed measures 42 in. (106.68 cm) high, 36.20 in. (91.95 cm) wide, with the transport kit measuring 23.40 in. (59.4 cm) high (see Figure 70 on page 215).
g000041
Figure 70: Measurements of the Router Transport Kit Installed on the MX2008 (Side View)
Front
42.00 in. (106.68 cm)
23.40 in. (59.40 cm)
Rear
215
g009460
34.55 in. (87.76 cm)
Viewed from the front, the MX2008 router with the router transport kit installed measures 30.78 in. (78.2 cm) wide, with the router measuring 19 in. (48.3 cm) wide (see Figure 71 on page 215).
Figure 71: Measurements of the Router Transport Kit Installed on the MX2008 (Front View)
SEE ALSO Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2008 Router | 233 MX2008 Rack-Mounting Hardware | 56
216 MX2008 Cabinet Airflow Requirements | 216
MX2008 Cabinet Airflow Requirements
Before you install the router in a cabinet, you must ensure that ventilation through the cabinet is sufficient to prevent overheating. Consider the following requirements to when planning for chassis cooling: · Ensure that the cool air supply you provide through the cabinet can adequately dissipate the thermal
output of the router. · Ensure that the cabinet allows the chassis hot exhaust air to exit from the cabinet without recirculating
into the router. An open cabinet (without a top or doors) that employs hot air exhaust extraction from the top allows the best airflow through the chassis. If the cabinet contains a top or doors, perforations in these elements assist with removing the hot air exhaust. For an illustration of chassis airflow, see Figure 72 on page 216. · Install the router as close as possible to the front of the cabinet so that the cable manager just clears the inside of the front door. This maximizes the clearance in the rear of the cabinet for critical airflow. · Route and dress all cables to minimize the blockage of airflow to and from the chassis. Figure 72: Airflow Through Chassis
SEE ALSO
217
MX2008 Rack Requirements | 223 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2008 Router | 233 MX2008 Rack-Mounting Hardware | 56 MX2008 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements | 217 MX2008 Cabinet Airflow Requirements | 216
MX2008 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements
The minimum size cabinet that can accommodate the router is 23.62 in. (60 cm) wide, and 39.37 in. (100 cm) deep. A cabinet larger than the minimum requirement provides better airflow and reduces the chance of overheating. To accommodate a single router, the cabinet must be at least 24 U high that has a clearance of 36.20 in. (91.95 cm) to accommodate the cable managers installed or 40.15 in. (102 cm) to accommodate the extended cable managers. The minimum front and rear clearance requirements depends on the mounting configuration you choose. The minimum total clearance inside the cabinet is 36.20 in. (91.95 cm) between the inside of the front door and the inside of the rear door.
NOTE: If you are installing the MX2008 router into a network cabinet, make sure that no hardware, device, rack, or cabinet component obstructs the 34-U rack space from access during installation.
SEE ALSO Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2008 Router | 233 MX2008 Rack-Mounting Hardware | 56
218
MX2008 Chassis Moving Guidelines
The fully configured chassis with the cable managers weighs up to 742.2 lb (336.66 kg) for the AC chassis, 664.8 lb (301.55 kg) for the DC chassis, and 261 lb (118.39 kg) with components removed. Observe the following guidelines for moving the router:
· Before moving the router, read the Preparing the Site for the MX2008 Router Overview to verify that the intended site meets the specified power, environmental, and clearance requirements.
· Do not attempt to move a fully-configured router by yourself. Use a pallet jack with the attachment and a four-person team to maneuver the router into a rack.
· Before moving the router, disconnect all external cables. To move routing devices and components, use the following guidelines:
· 1 person to lift or move up to 39.7 lb (18.0 kg) · 2 people to lift or move up to 70.5 lb (32.0 kg) · 3 people to lift or move up to 220 lb (99.8 kg) · 4 people to lift or move over 300 lb (136.0 kg) As when moving any heavy object, lift most of the weight with your legs rather than your back. Keep your knees bent and your back relatively straight and avoid twisting your body as you lift. Balance the load evenly and be sure that your footing is solid.
SEE ALSO
General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices | 592 General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 593
MX2008 Physical Specifications
Table 94 on page 218 and Table 95 on page 219 summarize the physical specifications for the router chassis and the components.
Table 94: MX2008 Shipping Weight Specifications
Item
Shipping Weight
Shipping crate and pallet
358 lb (162.4 kg)
219
Table 94: MX2008 Shipping Weight Specifications (continued)
Item
Shipping Weight
Unpopulated MX2008
261 lb (118.39 kg)
Unpopulated MX2008 with shipping crate and pallet 619 lb (280.79 kg)
Fully populated MX2008
· AC chassis: 742.2 lb (336.66 kg) · DC chassis: 664.8 lb (301.55 kg)
Fully populated MX2008 with shipping crate and pallet 1319.88 lb (598.69 kg)
Table 95: Physical Specifications Description Weight
Width
Depth
Height
Chassis dimensions
Chassis with components removed: 261 lb (118.39 kg)
19 in. (48.26 cm) (including the mounting flanges or center-mounting brackets)
· With standard cable manager: 36.20 in. (91.95 cm)
· With extended cable manager: 40.15 in. (102 cm)
42 lb (106.68 cm)
Chassis with maximum configuration:
AC chassis: 742.2 lb (336.66 kg)
DC chassis: 664.8 lb (301.55 kg)
19 in. (48.26 cm)
(including the mounting flanges or center-mounting brackets)
· With standard cable manager: 36.20 in. (91.95 cm)
· With extended cable manager: 40.15 in. (102 cm)
42 lb (106.68 cm)
Chassis with midplane and air filters only: 235.5 lb (106.82 kg)
Craft interface 1.5 lb (0.68 kg) (with brackets)
19.5 in. (49.53 cm)
4.75 in. (12.065 cm)
4.0 in. (10.16 cm)
220
Table 95: Physical Specifications (continued)
Description Weight
Width
Depth
Height
ADC
15 lb (6.80 kg)
Fully populated with 10 total: 150 lb (68.0 kg)
1.7 in. (4.31 cm)
· 23.6 in. (59.94 cm)
· With ejector handle: 26.14 in. (66.39 cm)
17.71 in. (44.98 cm)
MPC
MPC without MICs: 23.8 lb (10.79 kg)
1.25 in. (3.17 cm) 21.25 in (53.97 cm)
MPC with MICs: 25 lb (11.34 kg)
Fully populated with 10 total: 250 lb (113.39 kg)
15.5 in (39.37 cm)
Blank MPC panel
5.4 lb (2.45 kg)
1.25 in. (3.17 cm) 22.8 in (57.91 cm)
15.5 in (39.37 cm)
MIC
1.2 lb (0.54 kg)
1.25 in. (3.17 cm) 6.25 in (15.9 cm)
6.8 in (17.3 cm)
AC PSM
7.0 lb (3.17 kg)
1.65 in. (4.19 cm) 7.224 in. (18.34 cm)
Fully populated with 9 total: 63 lb (28.57 kg)
15.10 in. (38.35 cm)
AC PDM
12 lb (5.44 kg)
Fully populated with 2 total: 24 lb (10.88 kg)
17.1 in. (43.43 cm)
4.76 in. (12.09 cm)
7.361 in. (18.69 cm)
DC PSM (-48 V) 7.0 lb (3.17 kg)
1.65 in. (4.19 cm) 7.224 in. (18.34 cm)
Fully populated with 9 total: 63 lb (28.57 kg)
15.10 in. (38.35 cm)
221
Table 95: Physical Specifications (continued)
Description Weight
Width
Depth
Height
DC PSM (240 V China)
8.2 lb (3.71 kg)
Fully populated with 9 total: 73.8 lb (33.39 kg)
1.65 in. (4.19 cm) 7.224 in. (18.34 cm)
15.10 in. (38.35 cm)
Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM
8 lb (3.63 kg)
Fully populated with 9 total: 72 lb (32.67 kg)
1.65 in. (4.19 cm) 7.224 in. (18.34 cm)
15.10 in. (38.35 cm)
DC PDM (-48 V) 8.0 lb (3.62 kg)
Fully populated with 2 total: 16 lb (7.25 kg)
16.8 in. (42.67 cm)
5.2 in. (13.20 cm)
4.2 in. (10.66 cm)
DC PDM (240 V China)
9.2 lb (4.17 kg)
Fully populated with 2 total: 18.40 lb (8.34 kg)
16.7 in. (42.4 cm) 5.2 in. (13.20 cm)
5.12 in. (13.00 cm)
Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM
8.8 lb (3.98 kg)
Fully populated with 2 total: 17.6 lb (7.96 kg)
16.7 in. (42.4 cm) 5.2 in. (13.20 cm)
5.12 in. (13.00 cm)
Air filter (lower) 1 lb (0.45 kg)
16.7 in. (42.4 cm) 19.7 in. (50 cm)
0.43 in. (1.1 cm)
PSM air filter 0.5 lb (0.23 kg)
16.0 in. (40.64 cm)
5.75 in. (14.60 cm)
0.3 in. (0.76 cm)
MX2008 SFB2 6.9 lb ( kg)
Fully populated with 8 total: 55.2 lb ( kg)
1.7 in. (4.31 cm)
· 23.6 in. (59.94 cm)
· With ejector handle: 26.14 in. (66.39 cm)
16.23 in. (41.21 cm)
222
Table 95: Physical Specifications (continued)
Description Weight
Width
Depth
Height
MX2008 Routing Control Board (MX2008 RCB)
6.9 lb ( kg)
Fully populated with 2 total: 13.8 lb ( kg)
1.7 in. (4.31 cm)
· 23.6 in. (59.94 cm)
· With ejector handle: 26.14 in. (66.39 cm)
16.225 in. (41.21 cm)
Fan tray
25 lb (11.34 kg)
Fully populated with 2 total: 50 lb (22.68 kg)
16.70 in. (42.41 cm)
28.16 in. (71.52 cm)
2.62 in. (6.65 cm)
Standard cable manager (bottom)
7.0 lb (3.17 kg)
18.99 in. (48.23 cm)
2.80 in. (7.11 cm)
7.428 in. (18.86 cm)
Standard DC cable manager (rear)
1.2 lb (0.54 kg)
Fully populated with 2 total: 2.4 lb (1.08 kg)
16.85 in. (42.79 cm)
2.93 in. (7.44 cm)
2.73 in. (6.93 cm)
Extended cable manager (bottom)
10.2 lb (4.62 kg)
18.98 in. (48.20 cm)
3.95 in. (10.03 cm)
7.55 in. (19.17 cm)
Extended DC cable manager (rear)
0.7 lb (0.32 kg)
Fully populated with 2 total: 1.4 lb (1.8 kg)
16.78 in. (42.62 cm)
2.93 in. (7.44 cm)
2.72 in. (6.90 cm)
Standard EMI cover
7.2 lb (3.3 kg)
17.45 in. (44.32 cm)
3.50 in. (8.9 cm)
18.86 in. (47.9 cm)
Extended EMI cover
9.65 lb (4.4 kg)
17.45 in. (44.32 cm)
5.40 in. (13.7 cm)
18.86 in. (47.9 cm)
SEE ALSO MX2008 Router Overview | 26
223
MX2008 Chassis Description | 28
MX2008 Rack Requirements
IN THIS SECTION Rack Size and Strength | 223 Spacing of Mounting Bracket and Flange Holes | 225 Connection to the Building Structure | 226
Rack Size and Strength
The MX2008 router is designed for installation in a rack that complies with either of the following standards: · A 19-in. rack as defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment (document number EIA-310-D)
published by the Electronics Components Industry Association (http://www.ecianow.org/). · A 600-mm rack as defined in the four-part Equipment Engineering (EE); European telecommunications
standard for equipment practice (document numbers ETS 300 119-1 through 119-4) published by the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (http://www.etsi.org). The horizontal spacing between the rails in a rack that complies with this standard is usually wider than the mounting brackets, which measure 19.2 in. (48.8 cm) from the outer edge to outer edge. Use approved wing devices to narrow the opening between the rails as required. · A 23-in. rack using appropriate 23-in. to 19-in. rack adapters and an appropriate installation shelf that supports the chassis at the correct vertical position to properly line up the rack mount holes. Juniper Networks does not supply this hardware, but consideration for the size and weight of the chassis is important for a safe installation. The rack rails must be spaced widely enough to accommodate the chassis's external dimensions: 59.50 in. (151.1 cm) high, 36.20 in. (91.95 cm) deep, and 19 in. (48.3 cm) wide. The outer edges of the front-mounting flanges extend the width to 19.2 in. (48.8 cm), The spacing of rails and adjacent racks must also allow for the clearances around the chassis and rack that are specified in "Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2008 Router" on page 233. The cable manager and EMI cover on the front of the chassis is 36.20 in. (91.95 cm) deep. An extended cable manager extends the depth to 40.15 in. (102 cm).
224
In an open-frame rack, center-mounting is required because the more even distribution of weight provides greater stability. For center-mounting, you use the mounting brackets attached to the center of the chassis for rack mounting (see Figure 74 on page 226). For instructions about installing the mounting hardware, see "Installing the MX2008 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet" on page 270. The weight and depth of the router depends on the type of cable manager installed. With the standard or extended cable manager installed, use these guidelines: · The rack must have sufficient vertical usable space to accommodate the height of the router:
59.50 in. (151.1 cm). You can install one chassis in a rack. A typical four-post rack measures 84 in. (213.4 cm) high, 24 in. (61 cm) through 30 in. (76.2 cm) deep, and 19 in. (48.3 cm) wide (see Figure 73 on page 225). A typical open-frame rack measures 84 in. (213.4 cm) high and 19 in. (48.3 cm) wide.
NOTE: A U is the standard rack unit defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment (document number EIA-310-D) published by the Electronics Industry Association (http://www.eia.org).
· The location of the rack must provide sufficient space to accommodate the depth of the router. The chassis with the standard cable manager is 36.20 in. (91.95 cm) deep.
· The chassis with the extended cable manager is 40.15 in. (102 cm) deep. The rack must be strong enough to support the weight of the fully configured router, up to 742.2 lb (336.66 kg).
NOTE: For a complete list of chassis configuration and individual line card and component weights and measurements, see "MX2008 Physical Specifications" on page 218.
225 Figure 73: Typical Four-Post Rack
84 in (213.4 cm)
19 in (48.3 cm)
24 in (61cm) to 30 in (76.2 cm)
NOTE: There must be a minimum of 24-U of usable rack space when installing the MX2008 router.
Spacing of Mounting Bracket and Flange Holes The holes in the mounting brackets and front-mount-flanges used to attach the chassis to a rack are spaced at 1 U (1.75 in.). The router can be mounted in any rack that provides holes spaced at those distances. Figure 74 on page 226 shows the chassis center-mounting brackets.
g007110
226 Figure 74: Center-Mounting Brackets
Connection to the Building Structure
Always secure the rack to the structure of the building. If your geographical area is subject to earthquakes, bolt the rack to the floor. For maximum stability, also secure the rack to ceiling brackets.
SEE ALSO
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2008 Router | 233 MX2008 Rack-Mounting Hardware | 56 MX2008 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements | 217 MX2008 Cabinet Airflow Requirements | 216
MX2008 Router Environmental Specifications
Table 96 on page 226 specifies the environmental specifications required for normal router operation. In addition, the site should be as dust-free as possible.
Table 96: Router Environmental Specifications
Description
Value
Relative humidity
Normal operation ensured in relative humidity range of 5% through 90%, noncondensing
227
Table 96: Router Environmental Specifications (continued)
Description
Value
Temperature
Normal operation ensured in temperature range of 32°F (0°C) through 104°F (40°C)
Nonoperating storage temperature in shipping container: 40°F (40°C) through 158°F (70°C)
Seismic
Designed to meet Telcordia Technologies Zone 4 earthquake requirements
Maximum thermal output AC input power: 129,280 BTU/hour DC input power: 129,280 BTU/hour
NOTE: Install the router only in restricted areas, such as dedicated equipment rooms and equipment closets, in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.
SEE ALSO Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2008 Hardware Components | 390 MX2008 Router Hardware Components and CLI Terminology | 42 Definition of Safety Warning Levels | 589
MX2008 Router Grounding Specifications
IN THIS SECTION MX2008 Chassis Grounding Points Specifications | 228 MX2008 Router Grounding Cable Lug Specifications | 228 MX2008 Router Grounding Cable Specifications | 229
228
MX2008 Chassis Grounding Points Specifications To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to ensure proper operation, the router must be adequately grounded before power is connected. To ground AC-powered or DC-powered routers, you must connect a grounding cable to earth ground and then attach it to the chassis grounding points by using the two screws provided (see Figure 75 on page 228). Figure 75: Connecting Chassis Grounding Points on the MX2008 Router
MX2008 Router Grounding Cable Lug Specifications
CAUTION: Before router installation begins, a licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to the grounding and power cables that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the router.
To ground ACpowered or DCpowered routers, connect a grounding cable to earth ground and then attach it to the chassis grounding points by using two washers and nuts. The top pair of grounding points fits UNC 1/420 nuts (American), and the lower pair fits M6 nuts (European). The grounding points are spaced at 0.625-in. (15.86-mm) centers. The cable lugs get attached to the grounding cable, and the two UNC 1/420 nuts and washers are used to secure the grounding cable to the top pair of grounding points.
WARNING: The router is a pluggable type A equipment installed in a restricted access location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal (Metric [M6] and English [¼-20] screw ground lugs) provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This separate protective earth terminal must be permanently connected to earth.
229
NOTE: The MX2008 supports 4-AWG DC power cable lugs for 80-A input (see Figure 76 on page 229), and 6-AWG DC power cable lugs for 60-A input (see Figure 77 on page 229).
Figure 76: 4-AWG DC Power Cable Lugs for 80-A Input
End view
Inner diameter .28
0.55 0.27 2 holes
g007054
0.09
0.25
0.63
All measurements in inches
Figure 77: 6-AWG DC Power Cable Lugs for 60-A Input
End view
Inner diameter .22
.48 ±.04
g007468
.25 ±.04
0.63 ±.02
.27 ±.02 2 PLC
All measurements in inches
Table 97 on page 229 summarizes the specifications for the power cables, which you must supply.
Table 97: DC Power Cable Specifications
Cable Type Quantity and Specification
Power
Eighteen pairs of 4-AWG (21.2 mm2), used with 80-A PDM. Minimum 90°C wire, or as required by the local code.
Power
Eighteen pairs of 6-AWG (13.3 mm2), used with 80-A PDM. Minimum 90°C wire, or as required by the local code.
MX2008 Router Grounding Cable Specifications
The 48 VDC facility must be equipped with a circuit breaker rated 60 A (48 VDC), or 80 A (48 VDC) for each PDM input, and the grounding cable must be minimum 10 AWG, or as required by the local code.
230
NOTE: Additional grounding is provided to an AC-powered router when you plug its PDMs into grounded AC power receptacles.
CAUTION: To comply with intrabuilding lightning and surge requirements, intrabuilding wiring must be shielded, and the shield for the wiring must be grounded at both ends.
WARNING: The router is installed in a restricted-access location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal (Metric [M6] and English [¼-20] screw ground lugs) provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This separate protective earth terminal must be permanently connected to earth.
SEE ALSO
Grounding an MX2008 Router | 329 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597
MX2008 Site Preparation Checklist
The checklist in Table 98 on page 230 summarizes the tasks you must perform when preparing a site for router installation.
Table 98: MX2008 Site Preparation Checklist
Item or Task
For More Information
Performed By
Date
Environment
Verify that environmental factors such as temperature and humidity do not exceed router tolerances.
"MX2008 Router Environmental Specifications" on page 226
Power
231
Table 98: MX2008 Site Preparation Checklist (continued)
Item or Task
For More Information
Performed By
Measure distance between external power sources and router installation site.
"MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description" on page 101
"MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Description" on page 103
"MX2008 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Description" on page 129
Locate sites for connection of "MX2008 Router Grounding
system grounding.
Specifications" on page 227
Calculate the power consumption and requirements.
"MX2008 AC Power Requirements" on page 79
"MX2008 DC Power Requirements" on page 110
"MX2008 High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal Power Requirements" on page 135
Rack
Verify that your rack meets the minimum requirements for the installation of the router.
"MX2008 Rack Requirements" on page 223
"MX2008 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements" on page 217
Date
232
Table 98: MX2008 Site Preparation Checklist (continued)
Item or Task
For More Information
Performed By
Plan rack or cabinet location, including required space clearances.
"MX2008 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements" on page 217
NOTE: If you are installing the MX2008 router into a network cabinet, make sure that no hardware, device, rack, or cabinet component obstructs the 24-U rack space from access during installation.
"MX2008 Rack Requirements" on page 223
"Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2008 Router" on page 233
If a rack is used, secure rack to "MX2008 Rack Requirements" floor and building structure. on page 223
Cables and Transceivers
Acquire cables and transceivers:
· Determine the number of cables needed based on your planned configuration.
· Review the maximum distance allowed for each cable. Choose the length of cable based on the distance between the hardware components being connected.
"Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion" on page 238
"Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables" on page 235
Plan the cable routing and management.
"Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2008 MPCs or MICs" on page 545
Date
SEE ALSO
Installing an MX2008 Router Overview | 257 Unpacking the MX2008 Router | 260
233
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2008 Router
When planning the installation site, you need to allow sufficient clearance around the rack (see Figure 78 on page 233 and Figure 79 on page 234): · For the cooling system to function properly, the airflow around the chassis must be unrestricted. · For service personnel to remove and install hardware components, there must be adequate space at the
front and back of the router. At least 36 in. (91.44 cm) is required both in front of and behind the router. Airflow must always be from front to back with respect to the rack to ensure that fresh air from the front of the rack is supplied to the inlets, and exhaust exits the rear of the rack. Care must also be taken around cables to ensure that no leakage of air in situations where recirculation may result.
NOTE: There are no additional clearance requirements to accommodate the depth of the MX2008 power distribution modules (PDMs) and power supply modules (PSMs); they are within specification.
· An MX2008 router with an extended cable manager requires extra clearance to accommodate the depth of 40.15 in. (102 cm).
Figure 78: Chassis Dimensions and Clearance Requirements for the MX2008 Router with the Standard Cable Manager
36.0 in. (91.44 cm)
Clearance required
34.53 in. (90.7 cm)
Center mounting flange
36.0 in. (91.44 cm)
Clearance recommended
Front
19.0 in. (48.3 cm)
Top view
Rear
17.5 in. (44.45 cm)
g007453
Standard cable manager
Front mounting flange
12.0 in. (30.5 cm)
33.5 in. (85.1 cm)
234
Figure 79: Chassis Dimensions and Clearance Requirements for the MX2008 Router with the Extended Cable Manager
36" (91.44 cm) clearance required
36.20" (91.95 cm)
36" (91.44 cm) clearance recommended
Front
19 in
19.2 in
(48.3 cm) (48.8 cm)
Rear
17.5" (44.45 cm)
g007057
Cable manager Front-mounting flange
33.50" (85.1 cm)
NOTE: There must be a minimum of 24-U of usable rack space when you install the MX2008 router.
SEE ALSO MX2008 Rack Requirements | 223 MX2008 Rack-Mounting Hardware | 56 MX2008 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements | 217 MX2008 Cabinet Airflow Requirements | 216
MX2008 Network Cable and Transceiver Planning
IN THIS SECTION Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables | 235 CB-RE and RCB Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series Routers | 237 Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion | 238
235
Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables
Use the information in this topic and the specifications for your optical interface to calculate the power budget and power margin for fiber-optic cables.
TIP: You can use the Hardware Compatibility Tool to find information about the pluggable transceivers supported on your Juniper Networks device.
To calculate the power budget and power margin, perform the following tasks: 1. How to Calculate Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable | 235 2. How to Calculate Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable | 235
How to Calculate Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable
To ensure that fiber-optic connections have sufficient power for correct operation, you need to calculate
the link's power budget, which is the maximum amount of power it can transmit. When you calculate the
power budget, you use a worst-case analysis to provide a margin of error, even though all the parts of an
actual system do not operate at the worst-case levels. To calculate the worst-case estimate of power
budget (P ), you assume minimum transmitter power (P ) and minimum receiver sensitivity (P ):
B
T
R
P =P P
BTR
The following hypothetical power budget equation uses values measured in decibels (dB) and decibels referred to one milliwatt (dBm):
P =P P
B TR
P = 15 dBm (28 dBm)
B
P = 13 dB
B
How to Calculate Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable
After calculating a link's power budget, you can calculate the power margin (P ), which represents the
M
amount of power available after subtracting attenuation or link loss (LL) from the power budget (P ). A
B
worst-case estimate of P assumes maximum LL:
M
P = P LL
MB
P greater than zero indicates that the power budget is sufficient to operate the receiver.
M
236
Factors that can cause link loss include higher-order mode losses, modal and chromatic dispersion, connectors, splices, and fiber attenuation. Table 99 on page 236 lists an estimated amount of loss for the factors used in the following sample calculations. For information about the actual amount of signal loss caused by equipment and other factors, refer to vendor documentation.
Table 99: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss
Link-Loss Factor
Estimated Link-Loss Value
Higher-order mode losses
Single mode--None Multimode--0.5 dB
Modal and chromatic dispersion
Single mode--None
Multimode--None, if product of bandwidth and distance is less than 500 MHz-km
Connector
0.5 dB
Splice
0.5 dB
Fiber attenuation
Single mode--0.5 dB/km Multimode--1 dB/km
The following sample calculation for a 2-km-long multimode link with a power budget (P ) of 13 dB uses
B
the estimated values from Table 99 on page 236 to calculate link loss (LL) as the sum of fiber attenuation (2 km @ 1 dB/km, or 2 dB) and loss for five connectors (0.5 dB per connector, or 2.5 dB) and two splices (0.5 dB per splice, or 1 dB) as well as higher-order mode losses (0.5 dB). The power margin (P ) is calculated
M
as follows:
P = P LL
MB
P = 13 dB 2 km (1 dB/km) 5 (0.5 dB) 2 (0.5 dB) 0.5 dB
M
P = 13 dB 2 dB 2.5 dB 1 dB 0.5 dB
M
P = 7 dB
M
The following sample calculation for an 8-km-long single-mode link with a power budget (P ) of 13 dB
B
uses the estimated values from Table 99 on page 236 to calculate link loss (LL) as the sum of fiber attenuation (8 km @ 0.5 dB/km, or 4 dB) and loss for seven connectors (0.5 dB per connector, or 3.5 dB). The power margin (P ) is calculated as follows:
M
P = P LL
MB
237
P = 13 dB 8 km (0.5 dB/km) 7(0.5 dB)
M
P = 13 dB 4 dB 3.5 dB
M
P = 5.5 dB
M
In both examples, the calculated power margin is greater than zero, indicating that the link has sufficient power for transmission and does not exceed the maximum receiver input power.
CB-RE and RCB Interface Cable and Wire Specifications for MX Series Routers
Table 100 on page 237 lists the specifications for the cables that connect to management ports and the wires that connect to the alarm relay contacts.
NOTE: In routers where the Routing Engine (RE) and Control Board (CB) are integrated into a single board, a CB-RE is known as Routing and Control Board (RCB). The RCB is a single FRU that provides RE and CB functionality.
Table 100: Cable and Wire Specifications for Routing Engine and RCB Management and Alarm Interfaces
Cable
Cable/Wire Maximum
Router
Port
Specification Supplied
Length
Receptacle
Routing Engine console or auxiliary interface
RS-232 (EIA-232) serial cable
1.83-m length with RJ-45/DB-9 connectors
1.83 m
RJ-45 socket
Routing Engine Ethernet interface
Category 5 cable or equivalent suitable for 100Base-T operation
One 4.57-m length with RJ-45/RJ-45 connectors
100 m
RJ-45 autosensing
Alarm relay contacts
Wire with
No
gauge between
28-AWG and
14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm2)
None
--
238
Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion
IN THIS SECTION
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable | 238 Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable | 238
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable
Multimode fiber is large enough in diameter to allow rays of light to reflect internally (bounce off the walls of the fiber). Interfaces with multimode optics typically use LEDs as light sources. However, LEDs are not coherent sources. They spray varying wavelengths of light into the multimode fiber, which reflects the light at different angles. Light rays travel in jagged lines through a multimode fiber, causing signal dispersion. When light traveling in the fiber core radiates into the fiber cladding, higher-order mode loss results. Together these factors limit the transmission distance of multimode fiber compared with single-mode fiber. Single-mode fiber is so small in diameter that rays of light can reflect internally through one layer only. Interfaces with single-mode optics use lasers as light sources. Lasers generate a single wavelength of light, which travels in a straight line through the single-mode fiber. Compared with multimode fiber, single-mode fiber has higher bandwidth and can carry signals for longer distances. Exceeding the maximum transmission distances can result in significant signal loss, which causes unreliable transmission.
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable
Correct functioning of an optical data link depends on modulated light reaching the receiver with enough power to be demodulated correctly. Attenuation is the reduction in power of the light signal as it is transmitted. Attenuation is caused by passive media components, such as cables, cable splices, and connectors. Although attenuation is significantly lower for optical fiber than for other media, it still occurs in both multimode and single-mode transmission. An efficient optical data link must have enough light available to overcome attenuation. Dispersion is the spreading of the signal over time. The following two types of dispersion can affect an optical data link: · Chromatic dispersion--Spreading of the signal over time resulting from the different speeds of light rays. · Modal dispersion--Spreading of the signal over time resulting from the different propagation modes in
the fiber.
239
For multimode transmission, modal dispersion, rather than chromatic dispersion or attenuation, usually limits the maximum bit rate and link length. For single-mode transmission, modal dispersion is not a factor. However, at higher bit rates and over longer distances, chromatic dispersion rather than modal dispersion limits maximum link length. An efficient optical data link must have enough light to exceed the minimum power that the receiver requires to operate within its specifications. In addition, the total dispersion must be less than the limits specified for the type of link in Telcordia Technologies document GR-253-CORE (Section 4.3) and International Telecommunications Union (ITU) document G.957. When chromatic dispersion is at the maximum allowed, its effect can be considered as a power penalty in the power budget. The optical power budget must allow for the sum of component attenuation, power penalties (including those from dispersion), and a safety margin for unexpected losses.
MX2008 Management and Console Port Specifications and Pinouts
IN THIS SECTION RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for MX Series CB-RE or RCB Auxillary and Console Ports | 239 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for an MX Series CB-RE or RCB Management Port | 240
RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for MX Series CB-RE or RCB Auxillary and Console Ports
The portslabeled--AUX and CONSOLE--on the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE) or the Routing and Control Board (RCB) are asynchronous serial interfaces that accept an RJ-45 connector. The ports connect the Routing Engine to an auxiliary or console management device. Table 101 on page 240 describes the RJ-45 connector pinout.
NOTE: In routers where the Routing Engine and Control Board (CB) are integrated into a single board, a CB-RE is known as Routing and Control Board (RCB). The RCB is a single FRU that provides Routing Engine and CB functionality.
240
Table 101: RJ-45 Connector Pinout for the AUX and CONSOLE Ports
Pin
Signal
Description
1
RTS
Request to Send
2
DTR
Data Terminal Ready
3
TXD
Transmit Data
4
Ground
Signal Ground
5
Ground
Signal Ground
6
RXD
Receive Data
7
DSR/DCD
Data Set Ready
8
CTS
Clear to Send
RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for an MX Series CB-RE or RCB Management Port
The port on the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE; Routing and Control Board (RCB)) labeled MGMT is an autosensing 10/100/1000-Mbps Ethernet RJ-45 receptacle that accepts an Ethernet cable for connecting the Routing Engine to a management LAN (or other device that supports out-of-band management).
NOTE: In routers where the Routing Engine and Control Board (CB) are integrated into a single board, a CB-RE is known as Routing and Control Board (RCB). The RCB is a single FRU that provides Routing Engine and CB functionality.
Table 102 on page 240 describes the RJ-45 connector pinout.
Table 102: RJ-45 Management Port Connector Pinouts for the CB-RE or RCB MGMT Port
Pin
Signal
Description
1
TRP1+
Transmit/receive data pair 1
241
Table 102: RJ-45 Management Port Connector Pinouts for the CB-RE or RCB MGMT Port (continued)
Pin
Signal
Description
2
TRP1
Transmit/receive data pair 1
3
TRP2+
Transmit/receive data pair 2
4
TRP3+
Transmit/receive data pair 3
5
TRP3
Transmit/receive data pair 3
6
TRP2
Transmit/receive data pair 2
7
TRP4+
Transmit/receive data pair 4
8
TRP4
Transmit/receive data pair 4
MX2008 Power Planning
IN THIS SECTION
Calculating AC Power Requirements for MX2008 Routers | 241 Calculating DC Power Requirements for MX2008 Routers | 246 Calculating High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal Power Requirements for MX2008 Routers | 250
Calculating AC Power Requirements for MX2008 Routers
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDMs.
242
The information in this topic helps you determine which of the two input ratings for the PSM is suitable for various configurations. You determine suitability by subtracting the total power draw from the maximum output of the PSMs. Afterward, you calculate the required input current. Finally, you calculate the thermal output. We recommend that you provision power according to the maximum input current listed in the power system electrical specifications. Use the following procedures to calculate the power requirement: 1. Calculate the power requirement.
2. Evaluate the power budget.
3. Calculate input power.
4. Calculate thermal output (BTUs) for cooling requirements.
To calculate the AC power requirements: 1. Calculate the power (usage) using the values (see "MX2008 AC Power Requirements" on page 79).
2. Evaluate the power budget, including the budget for each configuration if applicable, and check the required power against the maximum output power of available PDM options.
243
Table 103 on page 243 lists the three-phase delta and wye feed requirements, maximum input and output power per PSM, and power efficiency.
Table 103: Calculating AC Power Budget
Power Distribution Typical Input
Module
Power per PSM
Maximum Input Power per PSM
Maximum Output Power per PSM
Power Supply Module Efficiency
Three-phase delta AC PDM (2 per system)--50 A feed (input #1), and 25 A feed (input #2)
2142 W
2800 W
2500 W
91%
Three-phase wye AC PDM (2 per system)--30 A feed (input #1), and 15 A feed (input #2)
2142 W
2800 W
2500 W
91%
3. To calculate necessary input power for three-phase delta AC PDM, follow the procedure below (see Figure 80 on page 243).
Figure 80: AC PDM Three-Phase Delta Input Power
AC PS_0 2800W
input
AC PS_3 2800W
input
AC PS_1 2800W
input
AC PS_4 2800W
input
AC PS_6 2800W
input
AC PS_7 2800W
input
AC PS_2 2800W
input
AC PS_5 2800W
input A1
AC PS_8 2800W
input
A2
B1
B2
C1
C2
AC PSM VIN=200-240 single phase: a. Two AC PSMs are connected in parallel between two lines. b. Nominal value of input current for one AC PSM is 2800 W / 200 V = 14 A.
g007085
244
c. Nominal input current for two AC PSMs is 2 * 14 A = 28 A. d. Nominal value of line current is 28 A * 3 = 48.5 A. e. Current rating for input 1 is 50 A. f. Only one AC PSM is connected between two lines. g. Nominal value of input current for one AC PSM is 2800 W / 200 V = 14 A. h. Nominal value of line current is 14 A * 3 = 24.5 A. i. Current rating for input 2 is 25 A. 4. To calculate necessary input power for three-phase wye AC PDM, follow the procedure below (see Figure 81 on page 244). Figure 81: AC PDM Three-Phase Wye Input Power
AC PS_1 2800W
input
AC PS_4 2800W
input
AC PS_7 2800W
input
AC PS_0 2800W
input
AC PS_3 2800W
input
AC PS_2 2800W
input
AC PS_5 2800W
input
AC PS_6 2800W
input
AC PS_8 2800W
input
NE1
NE2
A1
A2
B1
B2
C1
C2
AC PSM VIN=200-240 single phase: a. Two AC PSMs are connected in parallel between two lines and neutral.
b. Nominal value of input current for one AC PSM is 2800 W / 200 V = 14 A.
c. Nominal input current for two AC PSMs is 2 * 14 A = 28 A.
g007086
245
d. Nominal value of line current is 28 A.
e. Current rating for input 1 is 28 A.
f. Only one AC PSM is connected between two lines and neutral.
g. Nominal value of input current for one AC PSM is 2800 W / 200 V = 14 A.
h. Nominal value of line current is 14 A.
i. Current rating for input 2 is 14 A.
5. Calculate thermal output (BTUs). Multiply the input power requirement (in watts) by 3.41 as shown in Table 104 on page 245.
Table 104: Calculating AC Thermal Output
Power Distribution Module
Thermal Output (BTUs per hour)
MX2000 three-phase delta AC PDM
Maximum power divided by 0.91 * 3.41 = BTU/hr.
Input power = Maximum power divided by 0.91
See "MX2008 AC Power Requirements" on page 79 to calculate maximum power, which is dependent on configuration and temperature.
MX2000 three-phase wye AC PDM
Maximum power divided by 0.91 * 3.41 = BTU/hr.
Input power = Maximum power divided by 0.91
See "MX2008 AC Power Requirements" on page 79 to calculate maximum power, which is dependent on configuration and temperature.
SEE ALSO
MX2008 Power System Description | 61 MX2008 AC Power Requirements | 79 MX2008 AC Power System Electrical Specifications | 90 MX2008 AC Power Cord Specifications | 87
246
Calculating DC Power Requirements for MX2008 Routers
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules (AC/DC PSMs and AC/DC PDMs.
The information in this topic helps you determine which PSMs are suitable for various configurations, as well as which PSMs are not suitable because output power is exceeded. You determine suitability by subtracting the total power draw from the maximum output of the PSMs. Afterward, you calculate the required input current. Finally, you calculate the thermal output. A sample configuration is provided in Table 105 on page 247. We recommend that you provision power according to the maximum input current listed in the power system electrical specifications (see "MX2008 DC Power (-48 V) System Electrical Specifications" on page 122 and "DC Power (240 V China) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000 Router" on page 126). Use the following procedures to calculate the power requirement: 1. Calculate the power requirement.
2. Evaluate the power budget.
3. Calculate input power.
4. Calculate thermal output (BTUs) for cooling requirements."DC Power (240 V China) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000 Router" on page 126.
247
The MX2008 DC power system provides power to the FRUs in the chassis (see Table 105 on page 247 for information about power). Each power system is made up of two DC PDMs, nine PSMs, ten MPCs, two fan trays, eight SFBs, and two RCBs.
When calculating power requirements, be sure that there is adequate power for the system.
Table 105: MX2008 DC Power System Sample Configuration
Chassis Power Configuration
Power Distribution Power Supply Modules (PDMs) Modules (PSMs)
Description
2 PSMs, 2 RCBs, 8 SFBs, and 2 fan trays (no line cards installed)
PDM 0 and 1
2 PSMs
The power consumed by RCBs and SFBs is 100 W each.
The power consumed by 2 RCBs and 8 SFBs is 1 KW.
The power consumed by fan trays 0 and 1 is 1.5 KW each.
The total Kilowatts of power consumed is 4.0 KW.
10 Line cards
PDM 0 and 1
5 PSMs
Each line card consumes up to 1 KW. One PSM is needed for every set of 2 line cards.
N+1 redundant system with N+N redundancy for SFBs, RCBs, and 1 out of 2 fan trays.
PDM 0 and 1
9 PSMs
This provides N+N redundnacy for critical FRUs (RCBs, SFBs, and fan trays) and N+1 redundancy for line cards.
248
1. Calculate the power requirements (usage) using the values in "MX2008 DC Power Requirements" on page 110 as shown in Table 106 on page 248.
Table 106: Typical DC Power Requirements for MX2008 Router
Component
Model Number
Power Requirement (Watts) with 91% Efficiency
Base chassis
CHAS-MX2008-BB
Fan trays
MX2000-FANTRAY-BB
1500 * 2 W = 3000 W
MPC
MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP
440 W * 10 = 4400 W
ADC
ADC
150 W * 10 = 1500 W
RCB
REMX2008-X8-64G
100 W * 2 = 200 W
SFB--slots 0 through 7
MX2008-SFB2
100 W * 8 = 800 W
MX2000 DC power system ( 60 A feeds to each PDM input) MX2000 DC power system ( 80 A feeds to each PDM input)
2100 W * 8 PSMs=16,800 W (+ 1 PSM@2100 W redundant capacity)
2500 W * 8 PSMs=20,000 W (+ 1 PSM@2500 W redundant capacity)
2. Evaluate the power budget, including the budget for each configuration if applicable, and check the required power against the maximum output power of available PDM options.
249
Table 107 on page 249 lists the PSMs, their maximum output power, and unused power (or a power deficit).
Table 107: Calculating DC Power Budget
Power Supply Module
Maximum Output Power of Power Supply Module (Watt)
Maximum Output Power for System (Watt)--Including Redundant Capacity
MX2000 DC PSM 60 A (feed to each input) 2100
18,900
MX2000 DC PSM 80 A or DC PSM (240 2500 V China) (feed to each input)
22,500
3. Calculate input power. Divide the total output requirement by the efficiency of the PSM as shown in Table 108 on page 249.
Table 108: Calculating DC Input Power
Power Supply Module
Power Supply Module Efficiency
Output Power Requirement (Watt)--per PSM
Input Power Requirement (Watt)--per PSM
MX2000 DC PSM 60 A
91%
2100
2307
MX2000 DC PSM 80 A or DC 91% PSM (240 V China)
2500
2747
4. Calculate thermal output (BTUs). Multiply the input power requirement (in watts) by 3.41 as shown in Table 109 on page 249.
Table 109: Calculating DC Thermal Output
Power Distribution Module
Thermal Output (BTUs per hour)
MX2000 DC PDM
34.5 KW divided by 0.91 * 3.41 = 129,280 BTU/hr.
34.5 KW of output power consumed by the chassis. This is the maximum output the chassis can consume in a redundant configuration. The input power is 16.5 divided by 0.91 = 37.9 KW.
SEE ALSO
250
MX2008 Power System Description | 61 MX2008 DC Power (-48 V) System Electrical Specifications | 122 DC Power (240 V China) Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000 Router | 126 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 101 MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Description | 103 MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 105 Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Replacing an MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 508 Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) | 521
Calculating High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal Power Requirements for MX2008 Routers
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules AC, DC, 240 V China, and universal PSMs and PDMs.
The information in this topic helps you determine which PSMs are suitable for various configurations, as well as which PSMs are not suitable because output power is exceeded. You determine suitability by subtracting the total power draw from the maximum output of the PSMs. Afterward, you calculate the required input current. Finally, you calculate the thermal output. A sample configuration is provided in Table 110 on page 251. We recommend that you provision power according to the maximum input current listed in the power system electrical specifications (see "MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications" on page 146 and "High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000 Router" on page 147). Use the following procedures to calculate the power requirement: 1. Calculate the power requirement.
2. Evaluate the power budget.
3. Calculate input power.
4. Calculate thermal output (BTUs) for cooling requirements. "High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000 Router" on page 147.
251
The MX2008 DC power system provides power to the FRUs in the chassis (seeTable 110 on page 251 for information about power). Each power system is made up of two DC PDMs, nine PSMs, ten MPCs, two fan trays, eight SFBs, and two RCBs.
When calculating power requirements, be sure that there is adequate power for the system.
Table 110: MX2008 Power System Sample Configuration
Chassis Power Configuration
Power Distribution Power Supply Modules (PDMs) Modules (PSMs)
Description
2 PSMs, 2 RCBs, 8 SFBs, and 2 fan trays (no line cards installed)
PDM 0 and 1
2 PSMs
The power consumed by RCBs and SFBs is 100 W each.
The power consumed by 2 RCBs and 8 SFBs is 1 KW.
The power consumed by fan trays 0 and 1 is 1.5 KW each.
The total Kilowatts of power consumed is 4.0 KW.
10 Line cards
PDM 0 and 1
5 PSMs
Each line card consumes up to 1 KW. One PSM is needed for every set of 2 line cards.
N+1 redundant system with N+N redundancy for SFBs, RCBs, and 1 out of 2 fan trays.
PDM 0 and 1
9 PSMs
This provides N+N redundnacy for critical FRUs (RCBs, SFBs, and fan trays) and N+1 redundancy for line cards.
252
1. Calculate the power requirements (usage) using the values in "MX2008 High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal Power Requirements" on page 135 as shown in Table 111 on page 252.
Table 111: Typical HVAC/HVDC Power Requirements for MX2008 Router
Component
Model Number
Power Requirement (Watts) with 91% Efficiency
Base chassis
CHAS-MX2008-BB
Fan trays
MX2000-FANTRAY-BB
1500 * 2 W = 3000 W
MPC
MPC-3D-16XGE-SFPP
440 W * 10 = 4400 W
ADC
ADC
150 W * 10 = 1500 W
RCB
REMX2008-X8-64G
100 W * 2 = 200 W
SFB--slots 0 through 7
MX2008-SFB2
100 W * 8 = 800 W
MX2010 HVAC/HVDC power system (upper and lower half of chassis, 3000 W * 8 PSMs=24,000 W (+ 1
19 A feeds to each PDM input)
PSM@3000 W redundant capacity)
2. Evaluate the power budget, including the budget for each configuration if applicable, and check the required power against the maximum output power of available PDM options.
253
Table 112 on page 253 lists the PSMs, their maximum output power, and unused power (or a power deficit).
Table 112: Calculating HVAC/HVDC Power Budget
Power Supply Module
Maximum Output Power of Power Supply Module (Watt)
Maximum Output Power for System (Watt)--Including Redundant Capacity
MX2008 Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM
3000 W for single feed 3400 W for dual feed
3000 * 8 PSM = 24,000 W (single feed)
3400 * 8 PSM = 27,200 W (dual feed)
3. Calculate input power. Divide the total output requirement by the efficiency of the PSM as shown in Table 113 on page 253.
Table 113: Calculating HVAC/HVDC Input Power
Power Supply Module
Power Supply Module Efficiency
Input Power Requirement (Watt)--per PSM
MX2008 Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM 91%
3300 W for single feed, 3800 W for dual feed
4. Calculate thermal output (BTUs). Multiply the input power requirement (in watts) by 3.41 as shown in Table 114 on page 253.
Table 114: Calculating HVAC/HVDC Input Power
Loaded Chassis Heat Load
Thermal Output (BTUs per hour)
Loaded chassis configuration
34.5 KW divided by 0.91 * 3.41 = 129,280 BTU/hr.
34.5 KW of output power consumed by the chassis. This is the maximum output the chassis can consume in a redundant configuration. The input power is 16.5 divided by 0.91 = 37.9 KW.
SEE ALSO MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 146
254
High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Circuit Breaker Requirements for the MX2000 Router | 147
Powering MX2008 On and Off
IN THIS SECTION Powering Off the DC-Powered MX2008 Router | 254
Powering Off the DC-Powered MX2008 Router
NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
To power off the router: 1. On the external management device connected to the RCB, issue the request vmhost power-off
operational mode command individually on both the RCBs. The command shuts down the RCB cleanly, so the state information is preserved. user@host> request vmhost power-off 2. Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted. For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command Reference. 3. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. 4. Move the DC power switch on the DC PSM faceplate for each DC PSM to the off (O) position, and move the DC circuit breaker from the power source input for each DC PDM to the (OFF) position.
SEE ALSO
255
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 Grounding an MX2008 Router | 329 Powering On the DC-Powered (-48 V) MX2008 Router | 366
3 CHAPTER
Initial Installation and Configuration
Installing an MX2008 Router Overview | 257 Unpacking the MX2008 | 259 Installing the MX2008 | 270 Connecting the MX2008 to Earth Ground | 328 Connecting the MX2008 to AC Power | 330 Connecting the MX2008 to DC Power | 351 Connecting the MX2008 to High-Voltage Power | 370 Connecting the MX2008 to the Network | 376 Initially Configuring the MX2008 Router | 380
257
Installing an MX2008 Router Overview
To install the MX2008 router: 1. Prepare your installation site. See:
· Preparing the Site for the MX2008 Router Overview 2. Review the safety guidelines. See:
· General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 592 3. Unpack the router and verify the parts. See:
· Unpacking the MX2008 Router on page 260 · Verifying the MX2008 Parts Received on page 264 · Unpacking the MX2008 Router Transport Kit on page 266 4. Install the mounting hardware. See: · Installing the MX2008 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet on page 270 5. Remove all components. See: · Removing Components from the MX2008 Router Chassis Before Installing It in a Rack on page 274 6. Install the router into the rack. See: · Installing an MX2008 Router Using a Pallet Jack Overview on page 289 · Installing an MX2008 Router Using a Router Transport Kit Overview on page 295 7. Ground the router. See "Grounding an MX2008 Router" on page 329. Grounding an MX2000 Router Grounding an MX2008 Router on page 329 8. Reinstall all components. See: · Reinstalling Components in the MX2008 Router After Initially Installing the Router in a Rack on
page 314 9. Connect cables to the network and external devices. See:
· Connecting the MX2008 Router to Management and Alarm Devices. 10. Connect the AC power cord, DC power cables, 240 V China power cables, or the universal (HVAC/HVDC)
power cables. See: · Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Modules
on page 342
258
Connecting AC Power to an MX2008 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Modules on page 337 · Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Modules Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2008 Router with Power Distribution Modules (-48 V) on page 359 · Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2000 Router with DC Power Distribution Modules (240 V China) on page 363 · Connecting Power to a High Voltage-Powered MX2000 Router with Power Distribution Modules on page 373 · Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Cable · Installing MX2000 Router AC Power Supply Modules · Installing MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Modules (-48 V) · Installing MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Modules (240 V China) or High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Modules · Installing MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Modules on page 370 11. Power on the router. See: · Powering On the DC-Powered (-48 V) MX2008 Router on page 366 · Powering On the DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router on page 368 · Powering On the High-Voltage Powered Universal (HVAC/HVDC) MX2000 Router on page 374 · Powering On a Three-Phase AC-Powered MX2000 Router on page 349 12. Perform the initial system configuration. See: · Initially Configuring the MX2008 Router on page 380
RELATED DOCUMENTATION MX2008 Chassis Description | 28 MX2008 Troubleshooting Resources | 549
259
Unpacking the MX2008
IN THIS SECTION Unpacking the MX2008 Router Overview | 259 Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX2008 Router | 259 Unpacking the MX2008 Router | 260 Verifying the MX2008 Parts Received | 264 Unpacking the MX2008 Router Transport Kit | 266
Unpacking the MX2008 Router Overview
To unpack the router: 1. Gather the tools required to unpack the router. See:
· Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX2008 Router on page 259 2. Remove the router, accessory box, and all parts from the shipping crate. See:
· Unpacking the MX2008 Router on page 260 3. Unpack the router transport kit, if ordered. See:
· Unpacking the MX2008 Router Transport Kit on page 266 4. Verify that all parts have been received. See:
· Verifying the MX2008 Parts Received on page 264
Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX2008 Router
To unpack the router and prepare for installation, you need the following tools: · Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1, 2, and 3 · 1/2-in. or 13-mm open-end or socket wrench to remove bracket bolts from the shipping pallet · Blank panels to cover any slots not occupied by a component
260
SEE ALSO MX2008 Chassis Description | 28 MX2008 Field-Replaceable Units | 40
Unpacking the MX2008 Router
The router is shipped in a wooden crate. A wooden pallet forms the base of the crate. The router chassis is bolted to this pallet. Metal latches secure the top and bottom in place. Quick Start installation instructions, a rack mount tray (for four-post or open-frame rack mounting), a pallet jack attachment, an EMI cover, and a cardboard accessory box are also included in the shipping crate. The total weight of the container including the router, FRUs, and accessories is 1343 lb (609.18 kg).
NOTE: Depending on your configuration, the MX2008 might be shipped with additional components already installed.
NOTE: The MX2008 can be ordered with extended EMI covers and extended cable managers.
There are two styles of shipping crates for the MX2008. Figure 82 on page 261 shows the smaller crate that measures 66.25 in. (168.3 cm) high, 42.0 in. (106.7 cm) wide, and 48.0 in. (121.9 cm) deep. Figure 83 on page 261 shows the larger crate that measures 68.4 in. (173.7 cm) high, 44.4 in. (112.8 cm) wide, and 51.6 in. (131.1 cm) deep. If you are not sure which crate you have, plan for the larger crate. The total weight of the shipping crate with router and accessories varies depending on your configuration. See "MX2008 Physical Specifications" on page 218 for more details.
Figure 82: MX2008 Shipping Crate Dimensions (Smaller)
4 ft (121.9 cm)
3.5 ft (106.7 cm)
5.5 ft (168.3 cm)
Crate door/ramp
3 ft (91.44 cm)
3.5 ft (106.7 cm)
9.5 ft (289.56 cm)
3 ft (91.44 cm)
13 ft (396.24 cm)
6 ft (182.88 cm)
4 ft (121.92 cm)
23 ft (701. cm)
Figure 83: MX2008 Shipping Crate Dimensions (Larger)
g007407
261
262
NOTE: The router is maximally protected inside the shipping crate. Do not unpack it until you are ready to begin installation.
To unpack the router: 1. Move the shipping crate to an electrostatic discharge (ESD) approved staging area as close to the
installation site as possible, where you have enough room to remove the components from the chassis. While the chassis is bolted to the shipping pallet, you can use a forklift or pallet jack to move it. 2. Position the shipping crate with the arrows pointing up. 3. Open all the latches on the shipping crate. 4. Remove the front door of the shipping crate and set it aside (see Figure 84 on page 263). 5. Using a two-person team, slide the remainder of the shipping crate off the pallet. 6. Remove the foam covering the top of the router. 7. Remove the large mounting tray, pallet jack attachment, accessory box, and the Quick Start installation instructions.
NOTE: If you ordered a router transport kit, see "Unpacking the MX2008 Router Transport Kit" on page 266.
263 Figure 84: Unpacking the MX2008
8. Verify the parts received against the list. 9. Remove the vapor corrosion inhibitor (VCI) packs attached to the pallet, being careful not to break the
VCI packs open. 10. To remove the brackets holding the chassis to the pallet, use a 9/16-in (14 mm) socket wrench, and
use a number 2 Phillips screwdriver to remove the bolts and screws from the brackets. 11. Set the shipping brackets aside for later use to secure the router to the pallet jack attachment.
NOTE: If you ordered a router transport kit, see "Unpacking the MX2008 Router Transport Kit" on page 266 for instructions on how to unpack and install the router transport kit. 12. Save the shipping crate cover, pallet, and packing materials in case you need to move or ship the router at a later time. SEE ALSO Installing the MX2008 Router Using a Pallet Jack with Attachment | 291
264 Installing an MX2008 Router Using a Router Transport Kit Overview | 295
Verifying the MX2008 Parts Received
A packing list is included in each shipment. Check the parts in the shipment against the items on the packing list. The packing list specifies the part numbers and descriptions of each part in your order.
If any part is missing, contact a customer service representative.
A fully configured router contains the router chassis with installed components, listed in Table 115 on page 264, and an accessory box, which contains the parts listed in Table 116 on page 265. The parts shipped with your router can vary depending on the configuration you ordered.
Table 115: Parts List for a Fully Configured MX2008 Router
Component
Quantity
Chassis, including backplane, and craft interface.
1
EMI cover
1
Four-post mounting shelf
1
Open-frame mounting shelf (optional)
1
MPCs
Up to 10
Adapter cards
Up to 10
MICs
Up to 20
SFBs
Up to 8
Routing and Control Board (RCBs)
1 or 2
Power distribution modules (PDMs)
Up to 2
Power supply modules (PSMs)
Up to 9
Fan trays
2
PSM air filter
1
Air filter (lower)
1
265
Table 115: Parts List for a Fully Configured MX2008 Router (continued)
Component
Quantity
Card-cage cable manager and air filter
1
Cable manager (lower)
1
DC cable manager (rear)
2
Quick Start installation instructions
1
Blank panels for slots without components installed One blank panel for each slot not occupied by a component.
Table 116: Accessory Box Parts List Part
Quantity
Screws to mount chassis
14
RJ-45 cable, with RJ-45 jack to socket DB-9, to
1
connect the router through the serial port
Terminal block plug, 3 pole, 5.08 mm spacing, 12 A, 2 to connect the router alarms
Label, accessories contents, MX2008
1
USB flash drive with Junos OS
1
Read me first document
1
Affidavit for T1 connection
1
Juniper Networks Product Warranty
1
End User License Agreement
1
Document sleeve
1
3" x 5" pink bag
2
9" x 12" pink bag, ESD
2
266
Table 116: Accessory Box Parts List (continued)
Part
Quantity
Accessory box, 19 x 12 x 3"
1
Ethernet cable, RJ-45/RJ-45, 4-pair stranded UTP, 1 Category 5E, 15 feet long
ESD wrist strap with cable
1
SEE ALSO Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX2008 Router | 259 Unpacking the MX2008 Router | 260 MX2008 Router Overview | 26
Unpacking the MX2008 Router Transport Kit
The router transport kit is shipped in a wooden crate. A wooden pallet forms the base of the crate. Metal clips secure the top and front of the crate in place. The router transport kit shipping container measures 36 in. (91.4 cm) high, 32 in. (81.3 cm) wide, and 44.5 in. (113 cm) deep (see Figure 85 on page 267). The total weight of the container containing the router transport kit is 200 lb (90.71 kg).
Figure 85: Router Transport Kit Crate Dimensions
Crate door/ramp
44.5 in (113 cm)
3 ft (91.44 cm)
3 ft (91.44 cm)
3 ft (91.44 cm)
32 in (81.3 cm)
36 in. (91.4 cm)
3 ft (91.44 cm)
267
g000015
NOTE: The router transport kit is maximally protected inside the shipping crate. Do not unpack it until you are ready to begin installation.
To unpack the router transport kit: 1. Move the router transport kit shipping crate to an ESD-approved staging area, where you have enough
room to remove the kit for assembly.
2. Position the shipping crate with the arrows pointing up.
3. Remove the metal clips on the shipping crate that secure the top and front to the crate (see Figure 86 on page 268).
268 Figure 86: Open Router Transport Kit Shipping Crate
4. Remove the top and front of the shipping crate, and set them aside. 5. Remove the two wing nuts that secure the wooden brace to the shipping crate platform, and set them
aside. 6. Align the crate door with the shipping crate platform, and secure the door to the platform by using the
attached velcro straps (see Figure 87 on page 269).
g000021
269 Figure 87: Router Transport Kit Shipping Crate Door
Crate door/ramp
7. Remove the router transport kit from the shipping container. 8. Remove the vapor corrosion inhibitor (VCI) packs attached to the pallet, being careful not to break the
VCI packs open. 9. Save the shipping crate cover, pallet, and packing materials in case you need to move or ship the router
transport kit at a later time. SEE ALSO
Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the MX2008 Router | 259 Verifying the MX2008 Parts Received | 264 Installing an MX2008 Router Overview | 257
g000016
270
Installing the MX2008
IN THIS SECTION Installing the MX2008 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet | 270 Removing Components from the MX2008 Router Chassis Before Installing It in a Rack | 274 Installing an MX2008 Router Using a Pallet Jack Overview | 289 Tools Required to Install the MX2008 Router Using a Pallet Jack | 289 Installing the Pallet Jack Attachment | 290 Installing the MX2008 Router Using a Pallet Jack with Attachment | 291 Installing an MX2008 Router Using a Router Transport Kit Overview | 295 Tools Required to Install the MX2008 Router Using a Router Transport Kit | 296 Installing the Router Transport Kit on the MX2008 | 297 Securing the MX2008 Router to the Router Transport Platform | 299 Using the Router Transport Kit to Install the MX2008 Router in a Four-Post Rack | 302 Using the Router Transport Kit to Install the MX2008 Router in an Open-Frame Rack | 309 Reinstalling Components in the MX2008 Router After Initially Installing the Router in a Rack | 314
Installing the MX2008 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet
1. Installing Cage Nuts, If Needed | 270 2. Installing the Four-Post Mounting Shelf | 272 3. Removing the Center-Mounting Brackets | 274
Installing Cage Nuts, If Needed Insert cage nuts, if needed, into the holes listed in Table 117 on page 271 and Table 118 on page 271. The hole distances are relative to the standard U division on the rack that is aligned with the bottom of the mounting shelf. To install cage nuts in a four-post rack: 1. On the rear side of both rack rails, insert cage nuts in the holes specified for the four-post mounting
shelf. Install the cage nuts in the front of the front rail (see Table 117 on page 271).
271
2. On the front side of both rack rails, insert cage nuts in the holes specified for mounting the chassis. Install the cage nuts in the front of the front rail (see Table 117 on page 271).
Table 117: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing the Four-Post Mounting Shelf
Hole
Distance Above U Division
6
3.25 in. (8.3 cm)
1.86 U
5
2.63 in. (6.7 cm)
1.5 U
4
2.00 in. (5.1 cm)
1.14 U
3
1.50 in. (3.8 cm)
0.86 U
2
0.88 in. (2.2 cm)
0.50 U
1
0.25 in. (0.6 cm)
0.14 U
Table 118: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing a MX2008 Chassis in a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet
Hole
Distance Above U Division
110
63.88 in. (162.2 cm)
36.50 U
101
58.63 in. (148.9 cm)
33.50 U
92
53.38 in. (135.6 cm)
30.50 U
83
48.13 in. (122.2 cm)
27.50 U
74
42.88 in. (108.9 cm)
24.50 U
65
37.63 in. (95.6 cm)
21.50 U
56
32.38 in. (82.2 cm)
18.50 U
47
27.13 in. (68.9 cm)
15.50 U
38
21.88 in. (55.6 cm)
12.50 U
29
16.63 in. (42.2 cm)
9.50 U
20
11.38 in. (28.9 cm)
6.50 U
272
Table 118: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing a MX2008 Chassis in a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet (continued)
Hole
Distance Above U Division
11
6.13 in. (15.6 cm)
3.50 U
The holes in the front-mounting flanges are spaced at 3 U (5.25 in. (13.3 cm)).
Installing the Four-Post Mounting Shelf
A mounting shelf is required for installing the router in a four-post rack or cabinet. The shelf is not required for installing the router in an open-frame rack. To install the four-post mounting shelf (see Figure 88 on page 273): 1. Slide the shelf between the rack rails, resting the bottom of the shelf on the rack rail supports. The
shelf installs on the front of the rear rails, extending toward the front of the rack.
2. Partially insert screws into the open holes in the rear flanges of the four-post mounting shelf.
NOTE: Depending on the type of rack or cabinet you have, cage nuts might be required.
3. Tighten all the screws completely.
4. On the front of each front rack rail, partially insert a mounting screw into the holes in each ear of the four-post mounting shelf.
5. Tighten all the screws completely.
273 Figure 88: Installing the Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet
24 in. (60.96 cm) to 30.6 in. (77.72 cm)
NOTE: · The two rear flanges on the four-post mounting shelf are adjustable from 24 in. (60.96 cm)
through 30 in. (76.2 cm) to accommodate different types of racks rails. · There must be a minimum of 24-U unobstructed front-to-back usable rack space when
installing the MX2008 router into a four-post rack or cabinet.
SEE ALSO Installing the Router Transport Kit on the MX2010 Router Installing the MX2010 Router Using a Pallet Jack with Attachment
g007101
274 Removing the Center-Mounting Brackets The center-mounting brackets are not used for a four-post rack, and must be removed from the chassis. To remove the center-mounting brackets from the chassis: 1. Loosen the screws from each bracket (see Figure 89 on page 274). 2. Remove each bracket. Figure 89: Center-Mounting Bracket Removal
SEE ALSO MX2008 Rack-Mounting Hardware | 56 MX2008 Rack Requirements | 223
Removing Components from the MX2008 Router Chassis Before Installing It in a Rack
Before installing the router with a pallet jack, you must first remove shipping covers and components from the chassis. With components removed, the chassis weighs approximately 324 lb (146.96 kg).
275
CAUTION: The shipping covers help guide the chassis into the rack. Applying force to any other part of the chassis can cause damage.
1. Removing the Power Distribution Modules Before Installing an MX2000 Router with a Pallet Jack | 275 2. Removing the Power Supply Modules Before Installing an MX2000 Router | 279 3. Removing the Fan Trays Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 282 4. Removing the SFBs Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 284 5. Removing the MPCs with Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 285 6. Removing the MPCs without an Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet
Jack | 286 7. Removing the CB-REs Before Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 287
Removing the Power Distribution Modules Before Installing an MX2000 Router with a Pallet Jack
Remove the topmost PDM (PDM1) first, and then work your way downward. To remove an AC, DC, 240 V China, or universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM (see Figure 90 on page 276, Figure 91 on page 277 Figure 92 on page 278, and Figure 93 on page 279). 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
2. On an AC-powered router, move the AC circuit breaker from the power source to the off (O) position. On a DC-powered router, move the DC circuit breaker from the power source to the off (O) position. We recommend this precaution even though the PDMs are not connected to power sources.
3. Loosen the two captive screws on the PDM faceplate. Pull the two spring-loaded locking levers away from the chassis until it stops.
NOTE: PDM1 locking levers are pulled down to release from chassis, and PDM0 locking levers are pulled up to release from chassis. The PDM is extended slightly away from the chassis.
4. With both hands, grasp the two handles and gently pull the PDM straight out of the chassis.
276 CAUTION: Do not touch the power connector in the back of the PDM. They can get damaged. CAUTION: Do not stack PDMs on one another after you remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface. Figure 90: Removing an AC Power Distribution Module Before Installing the MX2000 Router
D
g007439
277 Figure 91: Removing a DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Before Installing the MX2000 Router
D
g007431
278 Figure 92: Removing a DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Before Installing the MX2000 Router
6 8
g100404
279 Figure 93: Removing a High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Before Installing the MX2000 Router
6 8
SEE ALSO Reinstalling the Power Distribution Modules After Installing the MX2000 Router with a Pallet Jack | 314
Removing the Power Supply Modules Before Installing an MX2000 Router To remove the AC, DC, 240 V China, universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSMs (see Figure 94 on page 280, Figure 95 on page 281, Figure 96 on page 281, and Figure 97 on page 282): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. 2. On an AC-powered router, move the AC power switch on each PSM to the off (O) position. On a
DC-powered router, move the DC power switch on each PSM to the off (O) position. We recommend this even though the PSMs are not connected to power sources.
g008177
280 3. Loosen the two captive screws that secure the PSM to the chassis. While grasping the handle on the
PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the PSM. 4. Pull the PSM straight out of the chassis.
CAUTION: Do not touch the power connector on the back of the PSM. It can get damaged.
CAUTION: Do not stack PSMs on one another after you remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.
Figure 94: Removing a AC Power Supply Module Before Installing the MX2000 Router
D
g007437
281 Figure 95: Removing a DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Before Installing the MX2000 Router
D
Figure 96: Removing a DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Before Installing the MX2000 Router
6 8
g007429
g100409
282 Figure 97: Removing a High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Before Installing the MX2000 Router
6 8
SEE ALSO Reinstalling the Power Supply Modules After Installing the MX2000 Router with a Pallet Jack | 318
Removing the Fan Trays Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack To remove the upper and lower fan tray (see Figure 98 on page 283 and Figure 99 on page 284):
NOTE: The fan trays are interchangeable and are hot-insertable and hot-removable. 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. 2. Loosen the two captive screws on each side of the fan tray access panel and open. 3. Loosen the two captive screws on the fan tray faceplate.
g008175
283 4. While grasping the handle, press and hold the latch until the status LED turns off. Pull the fan tray out
approximately 1 to 3 in. 5. Press and hold the latch a second time to disengage fan operation. Place one hand under the fan tray
for support, while pulling the fan tray completely out of the router. NOTE: The double latch system is a safety mechanism, so you cannot pull the fan tray out in one motion.
CAUTION: Do not stack fan trays on one another after you remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.
Figure 98: Removing Upper Fan Trays
WARNING: Before removing a fan tray, make sure the fan blades have stopped completely.
g007025
g007039
284 Figure 99: Removing Lower Fan Trays
SEE ALSO Reinstalling the Fan Trays After Installing the MX2000 Router with a Pallet Jack | 321
Removing the SFBs Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack To remove the SFBs (see Figure 100 on page 285): 1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface. 2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. 3. Open the ejector handles outward simultaneously to unseat the SFB. 4. Grasp the ejector handles, and slide the SFB about halfway out of the chassis. 5. Place one hand underneath the SFB to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis. Place it on
the antistatic mat. CAUTION: The weight of the SFB is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight--up to 12 lb (5.45 kg)--as you slide the SFB out of the chassis.
285
CAUTION: Do not stack hardware components on one another after you remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.
6. Repeat the procedure for each SFB. Figure 100: Removing an SFB
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
g007417
SEE ALSO Reinstalling the SFBs After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 323
Removing the MPCs with Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack To remove an MPC with an adapter card (ADC): 1. Have ready an antistatic mat for the MPC with an ADC. Also have ready rubber safety caps for each
MPC using an optical interface on the MPC that you are removing.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
3. Open both the ejector handles simultaneously to unseat the both the MPC and the ADC.
286
4. Grasp the handles, and slide the MPC along with the ADC straight out of the card cage halfway.
5. Place one hand around the front of the MPC with the ADC and the other hand under MPC to support it. Slide the MPC along with the ADC completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.
CAUTION: The weight of the MPC with the ADC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight--up to 25 lb (11.34 kg)--as you slide the MPC along with the ADC out of the chassis. When the MPC along with the ADC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight. Do not stack MPCs with the ADCs on top of one another after removal. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
SEE ALSO Reinstalling the MPCs After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 325 Reinstalling the Adapter Card After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 324
Removing the MPCs without an Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack To remove an MPC without an ADC (see Figure 101 on page 287): 1. Have ready an antistatic mat for the MPC. Also have ready rubber safety caps for each MPC that uses
an optical interface on the MPC that you are removing.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
3. Simultaneously turn both the knobs counterclockwise to unseat the MPC from the ADC.
4. Grasp both knobs, and slide the MPC straight out of the ADC.
5. Place one hand around the front of the MPC and the other hand under it to support it. Slide the MPC completely out of the ADC, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.
287
CAUTION: The weight of the MPC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight--up to 18.35 lb (8.32 kg)--as you slide the MPC out of the ADC. When the MPC is out of the ADC, do not hold it by the knobs, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight. Do not stack MPCs on top of one another after removal. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
Figure 101: Removing an MPC without the ADC
SEE ALSO Reinstalling the MPCs After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 325
Removing the CB-REs Before Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack To remove a CB-RE (see Figure 102 on page 288): 1. Have ready an antistatic mat for the CB-RE. Also have ready rubber safety caps for each SFP that uses
an optical interface on the CB-RE that you are removing. 2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
g007415
288
3. Open both ejector handles simultaneously to unseat the CB-RE. 4. Grasp the handles, and slide the CB-RE straight out of the card cage halfway. 5. Place one hand around the front of the CB-RE and the other hand under it to support it. Slide the CB-RE
completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag. CAUTION: The weight of the CB-RE is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight--up to 15 lb (6.8 kg)--as you slide the CB-RE out of the chassis. When the CB-RE is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.
CAUTION: Do not stack CB-REs on one another after you remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.
Figure 102: Removing a CB-RE
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
g007419
SEE ALSO
289
Reinstalling the CB-REs After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 326
SEE ALSO Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 Preparing the Site for the MX2008 Router Overview Reinstalling Components in the MX2008 Router After Initially Installing the Router in a Rack | 314
Installing an MX2008 Router Using a Pallet Jack Overview
1. Gather the tools required to install the router. See: "Tools Required to Install the MX2008 Router Using a Pallet Jack" on page 289.
2. Install the pallet jack attachment. See: "Installing the Pallet Jack Attachment" on page 290.
3. Install the MX2008. See: "Installing the MX2008 Router Using a Pallet Jack with Attachment" on page 291.
SEE ALSO Installing an MX2008 Router Overview | 257 Installing an MX2008 Router Using a Router Transport Kit Overview | 295
Tools Required to Install the MX2008 Router Using a Pallet Jack
To install the router, you need the following tools and equipment: · Standard pallet jack (not provided) · Pallet jack attachment--MX2000-PLLT-JCK-ADPTR · Front component shipping covers · Rear component shipping covers · Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1, 2, and 3
290
· 9/16-in. or 14-mm open-end or socket wrench to remove bracket bolts from the shipping pallet · ESD wrist strap · Antistatic mat
SEE ALSO MX2008 Chassis Description | 28 MX2008 Field-Replaceable Units | 40 Unpacking the MX2008 Router Overview | 259
Installing the Pallet Jack Attachment
To install the pallet jack attachment to the pallet jack: 1. Remove the pallet jack attachment from the shipping crate. 2. Place the pallet jack attachment across both pallet jack legs. 3. Using a 9/16-in. (14 mm) socket wrench, loosen and remove the eight shipping bracket support torque
fasteners that are located on the top of the pallet jack attachment platform. 4. Using a 9/16-in. (14 mm) socket wrench, loosen the torque fasteners that are located on the four
adjustable pallet jack attachment brackets. 5. Adjust the four pallet jack attachment brackets until they fit under the pallet jack legs. 6. Tighten the torque fasteners by using a 9/16-in. (14 mm) socket wrench to secure the brackets on the
pallet jack attachment to the pallet jack (see Figure 103 on page 291).
g000017
291 Figure 103: Installing Pallet Jack Attachment onto Pallet Jack
SEE ALSO Preparing the Site for the MX2008 Router Overview
Installing the MX2008 Router Using a Pallet Jack with Attachment
Before installing the router, you must remove all components (see "Removing Components from the MX2008 Router Chassis Before Installing It in a Rack" on page 274). To install the router by using a pallet jack with attachment: 1. Ensure that the rack is in its permanent location and is secured to the building. Ensure that the installation
site allows adequate clearance for both airflow and maintenance. See "Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance for the MX2008 Router" on page 233. 2. Reattach the front and rear shipping covers to the chassis to help move the router. The handles on the shipping covers are used to guide the chassis during installation.
292 CAUTION: Do not lift the router by using the handles on the shipping covers. Use these handles only to help position the router. 3. Place the pallet jack attachment across both legs and secure the attachment to the pallet jack. 4. Using a four-person team to load the router onto the pallet jack, make sure it rests securely on the pallet jack attachment platform. Figure 104: Loading the MX2008 Router onto the Pallet Jack
CAUTION: Applying force to any other parts of the chassis other than the shipping covers can damage the chassis. 5. Attach the shipping brackets to the pallet jack attachment by using existing bracket screws. 6. On each of the shipping brackets, partially insert screws into the hole to secure the brackets to the chassis. Tighten all screws. These brackets will prevent the chassis from tilting.
293
NOTE: There must be a minimum of 24 U of usable rack space when installing the MX2008 routing into a 24-U rack.
7. Lower the pallet jack before moving the chassis. This will help distribute the weight evenly and reduce the risk of tilting or damage to the chassis.
8. Using the pallet jack, position the router in front of the rack or cabinet, centering it in front of the rack.
NOTE: If you are installing the MX2008 router into a network cabinet, make sure that no hardware, device, rack, or cabinet component obstructs the 24-U rack space from access during installation.
9. Using the pallet jack, lift the chassis approximately 0.75 in. (1.9 cm) above the surface of the mounting shelf (four-post rack) or bottom opening of the rack (open-frame rack), and position it as close as possible.
NOTE: Due to the short lift capability of the pallet jack, we recommended that you install the router on the bottom of the rack.
10. Remove the shipping brackets that are attached to the pallet jack attachment and chassis, and set them aside.
11. Grasp the handles on the shipping covers and carefully slide the router into the rack (see and Figure 105 on page 294 and Figure 106 on page 294). If you are installing the router into a four-post rack, continue sliding the router onto the mounting shelf so that the bottom of the chassis and the mounting shelf overlap by approximately 2 inches.
294 Figure 105: Loading the MX2008 Router into the Rack
Figure 106: Installing the MX2008 Router on an Open-Frame Rack
295
12. With four people pushing on the front-mounting flanges, slide the router until the center-mounting brackets (open-frame racks) or front-mounting flanges (four-post racks) contact the rack rails. In a four-post rack, the mounting shelf ensures that the holes in the front-mounting flanges of the chassis align with the holes in the rack rails.
13. Move the pallet jack away from the rack. 14. Insert twelve mounting screws (six on each side) into the mounting holes to secure the router to the
rack. 15. Visually inspect the alignment of the router. If the router is installed properly in the rack, all the mounting
screws on one side of the rack should be aligned with the mounting screws on the opposite side, and the router should be level.
SEE ALSO Installing an MX2008 Router Overview | 257
Installing an MX2008 Router Using a Router Transport Kit Overview
1. Gather the tools required to install the router. See: Tools Required to Install the MX2008 Router Using a Router Transport Kit on page 296
2. Install the router transport kit. See: Installing the Router Transport Kit on the MX2008 on page 297
3. Secure the router to the router transport platform. See: Securing the MX2008 Router to the Router Transport Platform on page 299
4. Install the router using the router transport kit. See either: "Using the Router Transport Kit to Install the MX2008 Router in a Four-Post Rack" on page 302 or Using the Router Transport Kit to Install the MX2008 Router in an Open-Frame Rack on page 309
SEE ALSO
296
Installing an MX2008 Router Overview | 257
Tools Required to Install the MX2008 Router Using a Router Transport Kit
To install the router by using a router transport kit, you need the following tools and equipment: · Router transport kit (model number MX2K-TRNSPRT-KIT) · Front component shipping cover · Rear component shipping cover · Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1, 2, and 3 · 1/2-in. (12.7 mm) drive ratchet · 1/4-in. (6.35 mm) torque-controlled driver or socket wrench to tighten the nuts on the router transport
kit · 1-1/8-in. (28.57 mm) torque-controlled driver or socket wrench to tighten the router transport kit winch
mechanism · 9/16-in. or 14-mm open-end or socket wrench with extension to remove bracket bolts from the shipping
pallet · Electrostatic discharge wrist strap · Antistatic mat
NOTE: The router transport kit does not come with the router. You need to purchase the router transport kit from Juniper Networks. Using the router mounting kit for installing the MX2008 is optional.
SEE ALSO MX2008 Chassis Description | 28 MX2008 Field-Replaceable Units | 40 Unpacking the MX2008 Router Overview | 259
297
Installing the Router Transport Kit on the MX2008
NOTE: The router transport kit is optional and can be purchased from Juniper Networks.
The router transport kit includes the following components: · Router transport platform · Router transport left and right mounting plates with adjustable wheel assembly · Router winch mount with winch strap plate To install the router transport kit: 1. Remove the router transport kit from the shipping crate (see "Unpacking the MX2008 Router Transport
Kit" on page 266).
NOTE: The router transport kit weighs approximately 138.5 lb (62.82 kg).
2. Remove the winch strap plate that is secured to the winch mount by using a 9/16-in. (14 mm) socket wrench, and set the plate aside.
3. Using a number 3 Phillips screwdriver, loosen the captive screws that secure the winch mount to the router transport kit, and set the mount aside.
4. Using a number 3 Phillips screwdriver, loosen the captive screws that secure the router transport mounting plate and wheel assembly (left and right) to the router transport platform, and set them aside (see Figure 107 on page 298).
298 Figure 107: Preparing the Router Transport Kit for Installation
5. Remove the four shipping brackets that secure the router to the shipping crate platform using a 9/16-in. (14 mm) socket wrench, and a number 2 Phillips screwdriver, and set the brackets aside.
6. Align the left router transport mounting plate and wheel assembly (indicated by left arrow) with the holes on the left side of the chassis (see Figure 108 on page 299).
7. Using a number 3 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the captive screws to secure the router transport mounting plate and wheel assembly to the chassis.
8. Align the right router transport mounting plate and wheel assembly (indicated by right arrow) with the holes on the right side of the chassis (see Figure 108 on page 299).
9. Using a number 3 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the captive screws to secure the router transport mounting plate and wheel assembly to the chassis.
g000019
299 Figure 108: Installing the Router Transport Kit onto the MX2008 Router
SEE ALSO Preparing the Site for the MX2008 Router Overview
Securing the MX2008 Router to the Router Transport Platform
To secure the router to the router transport platform: 1. Ensure that the rack is in its permanent location and is secured to the building. Ensure that the installation
site allows adequate clearance for router transport kit turn ratios, airflow, and maintenance. 2. Using a two-person team on either side of the chassis, turn the handles on the router transport four
or five times until the chassis is raised approximately 1 in. (2.54 cm), making sure that the chassis is level (see Figure 109 on page 300).
300 NOTE: An empty MX2008 weighs approximately 324 lb (146.96 kg). Figure 109: Securing the Crate Door to the Shipping Crate Platform
NOTE: The router transport kit is equipped with four T-shaped levels on top of each of the four router transport mounting brackets. Make sure the bubbles within the T-shaped levels are between the lines, indicating the chassis is level.
CAUTION: Do not raise the chassis above 1 in. (2.54 cm). This ensures that the router will not tilt when transporting, which can result in injury or damage to the router. 3. Turn the four wheels on the router transport kit toward the rear of the chassis. 4. Grasping the handles on the shipping covers, carefully guide the chassis down the crate ramp to the rack location.
301
WARNING: Do not push or pull the router fast during transporting. Using excessive speed can cause the wheels to turn abruptly and tilt the router over.
CAUTION: Do not lift the router by using the handles on the shipping covers. Use these handles only to help position the router.
5. Position the router transport platform directly under the router, aligning the router transport platform with the bottom of the chassis by adjusting the four leveling mounts. NOTE: The router transport platform height can be adjusted between 0.25 in. (0.6 cm) and a maximum of 4 in. (10.16 cm).
6. Secure the router transport platform to the router transport mounting plates by using the four latch locks (see Figure 110 on page 301).
Figure 110: Securing the Router Transport Platform
302
SEE ALSO Preparing the Site for the MX2008 Router Overview Installing an MX2008 Router Overview | 257
Using the Router Transport Kit to Install the MX2008 Router in a Four-Post Rack
Because of the router's size and weight--up to 985 lb (446.79 kg) depending on the configuration--we recommend that you use a router transport kit to install the router. The router transport kit does not come with the router. You need to purchase the router transport kit from Juniper Networks. Using the router mounting kit for installing the MX2008 is optional.
NOTE: Four people are needed to install the router into a rack.
CAUTION: Before front mounting the router in a rack, have a qualified technician verify that the rack is strong enough to support the router's weight and is adequately supported at the installation site.
303 To install the router in a four-post rack by using the router transport kit: 1. Install the winch strap plate to the rear of the router by tightening the four captive screws (see
Figure 111 on page 303). Figure 111: Installing Winch Strap Plate (Four-Post Rack)
2. Using a four-person team, transport the router to the rack installation location and center it in front of the mounting shelf. NOTE: · A minimum of 38 in. (96.5 cm) of clearance is required to roll the chassis sideways. · A minimum of 42 in. (106.7 cm) of circular space is required to rotate the chassis. · The router transport kit handles can be removed to accommodate aisle width.
3. Install the winch mount bracket to the rear rack rails by using the six captive screws, and tighten the screws (see Figure 112 on page 304).
304 Figure 112: Installing Winch Mount Bracket to Rack Rails
4. Adjust the height of the router by turning the handles clockwise until the router transport platform is aligned with the surface of the mounting shelf and slightly higher than the mounting shelf (see Figure 113 on page 305). NOTE: Make sure the bubbles within the T-shaped levels are between the lines, indicating that the router is level.
5. Adjust the four leveling mounts on the router transport platform until all four leveling mounts rest firmly on the ground (see Figure 113 on page 305).
g000024
305 Figure 113: Align the MX2008 Router with Rack Mounting Shelf
6. Unlock the four toggle latches that secure the router transport platform to the router transport mounting plate and wheel assembly.
7. Lift the wheels up by turning the handles counterclockwise so that the weight of the router is on the router transport platform.
8. Using a number 3 Phillips screwdriver, loosen the captive screws that secure the router transport mounting plates and wheel assembly to the chassis, and set them aside (see Figure 114 on page 306).
306 Figure 114: Remove Router Transport Mounting Plate and Wheel Assembly
9. Attach the winch strap to the winch strap plate at the rear of the router (see Figure 115 on page 307).
307 Figure 115: Attaching Winch Strap to Winch Strap Plate
10. Attach a 1-1/8 in. (28.57 mm) socket wrench to the winch mechanism and turn clockwise to start pulling the chassis into the rack (see Figure 116 on page 308).
308 Figure 116: Pulling the MX2008 into the Rack
NOTE: · A four-person team is needed to carefully guide the router into the rack while operating
the winch. · If the router is not pulled all the way into the rack by the winch mechanism, grasp the
handles on the shipping covers and carefully slide the router onto the mounting shelf until the front-mounting flanges contact the rack rails. You must remove the winch bracket to perform this procedure. · There must be a minimum of 24-U of usable rack space when installing the MX2008 into a 24-U rack. 11. Remove the router transport platform, and set the platform aside.
309
12. Remove the winch mount and winch strap plate, and set them aside. 13. Insert twelve mounting screws (six on each side) into the mounting holes to secure the router to the
rack. 14. Visually inspect the alignment of the router. To verify that the router is installed properly in the rack,
see that all the mounting screws on one side of the rack are aligned with the mounting screws on the opposite side and the router is level. 15. Reassemble the router transport kit, and set it aside.
SEE ALSO Preparing the Site for the MX2008 Router Overview Tools Required to Install the MX2008 Router Using a Router Transport Kit | 296 MX2008 Router Transport Kit Moving Requirements and Guidelines | 213 Removing Components from the MX2008 Router Chassis Before Installing It in a Rack | 274 Reinstalling Components in the MX2008 Router After Initially Installing the Router in a Rack | 314
Using the Router Transport Kit to Install the MX2008 Router in an Open-Frame Rack
NOTE: Four persons are needed to install the router into a rack.
CAUTION: Before front-mounting the router in a rack, have a qualified technician verify that the rack is strong enough to support the router's weight and is adequately supported at the installation site.
310
To install the MX2008 in an open-frame rack by using a router transport kit: 1. Using the router transport platform, position the router in front of the rack or cabinet, centering it in
front of the rack.
2. Using a four-person team, transport the router to the rack installation location and center it in front of the rack.
NOTE: · A minimum of 38 in. (96.5 cm) of clearance is required to roll the chassis sideways. · A minimum of 42 in. (106.7 cm) of circular space is required to rotate the chassis. · The router transport kit handles can be removed to accommodate aisle width.
3. Adjust the height of the router by turning the handles clockwise until the router transport platform is approximately 0.75 in. above the bottom of the rack opening (see Figure 117 on page 311).
NOTE: · Because of the short lift capability of the router transport kit, we recommend that you
install the router on the bottom of the rack. · Make sure that the bubbles within the T-shaped levels are between the lines, indicating
that the router is level.
4. Adjust the four leveling mounts on the router transport platform until all four leveling mounts rest firmly on the ground (see Figure 117 on page 311).
311 Figure 117: Aligning the MX2008 Router with the Rack
0 0
5. Unlock the four toggle latches that secure the router transport platform to the router transport mounting plate and wheel assembly.
6. Lift the wheels up by turning the handles counterclockwise so that the weight of the router is on the router transport platform.
7. Using a number 3 Phillips screwdriver, loosen the captive screws that secure the router transport mounting plates and wheel assembly to the chassis, and set them aside (see Figure 118 on page 312).
312 Figure 118: Removing Router Transport Mounting Plate and Wheel Assembly
8. Grasping the handles on the shipping covers, carefully slide the router into the rack until the center-mounting brackets contact the rack rails (see Figure 119 on page 313).
313 Figure 119: Sliding the MX2008 into the Open-Frame Rack
0 0
NOTE: · A four-person team is needed to carefully guide the router into the rack. · There must be a minimum of 24-U of usable rack space when installing the MX2008 into
a 24-U rack. 9. Remove the router transport platform, and set the platform aside. 10. Insert twelve mounting screws (six on each side) into the mounting holes to secure the router to the
rack. 11. Visually inspect the alignment of the router. To verify that the router is installed properly in the rack,
see that all the mounting screws on one side of the rack are aligned with the mounting screws on the opposite side and the router is level. 12. Reassemble the router transport kit, and set aside for future use.
g009475
314
SEE ALSO MX2008 Rack Requirements | 223 MX2008 Router Transport Kit Moving Requirements and Guidelines | 213 Installing an MX2008 Router Using a Router Transport Kit Overview | 295 Grounding an MX2008 Router | 329
Reinstalling Components in the MX2008 Router After Initially Installing the Router in a Rack
After the router is installed in the rack, remove the shipping covers, and reinstall the removed components before booting and configuring the router. You reinstall components first in the rear of the chassis, and then in the front: 1. Reinstalling the Power Distribution Modules After Installing the MX2000 Router with a Pallet
Jack | 314 2. Reinstalling the Power Supply Modules After Installing the MX2000 Router with a Pallet Jack | 318 3. Reinstalling the Fan Trays After Installing the MX2000 Router with a Pallet Jack | 321 4. Reinstalling the SFBs After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 323 5. Reinstalling the Adapter Card After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 324 6. Reinstalling the MPCs After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 325 7. Reinstalling the CB-REs After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 326
Reinstalling the Power Distribution Modules After Installing the MX2000 Router with a Pallet Jack
To reinstall the AC, DC, 240 V China, or universal PDMs, follow this procedure for each PDM (see Figure 120 on page 315 and Figure 121 on page 316): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. For a AC-powered router, move the AC circuit breaker on the power source to the off (O) position. For a DC-powered router, move the DC circuit breaker on the power source to the off (O) position. We recommend this precaution even though the PDMs are not connected to power sources.
3. Take each PDM to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the PDM where it will be connected.
315 4. Turn the DC power switch to the off (O) position on all PSMs that are associated with the PDM being
reinstalled. 5. Using both hands, grasp the two handles and slide the PDM partway into the chassis. 6. Align both locking levers with the openings in the chassis, and simultaneously close them to fully seat
the PDM. 7. Tighten both captive screws on the locking levers.
NOTE: The three-phase delta or wye AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on which slot the PDMs gets plugged into. Figure 120: Reinstalling an AC Power Distribution Module
D
g007440
316 Figure 121: Reinstalling a DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V)
D
NOTE: For the DC-powered router, make sure the switch is set to 60 A, or 80 A to match the DC circuit input feed.
g007432
317 Figure 122: Reinstalling a DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China)
6 8
g100403
g008178
318 Figure 123: Reinstalling a High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module
6 8
SEE ALSO Removing the Power Distribution Modules Before Installing an MX2000 Router with a Pallet Jack | 275
Reinstalling the Power Supply Modules After Installing the MX2000 Router with a Pallet Jack To reinstall the AC, DC, 240 V China, or universal PDMs, follow this procedure for each PSM (see Figure 124 on page 319 and Figure 125 on page 319) which shows the installation of the AC or DC PSM. 1. Remove the PSM to be installed out of the ESD bag, and identify the slot where it will be installed; 0
through 8 . NOTE: The MX2000 PSMs can be installed in any order in the chassis.
2. For an AC-powered router, move the AC power switch on the PSMs to the off (O) position. For a DC-powered router, move the DC power switch on the PSMs to the off (O) position.
319 3. While holding the handle, using both hands, slide the PSM straight in until the PSM is fully seated into
the chassis slot. 4. The PSM faceplate should be flush with adjacent PSMs. Figure 124: Reinstalling an AC Power Supply Module
D
Figure 125: Reinstalling a DC Power Supply Module (-48 V)
D
g007438
g007430
320 Figure 126: Reinstalling a DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)
6 8
g100408
321 Figure 127: Reinstalling a High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC)
6 8
SEE ALSO Removing the Power Supply Modules Before Installing an MX2000 Router | 279
Reinstalling the Fan Trays After Installing the MX2000 Router with a Pallet Jack To reinstall the upper or lower fan trays, (see Figure 128 on page 322 and Figure 129 on page 322): 1. Loosen the two captive screws on each side of the fan tray access panel, and open. 2. Take each fan tray to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the fan tray where
it will be connected. 3. While grasping the handle, place one hand under the fan tray for support, and align it into the slot. 4. Press and hold the latch while guiding the fan tray half way in until it stops.
g008176
322 NOTE: The fan tray has a safety mechanism so that the fan tray cannot be removed in one motion. 5. Press and hold the latch a second time while inserting the fan tray completely into the router. 6. Tighten the two captive screws on the fan tray faceplate. 7. Close the fan tray access panel, and tighten the captive screws to secure it in place. 8. Reinstall the remaining components into the router. Figure 128: Installing Upper Fan Trays
Figure 129: Installing Lower Fan Trays
g007426
g007040
323
SEE ALSO Removing the Fan Trays Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 282
Reinstalling the SFBs After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack To reinstall an SFB (see Figure 130 on page 324):
CAUTION: Before removing or replacing an SFB, ensure that the ejector handles are stored horizontally and pressed toward the center of the SFB.
1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Take each SFB to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the SFB where it will be connected.
3. Carefully align the sides of the SFB with the guides inside the chassis. 4. Slide the SFB into the chassis until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned. 5. Grasp both ejector handles, and gently close them inward simultaneously until the SFB is fully seated. 6. Place the ejector handles in their proper position, vertically and toward the center of the board.
CAUTION: If one of the SFBs fails, do not remove the failed SFB until you have a replacement or blank panel to install.
Figure 130: Reinstalling an SFB
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
324
g007418
SEE ALSO Removing the SFBs Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 284
Reinstalling the Adapter Card After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack To reinstall an ADC (see Figure 131 on page 325): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Take each ADC to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot where it will be installed. 3. Locate the slot in the card cage in which you plan to install the ADC. 4. Ensure that the ADC is right-side up, with the text on the faceplate facing upward. 5. Lift the ADC into place, and carefully align first the bottom, then the top of the ADC with the guides
inside the card cage. 6. Slide the ADC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance. 7. Grasp both ejector handles, and gently close them inward simultaneously until the ADC is fully seated.
g007410
325 Figure 131: Reinstalling an ADC
SEE ALSO Removing the MPCs with Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 285 Removing the MPCs without an Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 286
Reinstalling the MPCs After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack To reinstall an MPC (see Figure 132 on page 326): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Take each MPC to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot where it will be connected. 3. Verify that each fiber-optic MPC has a rubber safety cap covering the transceiver. If it does not, cover
the transceiver with a safety cap. 4. Locate the slot in the ADC in which you plan to install the MPC. 5. Ensure that the MPC is right-side up, with the text on the faceplate facing upward. 6. Lift the MPC into place, and carefully align first the bottom, then the top of the MPC with the guides
inside the ADC.
g007416
326 7. Slide the MPC all the way into the ADC until you feel resistance. 8. Turn both knobs and rotate them simultaneously clockwise until the MPC is fully seated into the ADC. Figure 132: Reinstalling an MPC
SEE ALSO Removing the MPCs without an Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 286 Removing the MPCs with Adapter Card Before Installing an MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 285
Reinstalling the CB-REs After Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack To reinstall a CB-RE (see Figure 133 on page 327): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Take each CB-RE to be installed out of its electrostatic bag, and identify the slot on the CB-RE where
it will be connected. 3. Verify that each fiber-optic CB-RE has a rubber safety cap covering the transceiver. If it does not, cover
the transceiver with a safety cap. 4. Locate the slot in the CB-RE card cage in which you plan to install the CB-RE.
327
5. Ensure that the CB-RE is right-side up, with the text on the faceplate of the CB-RE facing upward. 6. Lift the CB-RE into place, and carefully align first the bottom, then the top of the CB-RE with the guides
inside the card cage. 7. Slide the CB-RE all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance. 8. Grasp both ejector handles, and gently close them inward simultaneously until the CB-RE is fully seated.
Figure 133: Reinstalling a CB-RE
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
OK/FAIL
g007420
SEE ALSO Removing the CB-REs Before Installing the MX2010 Router with a Pallet Jack | 287
328
Connecting the MX2008 to Earth Ground
IN THIS SECTION Tools and Parts Required for Connecting the MX2008 Router to Power | 328 Grounding an MX2008 Router | 329
Tools and Parts Required for Connecting the MX2008 Router to Power
To provide power to the router, you need the following tools and parts: · Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2 · 2.5 mm flat-blade () screwdriver · 7/16-in. (11 mm) hexagonal-head external drive socket wrench, or nut driver, with a torque range
between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm), for tightening nuts to terminal studs on each power distribution module (PDM). · The terminal block connections on the AC delta and wye PDM use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws. · Wire cutters · Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap
CAUTION: The maximum torque rating of the terminal studs on the DC PDM is 25 lb-in. (33.89 Nm). The terminal studs might be damaged if excessive torque is applied. Use only a torque-controlled driver or socket wrench to tighten nuts on the DC PDM terminal studs. Use an appropriately sized driver or socket wrench. Ensure that the driver is undamaged and properly calibrated and that you have been trained in its use. You might want to use a driver that is designed to prevent overtorque when the preset torque level is achieved.
SEE ALSO MX2008 Chassis Description | 28
329
MX2008 Field-Replaceable Units | 40 Unpacking the MX2008 Router Overview | 259
Grounding an MX2008 Router
To ground the router, you need the following tools: · Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2 · ESD grounding wrist strap · Two UNC 1/420 nuts and washers · Grounding lug, 4-AWG for 80-A input or 6-AWG for 60-A input · Grounding cable, minimum 10 AWG wire (not provided) You ground the router by connecting a grounding cable to earth ground and then attaching it to the chassis grounding points by using two screws. To connect the grounding cable (see Figure 134 on page 330): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
2. Ensure that all grounding surfaces are clean and brought to a bright finish before you make grounding connections.
3. Connect the grounding cable to a proper earth ground.
4. Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the cable lug provided with the router to the grounding cable.
5. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
6. Place the grounding cable lug over one of the grounding points on the rear of the chassis. The upper pair is sized for UNC 1/4-20 nuts, and the lower pair is sized for M6 nuts.
7. Secure the grounding cable lug to the grounding points, first with the washers, and then with the nuts.
8. Verify that the grounding cabling is correct, that the grounding cable does not touch or block access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
330 Figure 134: Connecting the Grounding Cable
SEE ALSO MX2008 Router Grounding Specifications | 227 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597
Connecting the MX2008 to AC Power
IN THIS SECTION Installing an MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 331 Installing MX2008 AC Power Supply Modules | 335 Connecting AC Power to an MX2008 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Modules | 337 Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Modules | 342 Connecting Power to an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module | 346 Connect Power to a Single-Phase Seven-Feed AC Power Distribution Module | 348 Powering On a Three-Phase AC-Powered MX2000 Router | 349
331
Installing an MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord
To install a three-phase wye AC power cord: 1. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the PDM being removed. Make sure that the voltage
across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might become active during the installation process.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Switch all the power switches on the PSM faceplates to the off (O) position.
NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
4. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
5. Remove the cover of the metal AC wiring compartment.
6. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
7. Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.
8. Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the retaining nut and rubber grommet.
9. Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.
10. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDM (see Figure 135 on page 332). Loosen each of the input terminal or grounding point screws, and insert the wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw (see Table 119 on page 333 for approved AC wire gauge). To insert wires into the terminal block that serves six PSMs: a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND. b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A1. c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B1.
g007082
332 d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C1. e. Insert the wire labeled N into the input terminal labeled N1. Figure 135: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module
NOTE: The three-phase wye AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on which slot the PDM gets plugged into. NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary. The MX2008 chassis is not sensitive to phase rotation sequence--either CW or CCW will operate correctly.
CAUTION: Wire label configuration is for Juniper Networks supplied cable only. If using your own cable, make sure you use the proper connections.
333
To insert wires into the terminal block that serves three PSMs: a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND. b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A2. c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B2. d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C2. e. Insert the wire labeled N into the input terminal labeled N2.
NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.
WARNING: To protect power supplies from input voltage that may be caused by mis-wired PDMs, before reinstalling the metal cover to the wiring compartment apply AC voltage to the PDM (with disengaged PSM) to make sure that two LEDs on the PDM are lit green and that the AC voltage between AC terminal blocks A1-N1, B1-N1, C1-N1, A2-N2, B2-N2, and C2-N2 for three-phase wye PDM is not more than 264 VAC when measured with a DVM. Then turn off the AC breaker de-energizing the PDM and install the metal cover and engage all AC PSMs.
NOTE: Three-phase wye AC wire assembly kits can be purchased from Juniper Networks.
Table 119: Supported Three-Phase Wye AC Wire Gauge
Wire Gauge
Description
5 x 10-AWG or equivalent
5 conductor wires, each wire is 10-AWG
NOTE: We recommend that you use the proper gauge wire in order for the cable clamps to hold the AC cables. Using smaller gauge wiring will result in the cable clamps not tightening properly.
334
WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.
11. Verify that the power cord wire connections are correct. 12. Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment. 13. Reinstall the metal PDM wiring cover, and using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the four
captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment. 14. Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it
does not drape where people could trip on it. 15. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an approved
site ESD ground point. See the instructions for your site. 16. Connect the AC power cord plug to the power source. 17. Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the AC power cord. 18. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions
for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. 19. Verify the LED on the PDM faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the AC terminal block is receiving
power. 20. Switch the power switch on the PSM to the on position (|) to provide power to the router components.
NOTE: After a PDM is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators--such as the LEDs on the PDM, the command output displays, and messages on the LED display on the craft interface--to indicate that the PDM is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
SEE ALSO Grounding an MX2008 Router | 329
335
Installing MX2008 AC Power Supply Modules
To install an MX2008 AC PSM: 1. Verify that the power switch on the PSM is in the off (O) position. 2. On the PSM, slide the plastic cover away from the input mode switch to expose the dual DIP switches.
Move the input mode DIP switch to the on or off position for the desired power supply feed configuration (see Figure 136 on page 335). For available switch positions on the AC PSM, see MX2000 AC Power Supply Module Description.
NOTE: The DIP switches are used only to indicate presence of a feed. If both feeds are present, power is always drawn from feed 0. Power will be drawn from feed 1 only if feed 0 fails. A PSM failure triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface.
Figure 136: Selecting AC Power System Feed Redundancy
PWR OK FAULT INP0 INP1
ON 01
g007109
3. Using both hands, grasp the handle and slide the PSM straight into the chassis until the PSM is fully seated in the chassis slot. Tighten the two captive screws (see Figure 137 on page 336).
336 Figure 137: MX2008 Router with AC Power Supply Modules Installed
4. Verify that the INP0 and/or INP1 LEDs on the PSM are lit green steadily (see Figure 138 on page 337). NOTE: If you are connecting two feeds, INP0 and INP1, both LEDs on the PSM will be lit green steadily.
5. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
6. Move the switch to the on (|) position. 7. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit green steadily. See "MX2008 AC Power Supply Module LEDs" on
page 70 for information about MX2008 AC PSM LEDs. 8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for installing PSMs in slots 0, 1, and 2, where required.
g007060
337 Figure 138: MX2008 AC Power Supply Module Front View
NOTE: Each PSM slot not occupied by a AC PSM must be covered by a PSM blank panel.
SEE ALSO Powering On a Three-Phase AC-Powered MX2000 Router | 349
Connecting AC Power to an MX2008 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Modules
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power modules within the same router. WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only. NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules (AC/DC PSMs and AC/DC PDMs).
338
You connect AC power to the router with three-phase delta AC power distribution modules (PDMs) by connecting the AC power cord from an AC PDM to an AC power source. To connect an AC power cord to an AC power source: 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
2. Switch off the dedicated customer-site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the AC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.
3. Detach the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
4. Move the power switches on all the power supply module (PSM) faceplates to the off (O) position.
5. Verify that the correct three-phase delta PDMs are installed and secured in the chassis before connecting power cables.
NOTE: The power cables must be uninstalled and removed from the three-phase delta PDM before removal of the PDM from the chassis.
6. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, unscrew the four captive screws located on either side of the metal AC wiring compartment (four screws total per PDM).
7. Remove the metal cover of the metal AC wiring compartment.
8. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
9. Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.
10. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the retaining nut and rubber grommet.
11. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.
12. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDM (see Figure 139 on page 339). Loosen the input terminal or grounding point screw, insert each wire into the grounding point input terminal, and tighten the screw (see Table 120 on page 340 for approved AC wire gauge).
339 NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws. To connect wires to the terminal block that serves six PSMs: a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND. b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A1. c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B1. d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C1. Figure 139: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module
NOTE: The three-phase delta AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on which slot the PDM gets plugged into.
C1
C2
B1
B2
g007066
A1
A2
A1 B1 C1
C2
B2
A2
340
NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary. The MX2008 chassis is not sensitive to phase rotation sequence--either CW or CCW will operate correctly.
CAUTION: Wire label configuration is for Juniper Networks supplied cable only. If you are using your own cable, make sure you use the proper connections.
To connect wires to the terminal block that serves three PSMs: a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND. b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A2. c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B2. d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C2.
WARNING: To protect power supplies from input voltage that might be caused by mis-wired PDMs, before reinstalling the metal cover to the wiring compartment apply AC voltage to the PDM (with disengaged PSM) make sure that two LEDs on the PDM are lit green and that the AC voltage between AC terminal blocks A1-B1, B1-C1, C1-A1, A2-B2, B2-C2, and C2-A2 for three-phase delta PDM is not more than 264 VAC when measured with a digital voltage meter (DVM). Then turn off the AC breaker, de-energizing the PDM, and install the metal cover and engage all AC PSMs.
NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws
NOTE: Three-phase delta AC wire assembly kits can be purchased from Juniper Networks.
Table 120: Supported Three-Phase Delta AC Wire Gauge
Wire Gauge
Description
4 x 6-AWG or equivalent
4 conductor wires, each wire is 6-AWG
341
NOTE: We recommend that you use the proper gauge wire in order for the cable clamps to hold the AC cables. Using smaller gauge wiring results in the cable clamps not tightening properly.
WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.
13. Verify that the power cable connections are correct. 14. Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment. 15. Reinstall the metal PDM wiring cover, and using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the four
captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment. 16. Use the provided plastic cable tie to fasten the AC power cord to the PDM. 17. Verify that the AC power cord does not touch or block access to router components, and that it does
not drape where people could trip on it. 18. Repeat the procedure for the other three-phase delta AC PDMs.
SEE ALSO MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications | 94 MX2008 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Distribution Module LEDs | 78 Mapping Input Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power Supply Modules on MX2008 Router | 96 MX2008 AC Power System Electrical Specifications | 90 MX2008 AC Power Cord Specifications | 87 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597
342
Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Modules
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power modules within the same router.
WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.
To connect an AC power cord to an AC power source: 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. 2. Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the AC power
source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation. 3. Detach the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. 4. Move the power switches on all the power supply module (PSM) faceplates to the off (O) position. 5. Verify that the correct three-phase wye PDMs are installed and secured in the chassis before connecting power cables.
NOTE: The power cables must be uninstalled and removed from the three-phase wye PDM before removal of the PDM from the chassis.
6. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, unscrew the four captive screws located on the either side of the metal AC wiring compartment (four screws total on each PDM).
7. Remove the metal cover of the metal AC wiring compartment. 8. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
343
9. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the retaining nut and rubber grommet.
10. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal compartment.
11. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase wye AC PDM (see Figure 140 on page 344). Loosen the input terminal or grounding point screw, insert each wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw (see Table 121 on page 345 for approved AC wire gauge).
NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.
To connect wires to the terminal block that serves six PSMs: a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND. b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A1. c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B1. d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C1. e. Insert the wire labeled N into the input terminal labeled N1.
g007082
344 Figure 140: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module
NOTE: The three-phase wye AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on which slot the PDM gets plugged into. NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary. The MX2000 series chassis is not sensitive to phase rotation sequence--either CW or CCW will operate correctly.
CAUTION: Wire label configuration is for Juniper Networks supplied cable only. If using your own cable, make sure you use the proper connections. To connect wires to the terminal block that serves three PSMs: a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND. b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A2. c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B2.
345
d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C2. e. Insert the wire labeled N into the input terminal labeled N2.
WARNING: To protect power supplies from input voltage that might be caused by mis-wired PDMs, before reinstalling the metal cover to the wiring compartment, apply AC voltage to the PDM (with disengaged PSM) and make sure that two LEDs on the PDM are lit green and that the AC voltage between AC terminal blocks A1-N1, B1-N1, C1-N1, A2-N2, B2-N2, and C2-N2 for three-phase wye PDM is not more than 264 VAC when measured with a digital voltage meter (DVM). Then turn off the AC breaker, de-energizing the PDM, and install the metal cover and engage all AC PSMs.
NOTE: Three-phase wye AC wire assembly kits can be purchased from Juniper Networks.
Table 121: Supported Three-Phase Wye AC Wire Gauge
Wire Gauge
Description
5 x 10-AWG or equivalent
5 conductor wires, each wire is 10-AWG
NOTE: We recommend that you use the proper gauge wire in order for the cable clamps to hold the AC cables. Using smaller gauge wiring will result in the cable clamps not tightening properly.
WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.
12. Verify that the power cable connections are correct.
13. Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.
14. Reinstall the metal PDM wiring cover, and using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the four captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
346
15. Use the provided plastic cable tie to fasten the AC power cord to the PDM. 16. Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it
does not drape where people could trip on it. 17. Repeat the procedure for the other three-phase wye AC PDMs.
SEE ALSO MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description Mapping Input Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power Supply Modules on MX2000 Routers MX2000 AC Power System Electrical Specifications MX2000 AC Power Cord Specifications Prevention of Electrostatic Discharge Damage
Connecting Power to an MX2000 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power distribution modules (PDMs) within the same router.
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules (AC/DC PSMs and AC/DC PDMs).
347
To connect an AC power cord to a single-phase seven-feed or nine-feed AC power distribution module (PDM): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. 2. Switch off the dedicated customer-site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the AC power
source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation. 3. Detach the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. 4. Move the power switch to the off (O) position on the PSM(s) that will be powered by the AC PDM.
NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
5. If a power cord retainer is installed on the PDM, remove the two thumb screws holding it in place and remove the power cord retainer.
6. Plug the power cords into the power sockets on the PDM. see Figure 141 on page 347. Apply slight pressure so that the power cords are firmly seated in the power socket. As you plug in each power cord, the power LED for the socket lights up green.
Figure 141: Plugging into the MX2008 Single-Phase AC Power Distribution Module
7. Replace the power cord retainer, making sure the power cords do not touch or block access to router components.
8. Flip the power switch on each PSM to the on (|) position to provide power to the router components.
348
9. Verify that the LEDs on the PDM faceplate are lit steadily green, indicating that the AC terminal block is receiving power.
10. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the PDM. They can contain dangerous voltages.
SEE ALSO MX2008 AC Power Cord Specifications | 87 MX2008 AC Power System Electrical Specifications | 90
Connect Power to a Single-Phase Seven-Feed AC Power Distribution Module
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power distribution modules (PDMs) within the same router.
To connect an AC power cord to an AC power source: 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. 2. Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the AC power
source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation. 3. Detach the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. 4. Switch off (O) the AC power supply modules (PSMs) and disengage all AC PSMs.
349
5. Move the safety retention bar downwards and tight the captive retention screws. 6. Connect the powers cords to the AC PDM. 7. Verify that the power cords are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it does
not drape where people could trip on it.
WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the PDM. They can contain dangerous voltages.
Powering On a Three-Phase AC-Powered MX2000 Router
You can use this procedure for a router with either a three-phase delta AC power distribution module (PDM) or a three-phase wye AC PDM. 1. Verify that the power supply modules (PSMs) are fully inserted in the chassis and that the captive
screws on their faceplates are tightened. 2. Verify that the PDMs are fully inserted in the chassis and that the captive screws on their faceplates
are tightened. 3. Verify that each AC power cable is properly connected. 4. Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the
CB-RE (AUX, CONSOLE, or MGMT).
NOTE: The management Ethernet port is not functional until you have completed the initial configuration.
5. Turn on power to the external management device. 6. Switch on the dedicated customer-site circuit breakers to provide power to the AC power cables. Follow
your site's procedures. 7. Verify that the LEDs on both PDM and PSM light green steadily.
350
If any of the status LEDs indicates that the PDM is not functioning normally, repeat the installation and cabling procedures.
8. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
9. Move the power switch on one of the PSMs to the on (|) position. The OK LED blinks momentarily, then lights steadily.
NOTE: After a PSM and a PDM are powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators--such as the output status LEDs on the PSM, and the command output on the craft interface--to indicate that the PSM and PDM are functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
10. Verify that the PWR OK LED on the AC PSM faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that PDM is correctly installed, functioning properly, and providing power to the AC outputs.
11. On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.
12. Verify that the router powers up and goes through the system initialization process.
SEE ALSO Initially Configuring the MX2010 Router Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2010 Router Components Initially Configuring the MX2020 Router Maintaining and Verifying the Status of the MX2020 Router Components MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description Connecting the MX2000 Series Router to a Console or Auxiliary Device Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Modules Mapping Input Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power Supply Modules on MX2000 Routers Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2010 Router Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router
351
Connecting the MX2008 to DC Power
IN THIS SECTION Installing MX2008 DC Power Supply Modules (-48 V) | 351 Installing MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Modules (240 V China) | 354 Connecting an MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Cable | 357 Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2008 Router with Power Distribution Modules (-48 V) | 359 Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2000 Router with DC Power Distribution Modules (240 V China) | 363 Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Cable | 364 Powering On the DC-Powered (-48 V) MX2008 Router | 366 Powering On the DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router | 368
Installing MX2008 DC Power Supply Modules (-48 V)
To install an MX2008 DC PSM: 1. Verify that the power switches on all PSMs are in the off (O) position.
2. On the PSM, slide the plastic cover away from the input mode switch to expose the dual DIP switches. Move the input mode DIP switch 0 (left switch) to the ON position for the bottom feed INP0 (expected to be connected), and DIP switch 1 (right switch) to the ON position for the top feed INP1 (expected to be connected). If both DIP switches 0 and 1 are turned to the ON position, then both top and bottom feeds are expected to be connected (see Figure 142 on page 352).
NOTE: The DIP switches are used only to indicate presence of a feed. If both feeds are present, power is always drawn from feed 0. Power will be drawn from feed 1 only if feed 0 fails. A PSM failure triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface.
352 Figure 142: Selecting DC Power System Feed Redundancy
PWR OK FAULT INP0 INP1
ON 01
g007109
3. Using both hands, grasp the handle and slide the PSM straight into the chassis until the PSM is fully seated in the chassis slot. Tighten the two captive screws (see Figure 143 on page 352).
Figure 143: MX2008 Router with DC Power Supply Modules Installed
353 4. Verify that the INP0 and/or INP1 LEDs on the PSM are lit green steadily (see Figure 144 on page 353)
. NOTE: If you are connecting two feeds, INP0 and INP1, both LEDs on the PSM are lit green steadily.
5. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
6. Move the switch to the on (|) position. 7. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit green steadily. See "MX2008 DC Power Supply Module LEDs" on
page 109 for information about MX2008 DC PSM LEDs. 8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for installing PSMs in slots 0, 1, and 2, where required. Figure 144: MX2008 DC Power Supply Module Front View
NOTE: Each PSM slot not occupied by a DC PSM must be covered by a PSM blank panel.
SEE ALSO Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 Powering On the DC-Powered (-48 V) MX2008 Router | 366
g007047
354
Installing MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Modules (240 V China)
To install an MX2000 DC PSM (240 V China): 1. Verify that the power switches on all PSMs are in the off (O) position. 2. On the PSM, slide the plastic cover away from the input mode switch to expose the dual DIP switches.
Move the input mode DIP switch 0 (left switch) to the ON position for the bottom feed INP0 (expected to be connected), and DIP switch 1 (right switch) to the ON position for the top feed INP1 (expected to be connected). If both DIP switches 0 and 1 are turned to the ON position, then both top and bottom feeds are expected to be connected, (see Figure 145 on page 354). In addition, a PSM failure triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface.
NOTE: The DIP switches are only used to indicate presence of a feed. If both feeds are present, power is always drawn from feed 0. Power will be drawn from feed 1 only if feed 0 fails.
Figure 145: Selecting DC Power (240 V China) Subsystem Feed Redundancy
3. Using both hands, grasp the handle and slide the PSM straight into the chassis until the PSM is fully seated in the chassis slot. Tighten the two captive screws (see Figure 146 on page 355). Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
g100410
355 Figure 146: Installing an MX2020, MX2010, MX2008 Router DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)
6 8
4. Verify that the INP0 and/or INP1 LEDs on the PSM are lit green steadily (see Figure 147 on page 356). NOTE: If you are connecting two feeds, INP0 and INP1, both LEDs on the PSM will be lit green steadily.
5. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
6. Move the switch to the on (|) position.
g100408
356 7. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit green steadily. See MX2020 DC Power Supply Module LEDs, MX2010
DC Power Supply Module LEDs, or "MX2008 DC Power Supply Module LEDs" on page 109 for information on PSM LED behavior. 8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for installing PSMs in slots 0, 1, and 2, where required. Figure 147: MX2000 DC Power Supply Module Front View (240 V China)
NOTE: Each PSM slot not occupied by a (240 V China) DC PSM must be covered by a PSM blank panel.
g000407
357
Connecting an MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Cable
WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
To connect a power cable for a DC PDM: 1. Locate a replacement power cable that meets the specifications defined in "MX2008 DC Power (-48
V) System Electrical Specifications" on page 122.
2. Verify that a licensed electrician has attached a cable lug to the replacement power cable.
3. Verify that the 48V LED is off.
4. Secure the power cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the flat washer, then with the split washer, and finally with the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut (see Figure 148 on page 358). Do not overtighten the nut. (Use a 7/16-in. [11 mm)] torque-controlled driver or socket wrench.)
CAUTION: Ensure that each power cable lug seats flush against the surface of the terminal block as you are tightening the nuts. Ensure that each nut is properly threaded onto the terminal stud. The nut should be able to spin freely with your fingers when it is first placed onto the terminal stud. Applying installation torque to the nut when the nut is improperly threaded might result in damage to the terminal stud.
CAUTION: The maximum torque rating of the terminal studs on the DC PDM is 25 lb-in. (33.89 Nm). The terminal studs might be damaged if excessive torque is applied. Use only a torque-controlled driver or socket wrench to tighten nuts on the DC PDM terminal studs.
358
Figure 148: Connecting Power Cables to the DC Power Distribution Module
Flat Cable washer lug Split washer
Nut
Terminal studs
D
g007053
Grounding points (on chassis)
5. Route the positive and negative DC power cables through the plastic cable restraint cover. Make sure that the cable does not touch or obstruct any router components.
6. Verify that the DC power cable is connected correctly, that it does not touch or block access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
7. Attach the power cable to the DC power source.
8. Turn on the dedicated customer-site circuit breaker to the PDM.
9. Verify that the 48V LED on the PDM is lit steadily.
10. On each of the DC power input sources, switch the DC circuit breaker to the center position before moving it to the ON position.
NOTE: The circuit breaker might bounce back to the OFF position if you move the breaker too quickly.
359
Observe the status LEDs on the PDM faceplate. If the PDM is correctly installed and functioning normally, the 48V LEDs light green steadily.
SEE ALSO Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597
Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2008 Router with Power Distribution Modules (-48 V)
WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
You connect DC power to the router by attaching power cables from the external DC power sources to the terminal studs on the PDM faceplates. You must provide the power cables (the cable lugs are not supplied with the router). To connect the DC source power cables to the router: 1. Switch off the dedicated customer-site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power
source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
NOTE: If the PSMs are installed in the router, make sure that the power switches on all PSMs are turned to the off (O) position.
3. Move the DC circuit feed switch on the PDM faceplate to match the current rating amperage--60 A or 80 A--for each feed.
360
NOTE: The switch position applies to all inputs of this PDM. Selecting the 60 A position might reduce power output capacity available from each PSM.
NOTE: The type of feed that you use on the DC PDM (60 A or 80 A) depends on the distribution scheme and distribution equipment. With a 60-A feed, the maximum power supply output power is limited to 2100 W while the maximum power supply input power is limited to 2400 W. With an 80-A feed, the maximum power supply output is limited to 2500 W while maximum power supply input power is limited to 2800 W. The system power management software calculates the available and used power based on DIP switch positions in the PDM.
4. Loosen the captive screws on the plastic cable restraint on the lower edge of the power faceplate. The cable restraint is set on hinges that hold the cover in place during cable installation.
NOTE: You can remove the plastic cover for DC power cable installation by bending the plastic cable restraint cover until the two plastic pins on both sides of the housing unhinge.
5. Verify that the DC power cables are correctly labeled before making connections to the PDM. In a typical power distribution scheme where the return is connected to chassis ground at the battery plant, you can use a multimeter to verify the resistance of the 48V and RTN DC cables to chassis ground: · The cable with very large resistance (indicating an open circuit) to chassis ground is 48V. · The cable with very low resistance (indicating a closed circuit) to chassis ground is RTN.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (-) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each DC PDM.
6. Remove the cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
7. Remove the nut and washers from each of the terminal studs. (Use a 7/16-in. [11 mm] nut driver or socket wrench.)
361
8. Secure each power cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the flat washer, then with the split washer, and then with the nut (see Figure 149 on page 362). Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut. Do not overtighten the nut. (Use a 7/16-in. [11 mm] torque-controlled driver or socket wrench.) a. Secure each positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN (return) terminal. b. Secure each negative () DC source power cable lug to the 48V (input) terminal.
CAUTION: Ensure that each power cable lug seats flush against the surface of the terminal block as you are tightening the nuts. Ensure that each nut is properly threaded onto the terminal stud. The nut should be able to spin freely with your fingers when it is first placed onto the terminal stud. Applying installation torque to the nut when the nut is improperly threaded might result in damage to the terminal stud.
CAUTION: The maximum torque rating of the terminal studs on the DC PDM is 25 lb-in. (33.89 Nm). The terminal studs might be damaged if excessive torque is applied. Use only a torque-controlled driver or socket wrench to tighten nuts on the DC PDM terminal studs.
NOTE: The DC PDMs in slots PDM0/Input0 and PDM1/Input1 can be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed Aor feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system to balance the power draw.
9. Close the plastic cable restraint cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
10. Route the positive and negative DC power cables through the left and right sides of the cable restraint.
11. Tighten the cable restraint captive screw to hold the power cables in place.
CAUTION: The maximum torque rating of the cable restraint screws on the DC PDM is 25 lb-in. (33.89 Nm). Use only a torque-controlled screwdriver to tighten screws on the DC PDM cable restraint.
362
12. Verify that the power cables are connected correctly, that they are not touching or blocking access to router components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.
13. Repeat Steps 3 through 12 for the remaining PDMs.
Figure 149: Connecting DC Power to the MX2008 Router
Flat Cable washer lug Split washer
Nut
Terminal studs
D
g007053
Grounding points (on chassis)
CAUTION: The MX2008 router has more than one connection to power after it is fully connected. Disconnect all power sources before servicing the PSMs or PDMs to avoid electrical shock.
SEE ALSO DC Power Cable Specifications for the MX2008 Router | 126 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597
363
Connecting Power to a DC-Powered MX2000 Router with DC Power Distribution Modules (240 V China)
WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
You connect DC (240 V China) power to the router by attaching power cables from the external DC power sources to the DC power cable that is connected to the PDM. The power cables are orderable (CBL-PWR-240V-CH). To connect the DC (240 V China) source power cables (CBL-PWR-240V-CH) to the router: 1. Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power
source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
NOTE: If the DC PSMs (240 V China) are installed in the router, make sure the power switches on all PSMs are turned to the off (O) position.
3. Plug the power cord into the power sockets on the DC PDM (240 V China). Refer to Figure 1. Apply slight pressure so that the power cord is firmly seated in the power socket until you feel it engage. As you plug in each power cord, the power LED for the socket lights up green.
g100405
364 Figure 150: Connecting Power
4. Connect the power cords for the remaining PDMs.
Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Cable
WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position. To connect the DC (240 V China) source power cables (CBL-PWR-240V-CH) to the router: 1. Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation. 2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. NOTE: If the DC PSMs (240 V China) are installed in the router, make sure the power switches on all PSMs are turned to the off (O) position.
365
3. Plug the power cord into the power sockets on the DC PDM (240 V China). Refer to Figure 1. Press the latch on the side of the power cable before pushing it in. Apply slight pressure so that the power cord is firmly seated in the power socket until you feel it engage. As you plug in each power cord, the power LED for the socket lights up green.
Figure 151: Connecting Power
g100405
4. Connect the power cords for the remaining PDMs. 5. Connect the power cable (CBL-PWR-240V-CH) to the DC power source. See Figure 153 on page 365. Figure 153: 240 V China Power Cable
g100414
1--Negative 2--Ground
1 2
3
3--Positive
6. Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breaker.
7. On each of the DC power input sources, switch the DC circuit breaker to the center position before moving it to the ON position.
366
NOTE: The circuit breaker may bounce back to the off position if you move the breaker too quickly.
8. Observe the status LEDs on the PDM faceplate. If the PDM is correctly installed and functioning normally, the LEDs light green steadily.
9. On each of the DC PSMs, move the switch to the on (|) position.
Powering On the DC-Powered (-48 V) MX2008 Router
To power on a DC-powered MX2008 router: 1. Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the
Routing and Control Board (RCB) (AUX, CONSOLE, or MGMT). 2. Turn on power to the external management device. 3. Verify that the PDMs are fully inserted in the chassis. 4. Verify that the source power cables are connected to the appropriate terminal on the PDMs: the positive
(+) source cable to the return terminal labeled (RTN) and the negative () source cable to the input terminal labeled (48V). 5. Switch on the dedicated customer-site circuit breakers to provide power to the DC power cables. Follow your site's procedures. 6. Check that the input labeled (48V) LEDs are lit green steadily, indicating that the PDMs are installed and functioning normally.
NOTE: Nine input LEDs indicate proper voltage level and polarity of input feeds.
7. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
367
8. For each of the DC PDMs installed, move the DC circuit breaker at the power source to the (ON) position.
9. On each of the DC PSMs, move the switch to the on (|) position. 10. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit green steadily, indicating that the PSM is correctly installed and
functioning normally.
NOTE: After a PSM is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators--such as the status LEDs on the PSM and the show chassis command display--to indicate that the PSM is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
If any of the status LEDs indicates that the PSM is not functioning normally, repeat the installation and cabling procedures. 11. Verify that the INP0 or INP1 LEDs on the PSM are lit green steadily if using two feeds.
NOTE: The DIP switches 0 and 1 must be set to the ON position for a two-feed installation.
12. On the external management device connected to the RCB, monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.
NOTE: If the system is completely powered off when you power on the PSM, the Routing Engine boots as the PSM completes its startup sequence. Normally, the router boots from the Junos OS on the CompactFlash card. To power off the system after the Routing Engine finishes booting, see "Powering Off the DC-Powered MX2008 Router" on page 254.
13. Verify the MX2008 router power up, system initialization, and status (see "Initially Configuring the MX2008 Router" on page 380).
SEE ALSO Connecting the MX2008 Router to Management and Alarm Devices
368
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 Replacing an MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 508 Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V)
Powering On the DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router
To power on a DC-powered router: 1. Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the
Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE) (AUX, CONSOLE, or MGMT). 2. Turn on the power to the external management device. 3. Verify that the PDMs are fully inserted in the chassis. 4. Verify that the source power cables are connected to the PDM power cable. 5. Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breakers to provide power to the DC power cables. Follow
your site's procedures. 6. Check that the input labeled LEDs are lit green steadily, indicating the PDMs are installed and functioning
normally.
NOTE: Nine input LEDs indicate proper voltage level and polarity of input feeds.
7. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
8. For each of the DC PDMs installed, switch the DC circuit breaker at the power source, moving it to the (ON) position.
9. On each of the DC PSMs, move the switch to the on (|) position. 10. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit green steadily, indicating the PSM is correctly installed and functioning
normally.
369
NOTE: After a PSM is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators--such as the status LEDs on the PSM and the show chassis command display--to indicate that the PSM is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
If any of the status LEDs indicates that the PSM is not functioning normally, repeat the installation and cabling procedures. 11. Verify that the INP0 or INP1 LEDs on the PSM are lit green steadily if using two feeds.
NOTE: The DIP switches 0 and 1 must be set to the ON position for a two feed installation.
12. On the external management device connected to the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE), monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.
NOTE: If the system is completely powered off when you power on the PSM, the Routing Engine boots as the PSM completes its startup sequence. Normally, the router boots from the Junos OS on the CompactFlash card. To power off the system after the Routing Engine finishes booting, see Powering Off the DC-Powered or DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router.
13. Verify the MX2008 router power up, system initialization, and status, see "Initially Configuring the MX2008 Router" on page 380.
SEE ALSO Connecting the MX2008 Router to Management and Alarm Devices Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) | 516 Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) | 521
370
Connecting the MX2008 to High-Voltage Power
IN THIS SECTION Installing MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Modules | 370 Connecting Power to a High Voltage-Powered MX2000 Router with Power Distribution Modules | 373 Powering On the High-Voltage Powered Universal (HVAC/HVDC) MX2000 Router | 374
Installing MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Modules
To install an MX2000 high-voltage second-generation universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM: 1. Verify that the power switches on all PSMs are in the off (O) position.
2. On the PSM, slide the plastic cover away from the input mode switch to expose the dual DIP switches. Move the input mode DIP switch 0 (left switch) to the ON position for the bottom feed INP0 (expected to be connected), and DIP switch 1 (middle switch) to the ON position for the top feed INP1 (expected to be connected). If both DIP switches 0 and 1 are turned to the ON position, then both top and bottom feeds are expected to be connected, (see Figure 154 on page 371). In addition, a PSM failure triggers the alarm LED on the craft interface.
NOTE: The DIP switches are only used to indicate presence of a feed. If both feeds are present, power is always drawn from feed 0. Power will be drawn from feed 1 only if feed 0 fails.
g100867
371 Figure 154: Selecting Input Feed on the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module
3. Using both hands, grasp the handle and slide the PSM straight into the chassis until the PSM is fully seated in the chassis slot. Tighten the two captive screws (see Figure 155 on page 371). Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
Figure 155: Installing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM
6 8
4. Verify that the INP0 and/or INP1 LEDs on the PSM are lit green steadily (see Figure 54 on page 132).
g008176
372
NOTE: If you are connecting two feeds, INP0 and INP1, both LEDs on the PSM will be lit green steadily.
5. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
6. Move the switch to the on (|) position. 7. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit green steadily. See MX2020 High-Voltage Universal Power Supply
Module LEDs, MX2010 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module LEDs, or "MX2008 High-Voltage Universal Power Supply Module LEDs" on page 133. 8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for installing PSMs in slots 0, 1, and 2, where required. Figure 156: Selecting Input Feed on the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module
NOTE: Each PSM slot not occupied by a universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM must be covered by a PSM blank panel.
SEE ALSO Powering Off the AC-Powered or Universal HVAC/HVDC-Powered MX2000 Router Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module | 528
g100867
373
Connecting Power to a High Voltage-Powered MX2000 Router with Power Distribution Modules
WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
NOTE: Ensure that you have connected the chassis to earth ground. See Grounding an MX2000 Router.
You connect AC or DC power to the router by connecting the power cord from a universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM to an AC or DC power source. See "MX2000 High-Voltage Universal PDM (MX2K-PDM-HV) Power Cord Specifications" on page 142 for the list of supported power cords. To connect the DC or AC source power cables to the router: 1. Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the AC or DC
power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
NOTE: If the PSMs are installed in the router, make sure the power switches on all PSMs are turned to the off (O) position.
3. Plug the power cord into the power sockets on the high-voltage second-generation universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM . See Figure 1. Apply slight pressure so that the power cord is firmly seated in the power socket until you feel it engage. As you plug in each power cord, the power LED for the socket lights up green.
g008183
374 Figure 157: Connecting Power to the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM
4. Connect the power cords for the remaining PDMs.
Powering On the High-Voltage Powered Universal (HVAC/HVDC) MX2000 Router
To power on a high-voltage second-generation universal (HVAC/HVDC) powered router: 1. Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the
Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE) (AUX, CONSOLE, or MGMT). 2. Turn on the power to the external management device. 3. Verify that the PDMs are fully inserted in the chassis. 4. Verify that the source power cables are connected to the PDM power cable. 5. Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breakers to provide power to the AC or DC power cables.
Follow your site's procedures. 6. Check that the input labeled LEDs are lit green steadily, indicating the PDMs are installed and functioning
normally. NOTE: Nine input LEDs indicate proper voltage level and polarity of input feeds.
375
7. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
8. For each of the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDMs installed, switch the AC or DC circuit breaker at the power source, moving it to the (ON) position.
9. On each of the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSMs, move the switch to the on (|) position.
10. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit green steadily, indicating the PSM is correctly installed and functioning normally.
NOTE: After a PSM is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators--such as the status LEDs on the PSM and the show chassis command display--to indicate that the PSM is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
If any of the status LEDs indicates that the PSM is not functioning normally, repeat the installation and cabling procedures.
11. Verify that the INP0 or INP1 LEDs on the PSM are lit green steadily if using two feeds.
NOTE: The DIP switches 0 and 1 must be set to the ON position for a two feed installation.
12. On the external management device connected to the Control Board and Routing Engine (CB-RE), monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.
NOTE: If the system is completely powered off when you power on the PSM, the Routing Engine boots as the PSM completes its startup sequence. Normally, the router boots from the Junos OS on the CompactFlash card. To power off the system after the Routing Engine finishes booting, see Powering Off the AC-Powered or Universal HVAC/HVDC-Powered MX2000 Router.
13. Verify the MX2000 router power up, system initialization, and status, see Initially Configuring the MX2020 Router, Initially Configuring the MX2010 Router, or "Initially Configuring the MX2008 Router" on page 380.
376
SEE ALSO Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module | 537 Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module | 528
Connecting the MX2008 to the Network
IN THIS SECTION Tools and Parts Required for MX2008 Router Connections | 376 Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX2008 Craft Interface | 377 Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2008 Craft Interface | 378 Connecting MPC or MIC Cables to the MX2008 Router | 379
Tools and Parts Required for MX2008 Router Connections
To connect the router to management devices and MPCs, you need the following tools and parts: · Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2 · 2.5 mm flat-blade () screwdriver · 2.5 mm Phillips (+) screwdriver · Wire cutters · Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap
SEE ALSO MX2008 Chassis Description | 28 MX2008 Field-Replaceable Units | 40 Unpacking the MX2008 Router Overview | 259
377
Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX2008 Craft Interface
To connect the alarm relay wires between a router and an alarm-reporting device (see Figure 158 on page 377): 1. Prepare the required length of replacement wire with gauge between 28 AWG (0.08 mm2) and 14 AWG
(2.08 mm2).
2. Insert the replacement wires into the slots in the front of the block (see Table 122 on page 377). Use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws and secure the wire.
3. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
4. Plug the terminal block into the relay contact, and use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws on the face of the block.
5. Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.
Figure 158: Alarm Relay Contacts
1
g007406
Table 122: Connecting Alarm Relay Contacts
Function No.
Label
1
MINOR ALARM--[NC C NO]
MAJOR ALARM--[NC C NO]
SEE ALSO
Description
The alarm relays consist of three terminal contacts with a normal closed (NC), a common (C), and a normal open (NO) relay that signal a minor or major alarm when broken.
378
MX2008 Craft Interface Description | 45 MX2008 Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Interface | 47
Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2008 Craft Interface
To disconnect the alarm relay wires from the router and an alarm-reporting device (see Figure 159 on page 378): 1. Disconnect the existing wire at the external device. 2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 3. Using a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver, loosen the small screws on the face of the terminal block and
remove the block from the relay contact. 4. Using the 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver, loosen the small screws on the side of the terminal block.
Remove existing wires from the slots in the front of the block (see Table 123 on page 378).
Figure 159: Alarm Relay Contacts
1
g007406
Table 123: Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Inteface
Function No.
Label
Description
1
MINOR ALARM--[NC C NO] The alarm relays consist of three terminal
contacts with a normal closed (NC), common MAJOR ALARM--[NC C NO] (C), and normal open (NO) relays that signal a
minor or major alarm when broken.
379
SEE ALSO MX2008 Craft Interface Description | 45
Connecting MPC or MIC Cables to the MX2008 Router
To connect the MPCs or MICs to the network (see Figure 160 on page 380): 1. Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the component. For cable specifications, see the MX
Series Interface Module Reference. 2. Remove the rubber safety plug from the cable connector port.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
3. Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the faceplate. 4. Arrange the cable in the cable manager to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure
the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
380 Figure 160: Attaching a Cable to a MIC or MPC
SEE ALSO Connecting the MX2008 Router to Management and Alarm Devices Tools and Parts Required for MX2008 Router Connections | 376 Grounding an MX2008 Router | 329
Initially Configuring the MX2008 Router
The MX2008 router is shipped with Junos OS preinstalled and ready to be configured when the MX2008 router is powered on. There are two copies of the software: one on the solid-state drive (SSD) in the RCB, and one on a USB flash drive that can be inserted into the slot in the RCB faceplate (see Figure 161 on page 381).
NOTE: The SSD is internal in the RCB and cannot be removed.
381
When the router boots, it first attempts to start the image on the USB flash drive. If a USB flash drive is not inserted into the RCB or the attempt otherwise fails, then the router next tries the SSD. You configure the router by issuing Junos OS CLI commands, either on a console device attached to the CONSOLE port on the Routing Engine or over a Telnet connection to a network connected to the MGMT port on the Routing Engine. Figure 161: USB Flash Drive Port on RCB
Gather the following information before configuring the router: · Name the router will use on the network · Domain name the router will use · IP address and prefix length information for the Ethernet interface · IP address of a default router · IP address of a DNS server · Password for the root user This procedure connects the router to the network but does not enable it to forward traffic. For complete information about enabling the router to forward traffic, including examples, see the Junos OS configuration guides. To configure the software: 1. Verify that the router is powered on. 2. Log in as the root user. There is no password. 3. Start the CLI.
root# cli root@>
382
4. Enter configuration mode. cli> configure [edit] root@#
5. Configure the name of the router. If the name includes spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks (" "). [edit] root@# set system host-name host-name
6. Create a management console user account. [edit] root@# set system login user user-name authentication plain-text-password New password: password Retype new password: password
7. Set the user account class to super-user. [edit] root@# set system login user user-name class super-user
8. Configure the router's domain name. [edit] root@# set system domain-name domain-name
9. Configure the IP address and prefix length for the router's Ethernet interface. [edit] root@# set interfaces fxp0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length
10. Configure the IP address of a backup router, which is used only while the routing protocol is not running. [edit] root@# set system backup-router address
383
11. Configure the IP address of a DNS server.
[edit] root@# set system name-server address
12. Set the root authentication password by entering a plain-text password, an encrypted password, or an SSH public key string (DSA or RSA).
[edit] root@# set system root-authentication plain-text-password New password: password Retype new password: password
or
[edit] root@# set system root-authentication encrypted-password encrypted-password
or
[edit] root@# set system root-authentication ssh-dsa public-key
or
[edit] root@# set system root-authentication ssh-rsa public-key
13. (Optional) Configure the static routes to remote subnets with access to the management port. Access to the management port is limited to the local subnet. To access the management port from a remote subnet, you need to add a static route to that subnet within the routing table. For more information about static routes, see the Junos OS System Basics Configuration Guide.
[edit] root@# set routing-options static route remote-subnet next-hop destination-IP retain no-readvertise
14. Configure the Telnet service at the [edit system services] hierarchy level.
[edit] root@# set system services telnet
384
15. (Optional) Display the configuration to verify that it is correct.
[edit] root@# show system {
host-name host-name; domain-name domain-name; backup-router address; root-authentication {
authentication-method (password | public-key); } name-server {
address; } } interfaces { fxp0 {
unit 0 { family inet { address address/prefix-length; }
} } }
16. Commit the configuration to activate it on the router.
[edit] root@# commit
17. (Optional) Configure additional properties by adding the necessary configuration statements. Then commit the changes to activate them on the router.
[edit] root@host# commit
18. When you have finished configuring the router, exit configuration mode.
[edit] root@host# exit root@host>
385
NOTE: To reinstall Junos OS, you boot the router from the removable media. Do not insert the removable media during normal operations. The router does not operate normally when it is booted from the removable media.
When the router boots from the storage media (removable media), it expands its search in the /config directory of the ruoter for the following files in the following order: juniper.conf (the main configuration file), rescue.conf (the rescue configuration file), and juniper.conf.1 (the first rollback configuration file). When the search finds the first configuration file that can be loaded properly, the file loads and the search ends. If none of the files can be loaded properly, the router does not function properly. If the router boots from an alternate boot device, Junos OS displays a message indicating this when you log in to the router.
4 CHAPTER
Maintaining Components
Maintaining MX2008 Components | 387 Maintaining MX2008 Cooling System Components | 407 Maintaining MX2008 Interface Modules | 421 Maintaining Switch Fabric Board | 449 Maintaining Host Subsystem components | 452 Maintaining MX2008 Power System Components | 465 Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2008 MPCs or MICs | 545
387
Maintaining MX2008 Components
IN THIS SECTION Tools and Parts Required for Replacing MX2008 Hardware Components | 387 Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an MX2008 Router | 390 Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2008 Hardware Components | 390 Replacing the MX2008 Extended Cable Manager | 391 Replacing the MX2008 Craft Interface | 396 Replacing the MX2008 Standard EMI Cover | 401 Replacing the MX2008 Extended EMI Cover | 403
Tools and Parts Required for Replacing MX2008 Hardware Components
To replace hardware components, you need the tools and parts listed in Table 124 on page 387.
Table 124: Tools and Parts Required for Component Replacement
Components
Tool or Part
All
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap
AC power supply module
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, number 1 and 2
AC power distribution module Three-phase delta AC PDM Three-phase wye AC PDM
Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2 to access the metal AC wiring compartment
7/16-in. (11 mm) hexagonal-head external drive socket wrench, or nut driver, with a torque range between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) to attach the ground wire.
1/4-in. slotted screwdriver and 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench to attach input terminal wires of the AC power cord.
388
Table 124: Tools and Parts Required for Component Replacement (continued)
Components
Tool or Part
AC power cord
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
7/16-in. (11 mm) hexagonal-head external drive socket wrench, or nut driver, with a torque range between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) to attach the ground wire.
1/4-in. slotted screwdriver and 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench to attach input terminal wires of the AC power cord.
Craft interface
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
DC power distribution module
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
7/16-in. (11 mm) hexagonal-head external drive socket wrench, or nut driver, with a torque range between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) to attach the ground wire.
1/4-in. slotted screwdriver and 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench to attach input terminal wires of the AC power cord.
DC power supply cable
7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver or socket wrench
CAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Apply excessive torque damages the terminal studs and the PDM. The absolute maximum that may be applied to this nut is between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm).
Fan trays (upper and lower)
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
Air Baffle
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
MPC
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2 Blank panels (if component is not reinstalled) Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat
389
Table 124: Tools and Parts Required for Component Replacement (continued)
Components
Tool or Part
MIC
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
Rubber safety cap for fiber-optic MICs
Flat-blade () screwdriver
Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat
Blank panels (if component is not reinstalled)
Routing Engine and Control Board (RCB)
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2 Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap
Blank panels (if component is not reinstalled)
SFB
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap
Blank panels (if component is not reinstalled)
Serial cable to Auxiliary or Console Flat-blade () screwdriver Routing Engine port
PSM air filter
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
Card-cage air filter
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
Air filter (lower)
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
SEE ALSO
MX2008 Field-Replaceable Units | 40 Replacing the MX2008 Craft Interface | 396 Replacing an MX2008 Fan Tray | 418 Replacing the MX2008 Air Filters | 407
390
Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from an MX2008 Router
To remove components from the router or the router from a rack, you need the following tools and parts: · 2.5-mm flat-blade () screwdriver, for detaching alarm relay terminal block · 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver · Blank panels to cover empty slots · EMI (electromagnetic interference) covers--shipped with router · Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat, for each component · Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap · Flat-blade () screwdriver · Pallet jack with attachment--recommended · Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2 · Rubber safety cap for fiber-optic interfaces or cable · Wire cutters
SEE ALSO Contact Customer Support
Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the MX2008 Hardware Components
To maintain hardware components, you need the following tools and parts: · ESD grounding wrist strap · Flat-blade () screwdriver · Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1 and number 2
SEE ALSO MX2008 Chassis Description | 28 MX2008 Field-Replaceable Units | 40 Unpacking the MX2008 Router Overview | 259
391
Replacing the MX2008 Extended Cable Manager
IN THIS SECTION Removing the MX2008 Extended Cable Manager | 391 Removing the MX2008 Extended DC Cable Manager | 392 Installing the MX2008 Extended Cable Manager | 394 Installing the MX2008 Extended DC Cable Manager | 395
Removing the MX2008 Extended Cable Manager To remove the extended cable manager: 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. To remove the cover, loosen the two captive screws on the extended cable manager cover. Set the
extended cable manager cover aside. 3. Remove the eight screws that secure the extended cable manager to the chassis as shown in
Figure 162 on page 392. 4. Pull the extended cable manager away from the chassis.
392 Figure 162: Removing the Extended Cable Manager
Removing the MX2008 Extended DC Cable Manager To remove the extended DC cable manager (see Figure 163 on page 393): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver (number 1 or 2), loosen the two captive screws on the DC cable manager. 3. Grasp the extended DC cable manager, lift up and pull straight out from the DC PDM on the rear of
the chassis. 4. Place the extended DC cable manager into an electrostatic bag and set it aside.
g000033
393 Figure 163: Removing the Extended DC Cable Manager
D
To remove the cable manager for the DC PDM (240 V China) and the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM (see Figure 164 on page 393): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. 2. Using a screwdriver, loosen the two screws on each side of the cable manager (see
Figure 164 on page 393). Figure 164: Removing the DC Cable Manager for DC PDM (240 V China) and the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM
g100929
394
3. Grasp the DC cable manager, lift up and pull straight out from the DC PDM on the rear of the chassis. 4. Place the DC cable manager into an electrostatic bag and set it aside.
Installing the MX2008 Extended Cable Manager To install the extended cable manager (see Figure 165 on page 394): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Position the extended cable manager on the studs below the lower card cage. 3. Attach the extended cable manager using eight screws as shown in Figure 165 on page 394. 4. Replace the cable manager cover, and secure it with the two captive screws.
Figure 165: Installing the Extended Lower Cable Manager
395 Installing the MX2008 Extended DC Cable Manager To install the extended DC cable manager (see Figure 166 on page 395): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Position the extended DC cable manager over the two slots located on both sides of the DC PDM. 3. Lift the extended DC cable manager slightly up while inserting the two flanges into the slots on both
sides of the DC PDM. 4. Push the extended DC cable manager into place. 5. Tighten the two captive screws to secure the extended DC cable manager. Figure 166: Installing the Extended DC Cable Manager
D
To install the DC cable manager for the DC PDM (240 V China) or the universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM (see Figure 167 on page 396): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Position the DC cable manager over the two slots located on both sides of the DC PDM. 3. Lift the DC cable manager slightly up while inserting the two flanges into the slots on both sides of the
DC PDM.
g000034
g100928
396 Figure 167: Installing the DC Cable Manager on the DC PDM (240 V China) and Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM
4. Push down to secure the DC cable manager in place. Tighten the screws using a screwdriver. See Figure 167 on page 396.
SEE ALSO Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597
Replacing the MX2008 Craft Interface
IN THIS SECTION Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2008 Craft Interface | 397 Removing the MX2008 Craft Interface | 398 Installing the MX2008 Craft Interface | 398 Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX2008 Craft Interface | 399
397
Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2008 Craft Interface To disconnect the alarm relay wires from the router and an alarm-reporting device (see Figure 159 on page 378): 1. Disconnect the existing wire at the external device.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Using a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver, loosen the small screws on the face of the terminal block and remove the block from the relay contact.
4. Using the 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver, loosen the small screws on the side of the terminal block. Remove existing wires from the slots in the front of the block (see Table 123 on page 378).
Figure 168: Alarm Relay Contacts
Table 125: Alarm Relay Contacts on the Craft Inteface
Function No.
Label
Description
1
MINOR ALARM--[NC C NO] The alarm relays consist of three terminal
contacts with a normal closed (NC), common MAJOR ALARM--[NC C NO] (C), and normal open (NO) relays that signal a
minor or major alarm when broken.
398 Removing the MX2008 Craft Interface To remove the craft interface (see Figure 169 on page 398): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Detach any external devices connected to the craft interface. 3. Loosen the two captive screws at the left and right sides of the craft interface faceplate by using the
Torx (T10) screwdriver. 4. Grasp the craft interface faceplate and carefully tilt it toward you until it is horizontal. 5. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the back of the faceplate by gently pressing on both sides of the
latch with your thumb and forefinger. Remove the craft interface from the chassis. Figure 169: Removing the Craft Interface
Installing the MX2008 Craft Interface To install the craft interface (see Figure 170 on page 399): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Grasp the craft interface with one hand, and hold the bottom edge of the craft interface with the other
hand to support its weight.
399 3. Orient the ribbon cable so that it plugs into the connector socket. The connector is keyed and can be
inserted only one way. The pin on the right side of the craft interface indicates the positioning. 4. Align the bottom of the craft interface with the sheet metal above the card cage, and press it into place. 5. Tighten the two screws on the left and right sides of the craft interface faceplate by using the Torx
(T10) screwdriver. 6. Reattach any external devices connected to the craft interface. Figure 170: Installing the Craft Interface
Connecting the Alarm Relay Wires to the MX2008 Craft Interface To connect the alarm relay wires between a router and an alarm-reporting device (see Figure 158 on page 377): 1. Prepare the required length of replacement wire with gauge between 28 AWG (0.08 mm2) and 14 AWG
(2.08 mm2). 2. Insert the replacement wires into the slots in the front of the block (see Table 122 on page 377). Use a
2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws and secure the wire. 3. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
400
4. Plug the terminal block into the relay contact, and use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws on the face of the block.
5. Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.
Figure 171: Alarm Relay Contacts
Table 126: Connecting Alarm Relay Contacts
Function No.
Label
1
MINOR ALARM--[NC C NO]
MAJOR ALARM--[NC C NO]
Description
The alarm relays consist of three terminal contacts with a normal closed (NC), a common (C), and a normal open (NO) relay that signal a minor or major alarm when broken.
SEE ALSO
MX2008 Craft Interface Description | 45 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 Disconnecting the Alarm Relay Wires from the MX2008 Craft Interface | 378 MX2008 Craft Interface Serial Number Label | 576
401
Replacing the MX2008 Standard EMI Cover
IN THIS SECTION Removing the MX2008 Standard EMI Cover | 401 Installing the MX2008 Standard EMI Cover | 402
Removing the MX2008 Standard EMI Cover To remove the electromagnetic interference (EMI) card-cage cover (see Figure 172 on page 402). 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Loosen the four captive screws that secure the EMI cover to the router. 3. Pull the cover away from the router toward you to remove it.
g009641
402 Figure 172: Removing the EMI Card-Cage Cover
4
Installing the MX2008 Standard EMI Cover The MPCs require an EMI cover to reduce the risk of radio frequency interference disturbance that affects an electrical circuit because of electromagnetic interference emitted from an external source. The EMI cover is designed to reduce the electromagnetic interference (EMI) to comply with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) requirements. To install the EMI card-cage cover (see Figure 173 on page 403): 1. Align the four brackets on either side of the EMI cover with the chassis front-mounting flanges on the
outside of the card cage. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Adjust the EMI cover until the four captive screws align with the holes in the front-mounting flanges. 3. Tighten the four captive screws to secure the EMI cover in place.
403 Figure 173: Installing the EMI Card-Cage Cover
SEE ALSO Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597
Replacing the MX2008 Extended EMI Cover
IN THIS SECTION Removing the MX2008 Extended EMI Cover | 404 Installing the MX2008 Extended EMI Cover | 405
404
Removing the MX2008 Extended EMI Cover The extended electromagnetic interference (EMI) cover attaches to the router over the card cage and tilts out from the top. To remove the extended electromagnetic interference (EMI) card-cage cover (see Figure 175 on page 405): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Gripping the flap on the extended EMI cover, tilt it away from the router toward you.
3. Holding the cover on both sides, lift so that the points on the cover lift out of the grooves on the EMI cover brackets.
4. Pull the cover away from the router toward you to remove it.
5. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, remove the two mounting screws from the mounting brackets on either side of the card cage. Then remove the mounting brackets (see Figure 174 on page 404).
Figure 174: Removing the Extended EMI Cover Mounting Brackets
g000421
405 Figure 175: Removing the Extended EMI Card-Cage Cover
Installing the MX2008 Extended EMI Cover The extended electromagnetic interference (EMI) covers attaches to the router over the card cage. 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. On each side of the card cage, orient the extended EMI cover's mounting brackets so that they line up
with the mounting holes. The groove that holds the points on the cover should be at the top. 3. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, secure the extended EMI cover mounting brackets to the
sides of the card cage by using the four screws provided (two on each side) (see Figure 176 on page 406).
g000422
406 Figure 176: Installing the Extended EMI Cover Mounting Brackets
4. Orient the cover so that the arrows point up in front of the card cage. 5. Angle the extended EMI cover so that the points at each side fit into the grooves on the EMI cover's
mounting brackets. 6. Tilt the extended EMI cover into place and press firmly until the sides contact the mounting brackets
of the EMI cover. Figure 177: Installing the Extended EMI Card-Cage Cover
g000421
g000422
407 SEE ALSO
Replacing the MX2008 Extended Cable Manager | 391 Replacing the MX2008 Standard EMI Cover | 401 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597
Maintaining MX2008 Cooling System Components
IN THIS SECTION Replacing the MX2008 Air Filters | 407 Replacing an MX2008 Fan Tray | 418
Replacing the MX2008 Air Filters
IN THIS SECTION Removing the MX2008 Air Filter | 407 Installing the MX2008 Air Filter | 413
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same fan modules.
Removing the MX2008 Air Filter CAUTION: Do not run the router for more than a few minutes without the air filter in place.
408
CAUTION: Always keep the air filter in place while the router is operating, except during replacement. Because the fans are very powerful, they could pull small bits of wire or other materials into the router through the unfiltered air intake. This could damage the router components.
To remove the air filter: 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Loosen the two captive screws located on either side of the fan tray and air filter access door.
NOTE: Removing the cables from the DC cable manager is not necessary to access the air filter.
CAUTION: Do not run the router for more than 2 minutes without the air filter in place.
3. Grasp the handle on the air filter, and pull the air filter straight out from the chassis. NOTE: The air filter has a built-in handle.
4. Slide the air filter out of the chassis as shown in Figure 178 on page 409.
g007045
409 Figure 178: Removing the Air Filter from the Chassis
D
To remove the PSM air filter: 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Loosen the two captive screws located on either side of the air filter and pull slightly out of the chassis.
CAUTION: Do not run the router for more than 2 minutes without the air filter in place. 3. Grasp the PSM air filter, and pull the air filter straight out from the chassis. 4. Slide the air filter out of the chassis as shown in Figure 179 on page 410. NOTE: The ACpowered MX2008 router has the same air filter.
g007455
410 Figure 179: Removing the PSM Air Filter from the Chassis
D
To remove the PSM air filter--MX2000-FLTR-PWR for a chassis with the DC PDM (240 V China) or universal HVAC/HVDC PDM installed: a. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap
to one of the ESD points on the chassis. b. Remove the screws from the mechanical interlock bracket to remove it. See Figure 180 on page 410
and Figure 181 on page 411 . Figure 180: Removing the bracket from the PDM
CAUTION: REINSTALL INTERLOCK BRACKET AFTER PSM AIR FILTER SERVICE
g100411
Figure 181: Removing the Bracket from the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM
CAUTION: REINSTALL INTERLOCK BRACKET AFTER PSM AIR FILTER SERVICE
411
g008179
c. Loosen the two captive screws located on either side of the air filter and pull slightly out of the chassis. CAUTION: Do not run the router for more than 2 minutes without the air filter in place.
d. Grasp the PSM air filter, and pull the air filter straight out from the chassis. e. Slide the air filter out of the chassis as shown in Figure 182 on page 412 and Figure 183 on page 412.
g100412
412 Figure 182: Removing the PSM Air Filter from the Chassis
Figure 183: Removing the PSM (for the Universal HVAC/HVDC) Air Filter from the Chassis
f. Make sure to re-install the mechanical interlock bracket after you remove the filter. Secure the screws on the mechanical interlock bracket.
g008182
Figure 184: Installing the Mechanical Interlock Bracket
CAUTION: REINSTALL INTERLOCK BRACKET AFTER PSM AIR FILTER SERVICE
413
g100413
Figure 185: Installing the Mechanical Interlock Bracket (with Universal HVAC/HVDC PSM Installed)
CAUTION: REINSTALL INTERLOCK BRACKET AFTER PSM AIR FILTER SERVICE
g100859
Installing the MX2008 Air Filter
To install the air filter: 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Ensure that the air filter is right side up.
414 3. Open the fan tray and air filter access door, located at the bottom of the chassis. 4. Grasp the handle on the air filter and insert into the chassis until it stops (see Figure 186 on page 414). 5. Close the access door and tighten the two captive screws to secure. 6. Lower the cable manager back into position, and rearrange the cables in the cable manager. Figure 186: Installing the Air Filter
D
To install the PSM air filter: 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Ensure that the air filter is right side up. 3. Grasp the PSM air filter and insert into the chassis until it stops, (see Figure 187 on page 415). 4. Tighten the two captive screws to secure.
NOTE: The ACpowered MX2008 router has the same air filter.
g007046
g007456
415 Figure 187: Installing the PSM Air Filter
D
To install the PSM air filter--MX2000-FLTR-PWR for chassis with 240 V China power supplies and universal (HVAC/HVDC) power supplies: 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Unscrew the mechanical interlock bracket from the PDM (see Figure 188 on page 415 and
Figure 189 on page 416). Figure 188: Removing the Bracket from the 240 V China PDM
CAUTION: REINSTALL INTERLOCK BRACKET AFTER PSM AIR FILTER SERVICE
g100411
Figure 189: Removing the Bracket from the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM
CAUTION: REINSTALL INTERLOCK BRACKET AFTER PSM AIR FILTER SERVICE
416
g008179
3. Ensure that the air filter is right side up. 4. Grasp the PSM air filter and insert into the chassis until it stops, (see Figure 190 on page 416). 5. Tighten the two captive screws to secure. Figure 190: Installing the PSM Filter
g008181
6. Install the mechanical interlock bracket and tighten the screws. See Figure 191 on page 417 and Figure 192 on page 417.
Figure 191: Installing the Bracket (with 240 V China PSM Installed)
CAUTION: REINSTALL INTERLOCK BRACKET AFTER PSM AIR FILTER SERVICE
417
g100413
Figure 192: Installing the Mechanical Interlock Bracket (with Universal HVAC/HVDC PSM Installed)
CAUTION: REINSTALL INTERLOCK BRACKET AFTER PSM AIR FILTER SERVICE
g008180
SEE ALSO
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 MX2008 Cooling System Description | 57
418
Replacing an MX2008 Fan Tray
IN THIS SECTION Removing an MX2008 Fan Tray | 418 Installing an MX2008 Fan Tray | 419
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same fan modules.
Removing an MX2008 Fan Tray
CAUTION: To prevent overheating, install the replacement fan tray immediately after removing the existing fan tray.
To remove the lower fan trays (see Figure 193 on page 419): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Reposition the DC cable manager, if necessary, before removing the lower fan tray:
· Unwrap any cables on the DC cable manager, and remove the cables from the tray. Arrange the cables so that they do not block the front of the cable manager and tray, and secure them with temporary fasteners so that they are not supporting their own weight as they hang from the connector.
3. Loosen the two captive screws on each side of the fan tray access panel and open. 4. Loosen the two captive screws on the fan tray faceplate. 5. While grasping the handle, press and hold the latch until the status LED turns off. Pull the fan tray out
approximately 1 to 3 inches until it stops. NOTE: The fan trays are interchangeable and are hot-insertable and hot-removable.
419 6. Press and hold the latch a second time to disengage fan operation. Place one hand under the fan tray
for support while pulling the fan tray completely out of the router. WARNING: The fan trays use a double latch safety mechanism. You must continually press and hold the latch while removing the fan trays.
7. Place the fan tray on an antistatic mat or in an approved ESD bag. WARNING: Before removing a fan tray, make sure the fan blades have stopped completely.
Figure 193: Removing Fan Trays
Installing an MX2008 Fan Tray This topic describes how to install the lower fan trays in a MX2008. This procedure applies to both the standard fan tray and the optimized power fan tray. To install the lower fan tray (see Figure 194 on page 421): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Reposition the DC cable manager, if necessary, before installing the lower fan tray:
g007039
420
· Unwrap any cables on the DC cable manager and remove the cables from the tray. Arrange the cables so that they do not block the front of the cable manager, and tray and secure them with temporary fasteners so that they are not supporting their own weight as they hang from the connector.
3. Loosen the two captive screws on the access panel and open. 4. Remove the fan tray from the antistatic mat or ESD bag. 5. Grasp the fan tray by the handle, and place one hand under the fan tray for support. Insert the fan tray
partially into the chassis while pressing the latch.
NOTE: When inserting the fan tray, observe the correct orientation by the "this side up" label on the fan tray.
6. Press and hold the latch again while carefully pushing the fan tray into the chassis.
NOTE: The fan tray has a double-locking safety mechanism that allows you to safely install the fan tray in a two-stage process.
7. Tighten the two captive screws on the fan tray faceplate. 8. Close the access panel and secure the two captive screws on either side of the access panel. 9. Reinstall the DC cable manager back into position, if necessary.
g007040
421 Figure 194: Installing Fan Trays
SEE ALSO Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 MX2008 Cooling System Description | 57
Maintaining MX2008 Interface Modules
IN THIS SECTION Replacing an MX2008 MIC | 422 Replacing an MX2008 MPC | 432 Replacing a Cable on an MX2008 MPC or MIC | 444
422
Replacing an MX2008 MIC
IN THIS SECTION Removing an MX2008 MIC | 422 Installing an MX2008 MIC | 424 Installing an MX2008 Dual-Wide MIC | 427 Replacing a MIC Installed on an MPC6E | 430
Removing an MX2008 MIC MICs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. When you remove a MIC, the router continues to function, although the MIC interfaces being removed no longer function. The MICs are located in the MPCs installed in the front of the router. A MIC weighs less than 2 lb (0.9 kg).
NOTE: Steps involved to remove or install a MIC are the same for MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers.
To remove a MIC (see Figure 195 on page 424): 1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the MIC. If the MIC
connects to fiber-optic cable, have ready a rubber safety cap for each transceiver and cable.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Use one of the following methods to take the MIC offline: · Press its online/offline button. Use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button. Press and hold the button until the MIC OK/FAIL LED goes off (about 5 seconds). · Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot fpc-slot mic-slot mic-slot offline For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command Reference.
423
4. Label the cables connected to the MIC so that you can later reconnect each cable to the correct MIC.
5. Disconnect the cables from the MIC. If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
6. Arrange the cable to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
7. On the MPC, pull the ejector lever that is adjacent to the MIC you are removing away from the MPC faceplate. This disconnects the MIC from the MPC.
NOTE: To remove a dual-wide MIC that takes up both MIC slots, you must pull both ejector levers away from the MPC faceplate.
8. Grasp the handles on the MIC faceplate, and slide the MIC out of the MPC card carrier. Place it in the electrostatic bag or on the antistatic mat.
9. If you are not reinstalling a MIC into the emptied MIC slot within a short time, install a blank MIC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the MPC card cage.
424 Figure 195: Removing a Single-Wide MIC
Installing an MX2008 MIC To install a MIC (see Figure 197 on page 427):
NOTE: Steps involved to remove or install a MIC are the same for MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers. 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. If you have used a dual-wide MIC and are now replacing it with two single-wide MICs, install the septum (see Figure 196 on page 425 ): a. Place the MPC on a flat surface (if necessary, remove the MPC from the adapter card as described in "Replacing an MX2008 MPC" on page 432. b. Position the septum in the center of the MPC so that it lines up with holes labeled S on the top of the MPC. c. Insert a screw into each of the two holes labeled S, and then tighten them completely.
425
d. On the bottom of the MPC, insert a screw into each of the four holes labeled S, and then tighten them completely.
e. Install the MPC as described in "Replacing an MX2008 MPC" on page 432.
Figure 196: Installing the Septum
Slide septum into MPC. Install two screws.
Install four screws on bottom.
g005041
3. If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, verify that a rubber safety cap is over each transceiver on the faceplate. Install a cap if necessary.
4. On the MPC, pull the ejector lever that is adjacent to the MIC you are installing away from the MPC faceplate.
5. Align the rear of the MIC with the guides located at the corners of the MIC slot.
6. Slide the MIC into the MPC until it is firmly seated in the MPC.
CAUTION: Slide the MIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the MIC.
7. Verify that the ejector lever is engaged by pushing it toward the MPC faceplate.
8. If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and the end of each cable.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
426
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
9. Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connectors on the MIC.
10. Arrange each cable to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
11. Use one of the following methods to bring the MIC online: · Press the MIC offline/online button until the MIC OK/FAIL LED lights green. · Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot fpc-slot mic-slot mic-slot online For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command Reference. The normal functioning status LED confirms that the MIC is online. You can also verify correct MIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.
g009459
427 Figure 197: Installing a MIC
4
Installing an MX2008 Dual-Wide MIC To install a dual-wide MIC:
NOTE: Steps involved to remove or install a MIC are the same for MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers. 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Remove the septum, if necessary (see Figure 198 on page 428): a. Place the MPC on a flat surface. If necessary, remove the MPC from the adapter card as described in "Replacing an MX2008 MPC" on page 432. b. Remove the four screws labeled S on the bottom of the MPC. c. Remove the two screws labeled S on the top of the MPC. d. Slide the septum toward you and out of the MPC.
428
e. Store the septum and screws for later use. f. Install the MPC as described in "Replacing an MX2008 MPC" on page 432.
Figure 198: Removing the Septum
Remove four screws on bottom.
Remove two screws on top. Slide septum forward.
g005040
MPC
3. If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, verify that a rubber safety cap is over each transceiver on the faceplate. Install a cap if necessary.
4. Pull the ejector lever above both MIC slots outward away from the router. 5. Align the rear of the MIC with the guides located at the corners of the MIC slot. 6. Slide the MIC into the MIC slot until it is firmly seated in the chassis.
CAUTION: Slide the MIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the MIC.
7. Verify that the ejector levers are engaged by pushing them inward toward the router. 8. If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and the end of
each cable. WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
429
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
9. Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connectors on the MIC. 10. Arrange each cable to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable
so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
11. Use one of the following methods to bring the MIC online: · Press the MIC offline/online button until the MIC OK/FAIL LED lights green. · Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot fpc-slot mic-slot mic-slot online The normal functioning status LED confirms that the MIC is online. You can also verify correct MIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.
SEE ALSO Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 MX2008 Modular Interface Card Description | 197
430
Replacing a MIC Installed on an MPC6E
IN THIS SECTION Removing a MIC from an MPC6E | 430 Installing a MIC on an MPC6E | 431
The MPC6E line cards are supported on the MX2008, MX2010 and MX2020 routers. You can install the MPC6E directly into the MX2008, MX2010 and MX2020 line-card slots without using adapter cards. The MPC6E has two slots for installing MICs. For information about which MICs are supported on this MPC, see "MICs Supported by MX Series Routers" on page 197. You use the two ejector levers on an MPC6E to insert the MPC into the line-card slot and to remove it from the slot. Similarly, the two ejector levers on a MIC enable you to insert the MIC into the MPC and to remove the MIC from the MPC. The ejector levers on the MICs are very close to an ejector lever of the MPC6E that houses the MICs. This proximity makes the MIC ejector levers difficult to access. The MPC6E has a unique mechanism by which you can shift the MPC6E ejector levers temporarily, enabling easy access to the MIC.
Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uo5kISOIdS8 Removing a MIC from an MPC6E To remove a MIC installed on an MPC6E: 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Identify the MIC that you want to remove from the MPC6E.
3. On the MPC6E that houses the MIC, hold the ejector lever at the base and move it gently toward the direction indicated by the arrow. You might need to apply firm pressure to move the ejector lever. The MPC6E lever moves about an inch from its original position, leaving enough space for you to easily access the MIC ejector levers.
431
NOTE: · The arrow on top and bottom of the MPC6E indicates that the ejector lever of the MPC6E
can be moved perpendicular to its actuation direction. · Moving the ejector lever of the MPC6E blocks access to the adjacent MPC. Remember to
move the lever back to its original position after removing the MIC.
4. Pull the MIC ejector levers to slide the MIC out of the MIC slot on the MPC6E.
5. Push the MPC6E ejector lever in the direction opposite to the arrow, to return the ejector lever to its original position. The ejector lever no longer blocks access to the adjacent MPC.
Installing a MIC on an MPC6E To install a MIC on an MPC6E: 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Identify the slot in the MPC6E where you want to install the MIC.
3. On the MPC6E, hold the ejector lever at the base and move it gently toward the direction indicated by the arrow. You might need to apply firm pressure to move the ejector lever. The MPC6E ejector lever moves about an inch from its original position, leaving enough space for you to easily access the MIC slot.
NOTE: · The arrow present on top and bottom of the MPC6E indicates that the ejector lever of the
MPC6E can be moved perpendicular to its actuation direction. · Moving the ejector lever of the MPC6E blocks access to the adjacent MPC. Remember to
move the lever back to its original position after inserting the MIC.
4. Slide the MIC into the MIC slot until it is firmly seated in the MPC.
432
CAUTION: Slide the MIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the MIC.
5. Push the MPC6E ejector lever in the direction opposite to the arrow, to return the ejector lever to its original position. The ejector lever no longer blocks access to the adjacent MPC.
SEE ALSO MPC6E Replacing an MX2008 MIC | 422 Replacing an MX2010 MIC Replacing an MX2020 MIC MIC/MPC Compatibility
SEE ALSO Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 MX2008 Modular Interface Card Description | 197 Troubleshooting the MX2008 MICs | 563
Replacing an MX2008 MPC
IN THIS SECTION Removing an MX2008 MPC with Adapter Card | 433 Removing an MX2008 MPC from the Adapter Card | 435 Removing an MX2008 Adapter Card | 438 Installing an MX2008 Adapter Card | 439 Installing an MX2008 MPC into an Adapter Card | 441
433
NOTE: Steps involved to remove or install an MPC are the same for MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers.
Removing an MX2008 MPC with Adapter Card An MPC with an adapter card weighs up to 25 lb (11.34 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight. To remove an MPC with an adapter card: 1. Have ready a replacement MPC or blank panel and an antistatic mat. Also have ready rubber safety
caps for each MPC you are removing that uses an optical interface.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Label the cables connected to each port on the MPC so that you can later reconnect the cables to the correct ports.
4. Use one of the following methods to take the MPC offline: · Press and hold the corresponding LC online button on the craft interface. The green OK LED next to the button begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED goes off. · Issue the following CLI command: user@host>request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command Reference.
NOTE: When you issue the request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline command, the FRU loses power, and the system's total power increases.
5. Disconnect the cables from the MPC.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
434
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
6. Immediately cover each optical transceiver and the end of each fiber-optic cable with a rubber safety cap.
7. Arrange the disconnected cables in the standard upper and lower cable managers to prevent the cables from developing stress points.
8. Simultaneously turn both of the ejector handles outward to unseat the MPC along with the adapter card.
9. Grasp the handles, and slide the combined cards straight out of the card cage halfway.
10. Place one hand around the front of the combined cards and the other hand under it to support it. Slide the combined cards completely out of the chassis.
CAUTION: The weight of the MPC with the adapter card is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight--up to 25 lb (11.34 kg)--as you slide the cards out of the chassis. When the combined cards are out of the chassis, do not hold the cards by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support the card's weight. Do not stack the combined cards on top of one another after removal.
435
11. Place each card (MCP and adapter card) individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
12. If you are not reinstalling both MPC and adapter card into the emptied slot within a short time, install a blank adapter card panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the card cage.
CAUTION: After removing both cards from the chassis, wait at least 30 seconds before reinserting it, removing an MPC and adapter card from a different slot, or inserting an MPC and adapter card into a different slot.
Removing an MX2008 MPC from the Adapter Card An MPC without the adapter card weighs up to 18.35 lb (8.32 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.
NOTE: Steps involved to remove or install an MPC are the same for MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers.
To remove an MPC from the adapter card (see Figure 199 on page 438): 1. Have ready a replacement MPC and an antistatic mat for the MPC. Also have ready rubber safety caps
for each MPC you are removing that uses an optical interface.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Label the cables connected to each port on the MPC so that you can later reconnect the cables to the correct ports.
4. Use one of the following methods to take the MPC offline: · Press and hold the corresponding MPC LC online button on the craft interface. The green OK LED next to the button begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED goes off. · Issue the following CLI command: user@host>request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command Reference.
436
NOTE: When you issue the request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline command, the FRU loses power, and the system's total power increases.
5. Disconnect the cables from the MPC. WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
6. Immediately cover each optical transceiver and the end of each fiber-optic cable with a rubber safety cap.
7. Arrange the disconnected cables in the upper and lower cable managers to prevent the cables from developing stress points.
8. Simultaneously turn both of the knobs counterclockwise to unseat the MPC from the adapter card. 9. Grasp both the knobs, and slide the MPC straight out of the adapter card. 10. Place one hand around the front of the MPC and the other hand under it to support it. Slide the MPC
completely out of the adapter card.
437
CAUTION: The weight of the MPC without the adapter card is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight--up to 18.35 lb (8.32 kg)--as you slide the MPC out of the adapter card. When the MPC is out of the adapter card, do not hold it by the knobs, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight. Do not stack MPCs on top of one another after removal.
11. Place each adapter card individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
12. If you are not reinstalling an MPC into the emptied MPC slot within a short time, install a blank MPC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the MPC card cage.
CAUTION: After removing an MPC from the adapter card, wait at least 30 seconds before reinserting it, removing an MPC from a different slot, or inserting an MPC into a different slot.
438 Figure 199: Removing an MPC from the Adapter Card
4
Removing an MX2008 Adapter Card An adapter card weighs up to 15 lb (6.80 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.
NOTE: Steps involved to remove or install an MPC are the same for MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers. To remove an adapter card: 1. Have ready a replacement adapter card and an antistatic mat for the adapter card. 2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. · To take the MPC offline, see "Removing an MX2008 MPC from the Adapter Card" on page 435. 3. Issue the following CLI command to take the adapter card offline: user@host>request chassis adc slot slot-number offline
439 For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command Reference.
NOTE: When you issue the request chassis adc slot slot-number offline command, the FRU loses power, and the system's total power increases. 4. Open the ejector handles outward simultaneously to unseat the adapter card. 5. Grasp the ejector handles, and slide the adapter card about halfway out of the chassis. 6. Place one hand underneath the adapter card to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis. 7. Place the adapter card on the antistatic mat or into an antistatic bag. 8. If you are not replacing the adapter card immediately, install a blank panel over the empty slot. Figure 200: Removing an Adapter Card
Installing an MX2008 Adapter Card An adapter card weighs up to 15 lb (6.80 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight.
g007409
440
To install an adapter card (see Figure 201 on page 441): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Remove the adapter card from its electrostatic bag.
3. Identify the slot on the router where it will be installed.
4. Orient the adapter card so that the faceplate faces you vertically.
5. Lift the adapter card into place, and carefully align the sides of the adapter card with the guides inside the card cage.
6. Slide the adapter card all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.
7. Grasp both ejector handles, and gently close them inward simultaneously until the adapter card is fully seated.
8. Issue the following CLI command to bring the adapter card online: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number online For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command Reference.
NOTE: When you issue the request chassis fpc slot slot-number online command, the FRU gains power, and the system's total power decreases.
g007410
441 Figure 201: Installing an Adapter Card
Installing an MX2008 MPC into an Adapter Card An MPC weighs up to 25 lb (11.34 kg). Be prepared to accept its full weight. To install an MPC (see Figure 202 on page 443): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Remove the MPC from its electrostatic bag. 3. Identify the slot on the router where it will be installed. 4. Verify that each fiber-optic transceiver is covered with a rubber safety cap. 5. Orient the MPC so that the faceplate faces you vertically. 6. Lift the MPC into place, and carefully align the sides of the MPC with the guides inside the adapter
card. 7. Slide the MPC all the way into the adapter card until you feel resistance. 8. Grasp both knobs, and rotate them clockwise simultaneously until the MPC is fully seated into the
adapter card.
442
9. Remove the rubber safety cap from each fiber-optic transceiver and cable.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
10. Insert the cables into the cable connector ports on each MPC (see Figure 203 on page 444).
11. Arrange the cable in the cable manager to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
12. Use one of the following methods to bring the MPC online: · Press and hold the corresponding MPC LC online button on the craft interface until the green OK LED next to the button lights steadily, in about 5 seconds. · Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number online For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command Reference.
NOTE: When you issue the request chassis fpc slot slot-number online command, the FRU gets power, and the system's total power decreases.
443 CAUTION: After the OK LED turns green, wait at least 30 seconds before removing the MPC again, removing an MPC from a different slot, or inserting a MPC in a different slot.
You can also verify that the MPC is functioning correctly by issuing the show chassis fpc and show chassis fpc pic-status commands. Figure 202: Installing an MPC into an Adapter Card
4
g009412
444 Figure 203: Attaching a Cable to an MPC or MIC
SEE ALSO Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 MX2008 Modular Port Concentrator LEDs | 190 MX2008 Modular Port Concentrator Description | 187 Troubleshooting the MX2008 MPCs | 564
Replacing a Cable on an MX2008 MPC or MIC
IN THIS SECTION Removing a Cable on an MX2008 MPC or MIC | 445 Installing a Cable on an MX2008 MPC or MIC | 446
445
Removing a Cable on an MX2008 MPC or MIC
Removing and installing cables on an MPC or a MIC does not affect router function, except that the component does not receive or transmit data while its cable is disconnected. To remove a fiber-optic cable: 1. If the component connects to fiber-optic cable, have ready a rubber safety cap for each cable and
transceiver.
2. If you are removing all cables connected to the component, use one of the following methods to take the component offline: · To take an MPC offline: · Press and hold the corresponding online button on the craft interface. The green OK LED next to the button begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED goes off. · Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline
For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command Reference.
NOTE: When you issue the request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline command, the FRU loses power, and the system's total power increases.
· To take a MIC offline: · Press the online/offline button on the MIC. Use a narrow-ended tool that fits inside the opening that leads to the button. Press and hold the button until the MIC LED goes off (about 5 seconds). · Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot fpc-slot mic-slot mic-slot offline
For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command Reference. 3. Unplug the cable from the cable connector port. If the MIC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap.
446
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
4. Remove the cable from the cable manager, and detach it from the destination port.
Installing a Cable on an MX2008 MPC or MIC To install a MIC cable or an MPC cable (see Figure 204 on page 447): 1. Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the component. For cable specifications, see the MX
Series Interface Module Reference. 2. If the cable connector port is covered by a rubber safety cap, remove the cap.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
3. Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the component faceplate.
447 Figure 204: Installing a MIC or an MPC Cable
4. Arrange the cable in the cable manager to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape. CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose. CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
5. Insert the other end of the cable into the destination port.
448
6. Repeat the previous steps for any additional cables.
7. If the component is offline (its failure indicator LED is lit), use one of the following methods to bring it online. · To bring an MPC online: · Press and hold the corresponding online button on the craft interface until the green OK LED next to the button lights steadily, in about 5 seconds. · Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis fpc slot slot-number online For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command Reference.
NOTE: When you issue the request chassis fpc slot slot-number online command, the FRU gets power, and the system's total power decreases.
· To bring a MIC online: · Press the MIC offline/online button until the MIC LED lights green. · Issue the following CLI command: user@host> request chassis mic fpc-slot fpc-slot mic-slot mic-slot online For more information about the command, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command Reference.
The normal functioning indicator LED confirms that the component is online. You can also verify correct MPC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc command or the correct MIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.
SEE ALSO Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 Replacing an SFP or XFP Transceiver on an MX2008 MPC or MIC Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2008 MPCs or MICs | 545
449
Maintaining Switch Fabric Board
IN THIS SECTION Replacing an MX2008 SFB | 449
Replacing an MX2008 SFB
IN THIS SECTION Removing an MX2008 SFB | 449 Installing an MX2008 SFB | 450
Removing an MX2008 SFB To remove an MX2008 Switch Fabric Board (SFB) (see Figure 205 on page 450):
NOTE: You can remove the SFB as a unit.
CAUTION: Before removing an SFB, ensure that you know how to operate the ejector handles properly to avoid damage to the equipment.
1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface. 2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 3. Open the ejector handle outward to unseat the SFB.
450 4. Grasp the ejector handle, and slide the SFB about halfway out of the chassis. 5. Place one hand underneath the SFB to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis. 6. Place the SFB on the antistatic mat or into an antistatic bag. 7. If you are not replacing the SFB immediately, install a blank panel over the empty slot. Figure 205: Removing an SFB
Installing an MX2008 SFB To install an SFB (see Figure 206 on page 451): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Remove the SFB from the electrostatic bag. 3. Carefully align the sides of the SFB with the guides inside the chassis. 4. Slide the SFB into the chassis until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned. 5. Grasp the ejector handle, and gently close it inward until the SFB is fully seated. 6. Check the LEDs on the SFB faceplate to verify that it is functioning normally.
· The green OK/FAIL LED should light steadily a few minutes after the SFB is installed.
451
· If the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and install the SFB again. If the OK/FAIL LED still lights steadily, the SFB is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative. See Contact Customer Support.
7. Check the status of the SFB by using the show chassis sfb command:
user@host> show chassis sfb
Slot 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
State Online Offline Online Online Offline Online Offline Online
Uptime 2 hours, 22 minutes, 15 seconds --- Offlined by cli command --2 hours, 22 minutes, 6 seconds 2 hours, 21 minutes, 59 seconds --- Offlined by cli command --2 hours, 21 minutes, 49 seconds --- Offlined by cli command --2 hours, 21 minutes, 35 seconds
Figure 206: Installing an SFB
SEE ALSO
MX2008 Enhanced Switch Fabric Board (MX2008 SFB2) Description | 183 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597
452
Maintaining Host Subsystem components
IN THIS SECTION Replacing an MX2008 RCB | 452 Upgrading the MX2008 Routing and Control Board (RCBs) in a Redundant Host Subsystem | 457 Upgrading the MX2008 Routing and Control Board (RCBs) in a Nonredundant Host Subsystem | 461
Replacing an MX2008 RCB
IN THIS SECTION Removing an MX2008 RCB | 453 Installing an MX2008 RCB | 454
453
Removing an MX2008 RCB The MX2008 host subsystem consists of two Routing and Control Boards (RCBs). The RCB is an integrated board and a single FRU that provides Routing Engine and Control Board functionality and supports virtualization. To remove an RCB (see Figure 207 on page 454):
NOTE: You can remove the RCB as a unit.
CAUTION: Before removing an RCB, ensure that you know how to operate the ejector handles properly to avoid damage to the equipment.
CAUTION: Before you replace an RCB, you must take the host subsystem offline. If there is only one host subsystem, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the router.
1. Take the host subsystem offline. 2. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface. 3. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 4. Open the ejector handle outward to unseat the RCB. 5. Grasp the ejector handle, and slide the RCB about halfway out of the chassis. 6. Place one hand underneath the RCB to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis. 7. Place the RCB on the antistatic mat or into an antistatic bag. 8. If you are not replacing the RCB immediately, install a blank panel over the empty slot.
454 Figure 207: Removing a RCB
4
Installing an MX2008 RCB To install an MX2008 RCB (see Figure 208 on page 456): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Remove the RCB from the electrostatic bag. 3. Carefully align the sides of the RCB with the guides inside the chassis. 4. Slide the RCB into the chassis until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned. 5. Grasp the ejector handle, and gently close it inward simultaneously until the RCB is fully seated. 6. Check the LEDs on the RCB faceplate to verify that it is functioning normally.
· The green OK/FAIL LED should light steadily a few minutes after the RCB is installed. · If the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and install the RCB again. If the OK/FAIL LED still lights steadily,
the RCB is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative. See Contact Customer Support. 7. Check the status of the RCB by using the show chassis routing-engine command: user@host> show chassis routing-engine
455
Routing Engine status: Slot 0: Current state Election priority CPU temperature DRAM Memory utilization 5 sec CPU utilization: User Background Kernel Interrupt Idle 1 min CPU utilization: User Background Kernel Interrupt Idle 5 min CPU utilization: User Background Kernel Interrupt Idle 15 min CPU utilization: User Background Kernel Interrupt Idle Model Serial ID Start time Uptime Last reboot reason Load averages:
Routing Engine status: Slot 1: Current state Election priority CPU temperature DRAM
Master Master (default) 61 degrees C / 141 degrees F 49117 MB (49152 MB installed) 5 percent
0 percent 0 percent 4 percent 0 percent 95 percent
0 percent 0 percent 4 percent 0 percent 96 percent
0 percent 0 percent 4 percent 0 percent 96 percent
0 percent
0 percent
4 percent
0 percent
96 percent
RE-MX2008-X8-64G
BUILTIN
2017-03-06 02:31:29 UTC
2 hours, 17 minutes, 31 seconds
0x2000:hypervisor reboot
1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.18
0.27
0.25
Backup Backup (default) 62 degrees C / 143 degrees F 49117 MB (49152 MB installed)
456
Memory utilization 5 sec CPU utilization:
User Background Kernel Interrupt Idle Model Serial ID Start time Uptime Last reboot reason Load averages:
11 percent
0 percent
0 percent
0 percent
0 percent
100 percent
RE-MX2008-X8-64G
BUILTIN
2017-03-01 11:16:41 UTC
4 days, 17 hours, 32 minutes, 4 seconds
0x1:power cycle/failure
1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.14
0.13
0.12
Figure 208: Installing an MX2008 RCB
SEE ALSO
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 Troubleshooting the MX2008 Host Subsystems | 563 MX2008 Host Subsystem Description | 148
457
Upgrading the MX2008 Routing and Control Board (RCBs) in a Redundant Host Subsystem
IN THIS SECTION Taking the Host Subsystem Offline | 457 Removing the Backup RCB | 458 Installing the REMX2008-X8-64G RCB | 459 Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded RCB as the Primary | 460 Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded RCB as the Backup | 460
A redundant host subsystem consists of a primary RCB (RE0) and a backup RCB (RE1). To upgrade the host subsystem to use the REMX2008-X8-64G, you must first uninstall the backup RCB and install the REMX2008-X8-64G RCB, which then becomes the backup RCB. Configure this backup RCB as the primary RCB. Then replace the other RCB and configure it as the backup RCB.
NOTE: Save the router configuration before upgrading the RCB.
Taking the Host Subsystem Offline To take the host subsystem offline perform the following steps: 1. On the external management device connected to the RCB, issue the request vmhost power-off
other-routing-engine operational mode command to offline the backup RCB. The command shuts down the RCB cleanly by preserving the state information. user@host> request vmhost power-off other-routing-engine Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted. 2. Take the Control board offline by using the request chassis cb slot 0/1 offline operational mode command. The command shuts down the RCB completely. user@host> request chassis cb slot 1 offline
458
Removing the Backup RCB To remove an RCB (see Figure 209 on page 459):
NOTE: Remove the RCB as a unit.
CAUTION: Before removing an RCB, ensure that you know how to operate the ejector handles properly to avoid damage to the equipment.
CAUTION: Before you replace an RCB, you must take the host subsystem offline. If there is only one host subsystem, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the router.
1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface. 2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 3. Open the ejector handle outward to unseat the RCB. 4. Grasp the ejector handle, and slide the RCB about halfway out of the chassis. 5. Place one hand underneath the RCB to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis. 6. Place the RCB on the antistatic mat or inside an antistatic bag. 7. If you are not replacing the RCB immediately, install a blank panel over the empty slot.
459 Figure 209: Removing a RCB
4
Installing the REMX2008-X8-64G RCB To install an RCB: 1. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on
the chassis. 2. Remove the RCB from the electrostatic bag. 3. Carefully align the sides of the RCB with the guides inside the chassis. 4. Slide the RCB into the chassis until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned. 5. Grasp the ejector handle, and gently close it inward until the RCB is fully seated. 6. Check the LEDs on the RCB faceplate to verify that it is functioning normally.
· The green ONLINE LED should blink green initially and light steadily a few minutes after the RCB is installed.
· If the OK/FAIL LED is yellow, remove and install the RCB again. If the OK/FAIL LED still lights steadily, the RCB is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative. See Contact Customer Support.
7. Check the status of the RCB by using the show chassis environment cb command. The RCB might require several minutes to boot. After the RCB boots, verify that it is installed correctly by checking the FAIL, RE0, and RE1 LEDs on the craft interface. If the router is operational and the RCB is
460
functioning properly, the green ONLINE LED on the RCB lights steadily. If the red FAIL LED on the RCB lights steadily instead, remove and install the RCB again. If the red FAIL LED still lights steadily, the RCB is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded RCB as the Primary After replacing the backup RCB with the REMX2008-X8-64G RCB, perform the following steps: 1. Verify that the REMX2008-X8-64G RCB is online by issuing the show chassis hardware and show
chassis routing-engine |no-more commands. Verify the software by using the show vmhost status and show vmhost version commands.
2. After you install the REMX2K-X8-64G RCB, the RCB is automatically powered on and comes up in amnesiac mode as it is loaded with factory defaults. After the RCB comes up in amnesiac mode, load the base configuration and commit.
3. Configure the backup RCB by using the commit synchronize command to copy the configuration to the backup RCB.
4. Use the request chassis routing-engine master switch command to make the REMX2008-X8-64G RCB (RE1) the primary RCB. All FPCs reboot after this step.
Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded RCB as the Backup After replacing the primary RCB with the REMX2008-X8-64G RCB, perform the following steps: 1. Use the request chassis routing-engine master switch command to make the newly installed
REMX2008-X8-64G RCB (RE0) the backup RCB.
2. Use the commit synchronize command to copy the active configuration from the primary RCB to the backup RCB.
SEE ALSO MX2008 Routing and Control Board (MX2008 RCB) Description | 149 MX2008 RCB LEDs | 153
461
Upgrading the MX2008 Routing and Control Board (RCBs) in a Nonredundant Host Subsystem
IN THIS SECTION Taking the Host Subsystem Offline | 461 Removing the MX2008 RCB | 462 Installing the MX2008 RCB | 463 Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded MX2008 RCB | 464
In a nonredundant host subsystem, only one RCB is present in the chassis. When you upgrade the RCB, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the router. To upgrade the host subsystem with the MX2008 RCB (model number: REMX2008-X8-64G), you must uninstall the existing RCB and install the MX2008 RCB.
NOTE: Save the router configuration before proceeding with the MX2008 RCB upgrade.
Taking the Host Subsystem Offline To take the host subsystem offline perform the following steps: 1. On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, issue the request vmhost halt
operational mode command. The command shuts down the Routing Engines cleanly by preserving their state information. user@host> request vmhost halt Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted. 2. Take the Control board offline by using the request chassis cb slot 0/1 offline operational mode command. The command shuts down the RCB completely. user@host> request chassis cb slot 1 offline
462
Removing the MX2008 RCB To remove an RCB (see Figure 210 on page 463):
NOTE: Remove the RCB as a unit.
CAUTION: Before removing a RCB, ensure that you know how to operate the ejector handles properly to avoid damage to the equipment.
CAUTION: Before you replace a RCB, you must take the host subsystem offline. If there is only one host subsystem, taking the host subsystem offline shuts down the router.
1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface. 2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 3. Open the ejector handle outward to unseat the RCB. 4. Grasp the ejector handle, and slide the RCB about halfway out of the chassis. 5. Place one hand underneath the RCB to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis. 6. Place the RCB on the antistatic mat or inside an antistatic bag. 7. If you are not replacing the RCB immediately, install a blank panel over the empty slot.
463 Figure 210: Removing an RCB
4
Installing the MX2008 RCB To install the RCB (see Figure 211 on page 464): 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 2. Remove the RCB from the electrostatic bag. 3. Carefully align the sides of the RCB with the guides inside the chassis. 4. Slide the RCB into the chassis until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned. 5. Grasp the ejector handle, and gently close it inward until the RCB is fully seated. 6. Check the LEDs on the RCB faceplate to verify that it is functioning normally.
· The green ONLINE LED should blink green initially and light steadily a few minutes after the RCB is installed.
· If the OK/FAIL LED is yellow, remove and install the RCB again. If the OK/FAIL LED still lights steadily, the RCB is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative. See Contact Customer Support.
7. Check the status of the RCB by using the show chassis environment cb command.
464 Figure 211: Installing an RCB
The RCB might require several minutes to boot. After the RCB boots, verify that it is installed correctly by checking the FAIL, RE0, and RE1 LEDs on the craft interface. If the router is operational and the RCB is functioning properly, the green ONLINE LED on the RCB lights steadily. If the red FAIL LED lights steadily instead, remove the RCB and reinstall it. If the red FAIL LED on the RCB still lights steadily, the RCB is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative. Verifying and Configuring the Upgraded MX2008 RCB After replacing the RCB, perform the following steps: 1. Verify that the \RCB is online by issuing the show chassis hardware and show chassis routing-engine
|no-more commands. Verify the software by using the show vmhost status and show vmhost version commands. 2. After you install the RCB, the RCB gets automatically powered on and comes up in amnesiac mode as it is loaded with factory defaults. After the RCB comes up in amnesiac mode, load the base configuration and commit.
SEE ALSO MX2008 Routing and Control Board (MX2008 RCB) Description | 149 MX2008 RCB LEDs | 153
465
Maintaining MX2008 Power System Components
IN THIS SECTION Replacing an MX2008 AC Power Supply Module | 465 Replacing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module | 469 Replacing an MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord | 482 Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module | 489 Replacing an MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 500 Replacing an MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 508 Replacing an MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module Cable (-48 V) | 513 Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) | 516 Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) | 521 Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module | 528 Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module | 537
Replacing an MX2008 AC Power Supply Module
IN THIS SECTION Removing an MX2008 AC Power Supply Module | 465 Installing an MX2008 AC Power Supply Module | 467
Removing an MX2008 AC Power Supply Module Before you remove a PSM, be aware of the following:
CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating PSM, each PSM slot must contain either a PSM or a blank panel. If you remove a PSM, you must install a replacement PSM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
466
NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
To remove an AC PSM (see Figure 212 on page 467): NOTE: The minimum number of AC PSMs changes based on the configuration.
1. With one PSM installed and operational, remove any additional PSM by turning the power switch to the off (O) position.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Loosen the two captive screws on the PSM faceplate. 4. While grasping the handle on the PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the PSM
away from the chassis. 5. Pull the PSM straight out of the chassis.
CAUTION: Do not touch the power connectors on back of the PSM. They can get damaged.
6. Place the PSM module into an antistatic bag. NOTE: Each PSM slot not occupied by an AC PSM must be covered by a PSM blank panel.
467 Figure 212: Removing an AC Power Supply Module from the MX2008 Router
Installing an MX2008 AC Power Supply Module Before you install a PSM, be aware of the following:
NOTE: The AC PSM is hot-swappable when a minimum number of PSMs installed and operational. WARNING: The AC PSMs have no circuit breakers that can physically disconnect AC line from the router. After AC feeds have been connected to the PDM, the AC voltage is always present on the power midplane and is distributed to the PSM connectors on the power midplane. CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating PSM, each PSM slot must contain either a PSM or a blank panel. If you remove a PSM, you must install a replacement PSM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
468
NOTE: After powering on a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back off.
To install an AC PSM (see Figure 213 on page 469): 1. With one PSM installed and operational, install an additional PSM with the power supply switch in the
off (O) or in the on (|) position. WARNING: If there is only one PSM installed and operational, the power supply switch must be placed in the off (O) position.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. While grasping the handle on the PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the power supply module into the chassis.
4. Tighten the captive screws on the PSM faceplate. 5. Turn on the power switch to the on (|) position. 6. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit steadily green.
469 Figure 213: Installing an AC Power Supply Module
SEE ALSO MX2008 AC Power Supply Module Description | 68 Replacing an MX2008 AC Power Supply Module | 465 MX2008 AC Power System Electrical Specifications | 90 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 MX2008 AC Power Requirements | 79
Replacing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module
1. Removing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module | 470 2. Installing an MX2000 Router Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module | 475
470
Removing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module
NOTE: The MX2008, MX2010, and MX2020 routers support the same power modules (AC/DC PSMs and AC/DC PDMs).
Before you remove a three-phase delta AC PDM, be aware of the following:
WARNING: Before performing AC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the AC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the PDM. They can contain dangerous voltages.
CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating power supply unit, each PDM slot must contain either a PDM or a blank panel. If you remove a PDM, you must install a replacement PDM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
NOTE: After powering off a PDM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning the circuit breaker to the ON position.
To remove a three-phase delta AC PDM: 1. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that
the cord might become active during the removal process. 2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
an approved site ESD grounding point. See instructions for your site. 3. Disconnect the AC power cord (see Figure 214 on page 471) from the power source.
g007084
471 Figure 214: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord
4. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
5. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
6. Remove the cover of the metal AC wiring compartment. 7. Disconnect the wires from the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDM (see
Figure 215 on page 472), loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, and remove each wire form the grounding point or input terminal. To remove wires from the terminal block that serves six PSMs: a. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the input terminal labeled C1. b. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the input terminal labeled B1. c. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the input terminal labeled A1. d. Remove the grounding wire from the grounding point labeled GND.
C1
C2
B1
B2
g007066
A1
A2
C1
C2
B1
B2
472 Figure 215: Disconnecting the Power Cord from a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module
To remove wires from the terminal block that serves three PSMs: a. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the input terminal labeled C2. b. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the input terminal labeled B2. c. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the input terminal labeled A2. d. Remove the grounding wire from the grounding point labeled GND.
NOTE: The three-phase delta AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on which slot the PDM gets plugged into. NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary. The MX2000 chassis is not sensitive to phase rotation sequence--either clockwise or counterclockwise will operate correctly.
A1
A2
473
NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.
8. Loosen the plastic cable tie fastening the AC power cord to the PDM. 9. Loosen and remove the retaining nut from the AC power cord. 10. Pull the AC power cord out of the metal wiring compartment. 11. Carefully move the AC power cable out of the way. 12. Disconnect both of the AC power cords from the AC PDM. 13. Loosen the two captive screws on the locking levers of the PDM faceplate completely. 14. Pull the locking levers on either side of the faceplate up to unseat the PDM. 15. Grasp the levers on the PDM faceplate and pull firmly. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see
Figure 216 on page 474, Figure 217 on page 474 (MX2010), and Figure 218 on page 475 (MX2008). CAUTION: Each three-phase delta AC PDM weighs approximately 12 lb (5.44 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the PDM as you remove it from the router.
16. Place one hand underneath the PDM to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
g007064
474 Figure 216: Removing a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module (MX2020 Router) Figure 217: Removing a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module (MX2010 Router)
D
g007439
475 Figure 218: Removing a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module (MX2008 Router)
NOTE: Each PDM slot not occupied by a AC PDM must be covered by a PDM blank panel.
SEE ALSO MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications
Installing an MX2000 Router Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Before you install a three-phase delta AC power distribution module (PDM), be aware of the following:
WARNING: Before performing AC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the AC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the off position.
476
CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating power supply unit, each PDM slot must contain either a PDM or a blank panel. If you remove a PDM, you must install a replacement PDM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
NOTE: After powering off a PDM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning the circuit breaker back on.
NOTE: The PDMs are hot swappable in a redundant configuration. However, you cannot switch from one type of PDM (AC or DC) to another while the system is on.
Each three-phase delta AC PDM weighs approximately 12 lb (5.44 kg). To install a three-phase delta AC PDM: 1. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that
the cord might become active during the installation process.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. [Optional]--If you are switching from a DC PDM to an AC PDM, see Converting an MX2000 Router Between AC and DC Power for instructions on how to change the setting on the internal bar of the power distribution unit (PDU) cage to AC.
4. Pull the locking levers on either side of the faceplate away until they stop.
5. Using both hands, slide the PDM into the chassis until you feel resistance (see Figure 219 on page 477Figure 220 on page 477, and Figure 221 on page 478).
6. Push the lock levers until they make contact with the PDM faceplate.
7. Tighten the two captive screws on the locking levers of the PDM faceplate to secure the PDM in the chassis. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
g007065
477 8. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring
compartment that protects the AC terminal block. Figure 219: Installing a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module (MX2020)
Figure 220: Installing a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module (MX2010)
D
g007440
478 Figure 221: Installing a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module (MX2008)
9. Remove the cover of the metal AC wiring compartment. 10. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord. 11. Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment. 12. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the retaining nut and rubber grommet. 13. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment. 14. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDM (see
Figure 222 on page 479). Loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, and insert the wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw (see Table 127 on page 480 for approved AC wire gauge). To insert wires into the terminal block that serves six PSMs: a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND. b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A1. c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B1. d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C1.
C1
C2
B1
B2
g007066
A1
A2
C1
C2
B1
B2
A1
A2
479 Figure 222: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module
NOTE: The three-phase delta AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on which slot the PDM gets plugged into. NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary. The MX2000 chassis is not sensitive to phase rotation sequence--either clockwise or counterclockwise will operate correctly.
CAUTION: Wire label configuration is for Juniper Networks supplied cable only. If you are using your own cable, make sure you use the proper connections. To insert wires into the terminal block that serves three PSMs: a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND. b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A2.
480
c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B2. d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C2.
NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.
WARNING: To protect power supplies from input voltage that might be caused by mis-wired PDMs, before reinstalling the metal cover to the wiring compartment, apply AC voltage to the PDM (with the PSM power switch turned off). Verify that the two LEDs on the PDM are lit green and that the AC voltage between AC terminal blocks A1-B1, B1-C1, C1-A1, A2-B2, B2-C2, and C2-A2 for three-phase delta PDM is not more than 264 VAC when measured with a digital voltage meter (DVM). Then turn off the AC breaker to remove power from the PDM and install the metal cover.
NOTE: Three-phase delta AC wire assembly kits can be purchased from Juniper Networks.
Table 127: Supported Three-Phase Delta AC Wire Gauge
Wire Gauge
Description
4 x 6-AWG or equivalent
4 conductor wires, each wire is 6-AWG
NOTE: We recommend that you use the proper gauge wire in order for the cable clamps to hold the AC cables. Using smaller gauge wiring will result in the cable clamps not tightening properly.
WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.
15. Verify that the power cord wire connections are correct. 16. Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment.
481
17. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the four captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.
18. Verify that the AC power cord does not touch or block access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
19. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
20. Connect the AC power cord plug to the power source.
21. Switch on the customer-site circuit breakers to provide voltage on the AC power cord.
22. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
23. Verify that the LED on the PDM faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the AC terminal block is receiving power.
SEE ALSO MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description MX2000 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Distribution Module LEDs Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Modules Powering On a Three-Phase AC-Powered MX2000 Router | 349 Powering Off the AC-Powered or Universal HVAC/HVDC-Powered MX2000 Router Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System | 555 MX2000 AC Power Cord Specifications MX2000 AC Power System Electrical Specifications ·MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications
482
Replacing an MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord
IN THIS SECTION Removing an MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord | 482 Installing an MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord | 485
The MX2008 router has either one redundant PDM or two redundant PDMs. An AC power cord on a redundant PDM is hot-insertable and hot-removable. When a redundant PDM is powered down, the other PDM automatically assumes the entire electrical load for the router. If you have only one PDM, you must power off the system before removing the AC power cord. Removing an MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord To remove a three-phase delta AC power cord: 1. Switch off the customer-site circuit breakers to the PDM being removed. Make sure that the voltage
across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might become active during the installation process. 2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. 3. Switch the power switch on the PSM faceplate to the off (O) position.
NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
4. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD point on the chassis, and attach it to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
5. Disconnect the AC power cord (see Figure 223 on page 483) from the power source.
g007084
483 Figure 223: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord
6. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
7. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
8. Remove the cover of the metal wiring compartment. 9. Disconnect the wires from the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDM (see
Figure 224 on page 484). Loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, and remove each wire from the grounding point or input terminal.
NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.
To remove wires from the terminal block that serves six PSMs: a. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the input terminal labeled C1. b. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the input terminal labeled B1. c. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the input terminal labeled A1. d. Remove the grounding wire from the grounding point labeled GND.
C1
C2
B1
B2
g007066
A1
A2
C1
C2
B1
B2
A1
A2
484 Figure 224: Disconnecting the Power Cord from a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module
To remove wires from the terminal block that serves three PSMs: a. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the input terminal labeled C2. b. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the input terminal labeled B2. c. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the input terminal labeled A2. d. Remove the grounding wire from the grounding point labeled GND.
NOTE: The three-phase delta AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on which slot the PDM gets plugged into. 10. Loosen the plastic cable tie fastening the AC power cord to the PDM. 11. Loosen and remove the retaining nut from the AC power cord. 12. Pull the AC power cord out of the metal wiring compartment.
485
13. Carefully move the AC power cable out of the way. 14. Disconnect the AC power cord from the AC PDM.
Installing an MX2008 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord To install a three-phase delta AC power cord: 1. Switch off the customer-site circuit breakers to the PDM being removed. Make sure that the voltage
across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might become active during the installation process. 2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. 3. Switch the power switches on all the PSM faceplates to the off (O) position for any PSMs that are powered only from this PDM.
NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
4. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
5. Remove the cover of the metal AC wiring compartment. 6. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord. 7. Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment. 8. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the retaining nut and rubber grommet. 9. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment. 10. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDM (see
Figure 225 on page 486). Loosen each of the input terminal or grounding point screws, and insert the wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw (see Table 128 on page 487 for approved AC wire gauge).
C1
C2
B1
B2
g007066
A1
A2
486 To insert wires into the terminal block that serves six PSMs: a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND. b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A1. c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B1. d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C1. Figure 225: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module
NOTE: The three-phase delta AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on which slot the PDM gets plugged into. NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary. The MX2008 chassis is not sensitive to phase rotation sequence--either CW or CCW will operate correctly.
A1 B1 C1
C2
B2
A2
487
CAUTION: Wire label configuration is for Juniper Networks supplied cable only. If you are using your own cable, make sure you use the proper connections.
To insert wires into the terminal block that serves three PSMs: a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND. b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A2. c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B2. d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C2.
NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.
WARNING: To protect power supplies from input voltage that might be caused by mis-wired PDMs, before reinstalling the metal cover to the wiring compartment, apply AC voltage to the PDM (with disengaged PSM) to make sure that two LEDs on the PDM are lit green and that the AC voltage between AC terminal blocks A1-B1, B1-C1, C1-A1, A2-B2, B2-C2, and C2-A2 for three-phase delta PDM is not more than 264 VAC when measured with a digital voltage meter (DVM). Then turn off the AC breaker, de-energizing the PDM, and install the metal cover and engage all AC PSMs.
NOTE: Three-phase delta AC wire assembly kits can be purchased from Juniper Networks.
Table 128: Supported Three-Phase Delta AC Wire Gauge
Wire Gauge
Description
4 x 6-AWG or equivalent
4 conductor wires, each wire is 6-AWG
488
NOTE: We recommend that you use the proper gauge wire in order for the cable clamps to hold the AC cables. Using smaller gauge wiring will result in the cable clamps not tightening properly.
WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.
11. Verify that the power cord wire connections are correct. 12. Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment. 13. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the four captive screws on the metal AC wiring
compartment. 14. Verify that the AC power cord does not touch or block access to router components, and that it does
not drape where people could trip on it. 15. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an approved
site ESD ground point. See the instructions for your site. 16. Connect the AC power cord plug to the power source. 17. Switch on the customer-site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the AC power cord. 18. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions
for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. 19. Verify the LED on the PDM faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the AC terminal block is receiving
power. 20. Switch the power switch on the PSM to the on (|) position to provide power to the router components.
NOTE: After a PDM is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators--such as the LEDs on the PDM, the command output displays, and messages on the LED display on the craft interface--to indicate that the PDM is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
489
SEE ALSO MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Description Replacing an MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module | 469 MX2000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Module Electrical Specifications Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597
Replacing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module
1. Removing an MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module | 489 2. Installing an MX2000 Router Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module | 494
Removing an MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Before you remove a three-phase wye AC Power Distribution Module (PDM), be aware of the following:
WARNING: Before performing AC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the AC circuit, move the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the PDM. They can contain dangerous voltages.
CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating power supply unit, each PDM slot must contain either a PDM or a blank panel. If you remove a PDM, you must install a replacement PDM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
490
NOTE: After powering off a PDM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning the circuit breaker back on.
To remove a three-phase wye AC PDM: 1. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that
the cord might become active during the removal process. 2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 3. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD point on the chassis, and attach it to an approved site
ESD grounding point. See instructions for your site. 4. Disconnect the AC power cord (see Figure 226 on page 490) from the power source. Figure 226: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord
5. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
6. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
7. Remove the cover of the metal AC wiring compartment.
g007083
491 8. Disconnect the wires from the AC terminal block on the three-phase wye AC PDM (see
Figure 227 on page 491), loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, and remove each wire from the grounding point or input terminal. To remove wires from the terminal block that serves six PSMs: a. Remove the wire labeled N from the input terminal labeled N1. b. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the input terminal labeled C1. c. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the input terminal labeled B1. d. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the input terminal labeled A1. e. Remove the grounding wire from the grounding point labeled GND. Figure 227: Disconnecting the Power Cord from a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module
To remove wires from the terminal block that serves three PSMs: a. Remove the wire labeled N from the input terminal labeled N2. b. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the input terminal labeled C2. c. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the input terminal labeled B2.
g007082
492
d. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the input terminal labeled A2. e. Remove the grounding wire from the grounding point labeled GND.
NOTE: The three-phase wye AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on which slot the PDM gets plugged in to.
NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.
9. Loosen the plastic cable tie fastening the AC power cord to the PDM. 10. Loosen and remove the retaining nut from the AC power cord. 11. Pull the AC power cord out of the metal wiring compartment. 12. Carefully move the AC power cable out of the way. 13. Disconnect the AC power cord from the AC PDM. 14. Loosen the two captive screws on the locking levers of the PDM faceplate completely. 15. Pull the locking levers on either side of the faceplate up to unseat the PDM. 16. Grasp the levers on the PDM faceplate and pull firmly. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see
Figure 228 on page 493, Figure 229 on page 493, and Figure 230 on page 494). CAUTION: Each three-phase wye AC PDM weighs approximately 12 lb (5.44 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the PDM as you remove it from the router.
17. Place one hand underneath the PDM to support it, and slide it completely out of the chassis.
g007099
493 Figure 228: Removing an MX2020 Three-Phase Wye AC PDM Figure 229: Removing an MX2010 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module
D
g007458
494 Figure 230: Removing an MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module
NOTE: Each PDM slot not occupied by a AC PDM must be covered by a PDM blank panel.
Installing an MX2000 Router Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Each three-phase wye AC PDM weighs approximately 12 lb (5.44 kg). To install a three-phase wye AC PDM:
WARNING: Before performing AC power procedures, ensure that power is removed from the AC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the AC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the off position.
CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating power supply unit, each PDM slot must contain either a PDM or a blank panel. If you remove a PDM, you must install a replacement PDM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
495
NOTE: After powering off a PDM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning the circuit breaker back on.
NOTE: The PDMs are hot swappable in a redundant configuration. However, you cannot convert to a DC configuration while the system is on.
1. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might become active during the installation process.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. [Optional]--If you are switching from a DC PDM to an AC PDM, see Converting an MX2000 Router Between AC and DC Power for instructions on how to change the setting on the internal bar of the power distribution unit (PDU) cage to AC.
4. Pull the locking levers on either side of the faceplate away until they stop. 5. Using both hands, slide the PDM into the chassis until you feel resistance (see Figure 231 on page 495,
Figure 232 on page 496, or Figure 233 on page 496. Figure 231: Installing a Three-Phase Wye AC PDM (MX2020)
g007065
496 Figure 232: Installing a Three-Phase Wye AC PDM (MX2010)
D
Figure 233: Installing an Three-Phase Wye AC PDM (MX2008)
6. Push the lock levers completely in until they make contact with the PDM faceplate.
g007440
497
7. Tighten the two captive screws on the locking levers of the PDM faceplate to secure the PDM in the chassis.
8. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
9. Remove the cover of the metal AC wiring compartment.
10. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord.
11. Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment.
12. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the retaining nut and rubber grommet.
13. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment.
14. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase wye AC PDM (see Figure 234 on page 498). Loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, insert the wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw (see Table 129 on page 499 for approved AC wire gauge). To insert wires into the terminal block that serves six PSMs: a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND. b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A1. c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B1. d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C1. e. Insert the wire labeled N into the input terminal labeled N1.
g007082
498 Figure 234: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module
NOTE: The three-phase wye AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on which slot the PDM gets plugged into. NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary. The MX2000 chassis is not sensitive to phase rotation sequence--either CW or CCW will operate correctly.
CAUTION: Wire label configuration is for Juniper Networks supplied cable only. If using your own cable, make sure you use the proper connections. To insert wires into the terminal block that serves three PSMs: a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND. b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A2. c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B2.
499
d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C2. e. Insert the wire labeled N into the input terminal labeled N2.
WARNING: To protect power supplies from input voltage that might be caused by mis-wired PDMs, before reinstalling the metal cover to the wiring compartment, apply AC voltage to the PDM (with disengaged PSM) to make sure that two LEDs on the PDM are lit green and that the AC voltage between AC terminal blocks A1-N1, B1-N1, C1-N1, A2-N2, B2-N2, and C2-N2 for three-phase wye PDM is not more than 264 VAC when measured with a digital voltage meter (DVM). Then turn off the AC breaker de-energizing the PDM and install the metal cover and engage all AC PSMs.
NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.
NOTE: Three-phase wye AC wire assembly kits can be purchased from Juniper Networks.
Table 129: Supported Three-Phase Wye AC Wire Gauge
Wire Gauge
Description
5 x 10-AWG or equivalent
5 conductor wires, each wire is 10-AWG
NOTE: We recommend that you use the proper gauge wire in order for the cable clamps to hold the AC cables. Using smaller gauge wiring will result in the cable clamps not tightening properly.
WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.
15. Verify that the power cord wire connections are correct.
500
16. Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment. 17. Reinstall the metal PDM wiring cover, and using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the four
captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment. 18. Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to router components, and that it
does not drape where people could trip on it. 19. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an approved
site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. 20. Connect the AC power cord plug to the power source. 21. Switch on the customer-site circuit breakers to provide voltage on the AC power cord. 22. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions
for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. 23. Verify that the LED on the PDM faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the AC terminal block is receiving
power.
SEE ALSO MX2000 Three-Phase AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines | 626 Connecting AC Power to an MX2000 Router with Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Modules MX2000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module Description MX2000 Three-Phase Delta and Wye AC Power Distribution Module LEDs Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System | 555
Replacing an MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord
IN THIS SECTION Removing an MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 501 Installing an MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord | 504
501
The MX2008 router has either one redundant PDM or two redundant PDMs. An AC power supply cord on a redundant PDM is hot-insertable and hot-removable. When a redundant PDM is powered down, the other PDM automatically assumes the entire electrical load for the router. If you have only one PDM, you must power off the system before removing the AC power supply cord.
Removing an MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord To remove a three-phase wye AC power cord: 1. Switch off the customer-site circuit breakers to the PDM being removed. Make sure that the voltage
across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might become active during the installation process.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Switch the power switch on the PSM faceplate to the off (O) position.
NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
4. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD point on the chassis, and attach it to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
5. Disconnect the AC power cord (see Figure 235 on page 501) from the power source.
Figure 235: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply Cord
g007083
502
6. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
7. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
8. Remove the cover of the metal AC wiring compartment.
9. Disconnect the wires from the AC terminal block on the three-phase wye AC PDM (see Figure 236 on page 503). Loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, and remove each wire from the grounding point or input terminal.
NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.
To remove wires from the terminal block that serves six PSMs: a. Remove the wire labeled N from the input terminal labeled N1. b. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the input terminal labeled C1. c. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the input terminal labeled B1. d. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the input terminal labeled A1. e. Remove the grounding wire from the grounding point labeled GND.
g007082
503 Figure 236: Disconnecting the Power Cord from a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module
To remove wires from the terminal block that serves three PSMs: a. Remove the wire labeled N from the input terminal labeled N2. b. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the input terminal labeled C2. c. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the input terminal labeled B2. d. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the input terminal labeled A2. e. Remove the grounding wire from the grounding point labeled GND.
NOTE: The three-phase wye AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on which slot the PDM gets plugged into. 10. Loosen the plastic cable tie fastening the AC power cord to the PDM. 11. Loosen and remove the retaining nut from the AC power cord. 12. Pull the AC power cord out of the metal wiring compartment.
504
13. Carefully move the AC power cable out of the way. 14. Disconnect the AC power cord from the AC PDM.
Installing an MX2008 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord To install a three-phase wye AC power cord: 1. Switch off the customer-site circuit breakers to the PDM being removed. Make sure that the voltage
across the AC power source cord is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cord might become active during the installation process. 2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. 3. Switch all the power switches on the PSM faceplates to the off (O) position.
NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
4. Using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four screws on the cover of the metal wiring compartment that protects the AC terminal block.
5. Remove the cover of the metal AC wiring compartment. 6. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord. 7. Place the retaining nut inside the metal wiring compartment. 8. Insert the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal wiring compartment. 9. Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal wiring compartment. 10. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDM (see
Figure 135 on page 332). Loosen each of the input terminal or grounding point screws, insert the wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw (see Table 119 on page 333 for approved AC wire gauge).
g007082
505 To insert wires into the terminal block that serves six PSMs: a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND. b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A1. c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B1. d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C1. e. Insert the wire labeled N into the input terminal labeled N1. Figure 237: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Module
NOTE: The three-phase wye AC PDM terminal blocks will be flipped depending on which slot the PDM gets plugged into. NOTE: The color of each AC power wire might vary. The MX2008 chassis is not sensitive to phase rotation sequence--either CW or CCW will operate correctly.
506
CAUTION: Wire label configuration is for Juniper Networks supplied cable only. If using your own cable, make sure you use the proper connections.
To insert wires into the terminal block that serves three PSMs: a. Insert the grounding wire into the grounding point labeled GND. b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the input terminal labeled A2. c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the input terminal labeled B2. d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the input terminal labeled C2. e. Insert the wire labeled N into the input terminal labeled N2.
NOTE: The terminal connections have either slotted screws or hex screws. Use a 1/4-in. slotted screwdriver for the slotted screws. Use a 5/32-in. (4 mm) Allen wrench for the 5/16-in. hex screws.
WARNING: To protect power supplies from input voltage that might be caused by mis-wired PDMs, before reinstalling the metal cover to the wiring compartment, apply AC voltage to the PDM (with disengaged PSM) to make sure that two LEDs on the PDM are lit green and that the AC voltage between AC terminal blocks A1-N1, B1-N1, C1-N1, A2-N2, B2-N2, and C2-N2 for three-phase wye PDM is not more than 264 VAC when measured with a digital voltage meter (DVM). Then turn off the AC breaker, de-energizing the PDM, and install the metal cover and engage all AC PSMs.
NOTE: Three-phase wye AC wire assembly kits can be purchased from Juniper Networks.
Table 130: Supported Three-Phase Wye AC Wire Gauge
Wire Gauge
Description
5 x 10-AWG or equivalent
5 conductor wires, each wire is 10-AWG
507
NOTE: We recommend that you use the proper gauge wire in order for the cable clamps to hold the AC cables. Using smaller gauge wiring will result in the cable clamps not tightening properly.
WARNING: Power connections must be performed by a licensed electrician only.
11. Verify that the power cord wire connections are correct. 12. Reinstall the metal PDM wiring cover, and using a number 2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the four
captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment. 13. Verify that the AC power cord does not touch or block access to router components, and that it does
not drape where people could trip on it. 14. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the ESD points on the chassis. Connect the strap to an approved
site ESD ground point. See the instructions for your site. 15. Connect the AC power cord plug to the power source. 16. Switch on the customer-site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the AC power cord. 17. Remove the ESD grounding strap from the approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions
for your site. Reconnect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. 18. Verify the LED on the PDM faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the AC terminal block is receiving
power. 19. Switch the power switch on the PSM to the on (|) position to provide power to the router components.
NOTE: After a PDM is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators--such as the LEDs on the PDM, the command output displays, and messages on the LED display on the craft interface--to indicate that the PDM is functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.
508
SEE ALSO Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 MX2008 AC Power Requirements | 79 MX2008 AC Power Cord Specifications | 87
Replacing an MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V)
IN THIS SECTION Removing an MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 508 Installing an MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 511
Removing an MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Before you remove a PSM, be aware of the following:
CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating PSM, each PSM slot must contain either a PSM or a blank panel. If you remove a PSM, you must install a replacement PSM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
509
To remove a DC PSM (see Figure 238 on page 510):
NOTE: The DC PSM is hot-swappable, with a minimum number of PSMs installed.
1. With one PSM installed and operational, remove any additional PSM by turning the power switch to the off (O) position.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Loosen the two captive screws on the PSM faceplate. 4. While grasping the handle on the PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the PSM
away from the chassis. 5. Pull the PSM straight out of the chassis.
WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on back of the PSM. They can get damaged.
6. Place the PSM module into an antistatic bag. NOTE: Each PSM slot not occupied by a DC PSM must be covered by a PSM blank panel.
510 Figure 238: Removing a DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) from the MX2008 Router
11 00
01
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
11 00
01 01 01 01 01
11 00
11 00
11 00
01 01 01
511
Installing an MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Before you install a PSM, be aware of the following:
NOTE: The DC PSM is hot-swappable when a minimum number of PSMs installed and operational.
WARNING: The DC PSMs have no circuit breakers that can physically disconnect DC line from the router. After DC feeds have been connected to the PDM, the DC voltage is always present on the power midplane and is distributed to the PSM connectors on the power midplane.
CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating PSM, each PSM slot must contain either a PSM or a blank panel. If you remove a PSM, you must install a replacement PSM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
NOTE: After powering on a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back off.
To install a DC PSM (see Figure 239 on page 512): 1. With one PSM installed and operational, install an additional PSM with the power supply switch in the
off (O) or in the on (|) position. CAUTION: If there is only one PSM installed and operational, the power supply switch must be placed in the off (O) position.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. While grasping the handle on the PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the power supply module into the chassis.
4. Tighten the captive screws on the PSM faceplate.
512 5. Turn on the power switch to the on (|) position. 6. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit steadily green. Figure 239: Installing a DC Power Supply Module
SEE ALSO MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description | 105 MX2008 DC Power Requirements | 110 MX2008 DC Power (-48 V) System Electrical Specifications | 122 MX2008 DC Power Distribution Description (-48 V) | 118 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 MX2008 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines | 628
513
Replacing an MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module Cable (-48 V)
IN THIS SECTION Disconnecting an MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module Cable | 513 Connecting an MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module Cable (-48 V) | 514
Disconnecting an MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module Cable
WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
To disconnect a power cable for a DC PDM: 1. Switch off the dedicated customer-site circuit breaker for the PDM being removed. Follow your site's
procedures for ESD. 2. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance
that the cables might become active during the removal process. 3. Verify that the 48V LED on the PDM is not lit. 4. Remove the power cable from the external DC power source. 5. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 6. Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate. 7. Remove the nut and washers from each of the terminal studs. (Use a 7/16-in. [11 mm] nut driver or
socket wrench.) 8. Remove the cable lug from the terminal studs.
514
9. Carefully move the power cable out of the way.
10. Replace the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
Connecting an MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module Cable (-48 V)
WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
To connect a power cable for a DC PDM: 1. Locate a replacement power cable that meets the specifications defined in "MX2008 DC Power (-48
V) System Electrical Specifications" on page 122.
2. Verify that a licensed electrician has attached a cable lug to the replacement power cable.
3. Verify that the 48V LED is off.
4. Secure the power cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the flat washer, then with the split washer, and finally with the nut. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each nut (see Figure 148 on page 358). Do not overtighten the nut. (Use a 7/16-in. [11 mm)] torque-controlled driver or socket wrench.)
CAUTION: Ensure that each power cable lug seats flush against the surface of the terminal block as you are tightening the nuts. Ensure that each nut is properly threaded onto the terminal stud. The nut should be able to spin freely with your fingers when it is first placed onto the terminal stud. Applying installation torque to the nut when the nut is improperly threaded might result in damage to the terminal stud.
CAUTION: The maximum torque rating of the terminal studs on the DC PDM is 25 lb-in. (33.89 Nm). The terminal studs might be damaged if excessive torque is applied. Use only a torque-controlled driver or socket wrench to tighten nuts on the DC PDM terminal studs.
515
Figure 240: Connecting Power Cables to the DC Power Distribution Module
Flat Cable washer lug Split washer
Nut
Terminal studs
D
g007053
Grounding points (on chassis)
5. Route the positive and negative DC power cables through the plastic cable restraint cover. Make sure that the cable does not touch or obstruct any router components.
6. Verify that the DC power cable is connected correctly, that it does not touch or block access to router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
7. Attach the power cable to the DC power source.
8. Turn on the dedicated customer-site circuit breaker to the PDM.
9. Verify that the 48V LED on the PDM is lit steadily.
10. On each of the DC power input sources, switch the DC circuit breaker to the center position before moving it to the ON position.
NOTE: The circuit breaker might bounce back to the OFF position if you move the breaker too quickly.
516
Observe the status LEDs on the PDM faceplate. If the PDM is correctly installed and functioning normally, the 48V LEDs light green steadily.
SEE ALSO MX2008 DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Description | 101 MX2008 DC Power Requirements | 110 MX2008 DC Power (-48 V) System Electrical Specifications | 122 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 MX2008 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines | 628 Replacing an MX2008 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) | 508
Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)
1. Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) | 516 2. Installing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) | 519
Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Before you remove a PSM, be aware of the following:
CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating PSM, each PSM slot must contain either a PSM or a blank panel. If you remove a PSM, you must install a replacement PSM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
517
To remove a DC PSM (see Figure 241 on page 518 and Figure 241 on page 518):
NOTE: The minimum number of DC PSMs change, based on the configuration.
1. With one PSM installed and operational, remove any additional PSM by turning the power switch to the off (O) position.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Loosen the two captive screws on the PSM faceplate. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
4. While grasping the handle on the PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the PSM away from the chassis.
5. Pull the PSM straight out of the chassis. WARNING: To avoid damage, do not touch the power connectors in back of the PSM.
6. Place the PSM module into an antistatic bag. NOTE: Each PSM slot not occupied by a DC PSM must be covered by a PSM blank panel.
518 Figure 241: Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)
6 8
SEE ALSO Figure 242 | 520
g100409
519
Installing an MX2000 Router DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) Before you install a DC PSM (240 V China), be aware of the following:
NOTE: The DC PSM is hot-swappable when a minimum number of PSMs installed and operational.
WARNING: The DC PSMs have no circuit breakers that can physically disconnect DC current from the router. After DC feeds have been connected to the PDM, the DC voltage is always present on the power midplane and is distributed to the PSM connectors on the power midplane.
CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating PSM, each PSM slot must contain either a PSM or a blank panel. If you remove a PSM, you must install a replacement PSM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
NOTE: After powering on a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back off.
To install a DC PSM (see Figure 242 on page 520): 1. With one PSM installed and operational, install an additional PSM with the power supply switch in the
off (O) or in the on (|) position. CAUTION: If there is only one PSM installed and operational, the power supply switch must be placed in the off (O) position.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. While grasping the handle on the PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the power supply module into the chassis.
4. Tighten the captive screws on the PSM faceplate. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
520 5. Turn on the power switch to the on (|) position. 6. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit steadily green. Figure 242: Installing a DC Power Supply Module (240 V China)
6 8
SEE ALSO Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router Powering Off the DC-Powered or DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System | 555 Maintaining the Power Supply Modules on the MX2000 Line of Routers MX2020 DC Power Distribution (240 V China) Description MX2020 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
g100408
521
Replacing an MX2000 DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China)
1. Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) | 521 2. Installing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) | 524 3. Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Cable | 526
Removing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Before you remove a PDM, be aware of the following:
NOTE: The minimum number of PDMs must be present in the router at all times.
WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating power supply unit, each PDM slot must contain either a PDM or a blank panel. If you remove a PDM, you must install a replacement PDM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
NOTE: After powering off a PDM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning the circuit breaker back on.
1. Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breaker for the PDM being removed. Follow your site's procedures for ESD.
2. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
3. Verify that the LEDs on the PDM to be removed are not lit.
522 4. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 5. Move the DC circuit breaker on the power input source to the OFF position. 6. Starting at one end of the PDM, unplug all the power cords. Press the latch on the side of the power
cable before pulling it out. See Figure 152 on page 365. Figure 243: Unplugging the 240 V China Power Cord an MX2000 Router
7. Loosen the two captive screws on the locking levers, and pull away from the chassis. See Figure 244 on page 523. NOTE: For the MX2020 Router, pull down the PDM3/Input1 and PDM1/Input1 locking levers to release the PDM from the chassis, and pull up the PDM0/Input0 and PDM2/Input0 locking levers to release the PDM from the chassis.
NOTE: For the MX2010 and MX2008 Routers, pull down the PDM1/Input1 locking levers to release the PDM from the chassis, and pull up the PDM0/Input0 locking levers to release the PDM from the chassis.
g100416
523 Figure 244: Removing a DC PDM (240 V China) from an MX2000 Router
6 8
8. The PDM is extended slightly away from the chassis. See Figure 244 on page 523. 9. With both hands, grasp the two handles and gently pull the PDM straight out of the chassis.
CAUTION: Do not touch the power connectors on the back of the PDM. It can get damaged. NOTE: Each PDM slot not occupied by a DC PDM must be covered by a PDM blank panel. 10. Place the PDM onto an antistatic mat or into a ESD bag.
g100404
524
Installing an MX2000 Router DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China)
WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the off position.
To install a DC power distribution module (PDM) in an MX2000 Router: 1. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that
the cable leads might become active during installation.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Move the DC circuit breaker on the power input source to the off position.
4. [Optional]--If you are switching from an AC PDM to DC PDM, see Converting an MX2000 Router Between AC and DC Power for instructions on how to change the setting on the internal bar of the power distribution unit (PDU) cage to DC.
5. Remove the blank panel covering the PDM slot in the chassis.
6. Open the locking levers on the PDM.
7. While holding both handles, guide the PDM until the locking levers are inserted into the chassis. With both hands push the locking levers simultaneously until the PDM is fully seated into the chassis (see Figure 245 on page 525).
525 Figure 245: Installing an MX2020 Router DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China)
6 8
8. Tighten both captive screws on the PDM. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
9. Starting at one end of the PDM, plug the power cords into the power sockets on the PDM. Press the latch on the side of the power cable before pushing it in. Apply slight pressure so that the power cord is firmly seated in the power socket until you feel it engage. As you plug in each power cord, the power LED for the socket lights up green. See Figure 246 on page 526.
g100403
g100405
526 Figure 246: Plugging the 240 V China Power Cord an MX2000 Router
Connecting an MX2000 DC Router Power Distribution Module (240 V China) Cable WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
To connect the DC (240 V China) source power cables (CBL-PWR-240V-CH) to the router: 1. Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power
source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation. 2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
NOTE: If the DC PSMs (240 V China) are installed in the router, make sure the power switches on all PSMs are turned to the off (O) position.
3. Plug the power cord into the power sockets on the DC PDM (240 V China). Refer to Figure 1. Press the latch on the side of the power cable before pushing it in. Apply slight pressure so that the power cord is firmly seated in the power socket until you feel it engage. As you plug in each power cord, the power LED for the socket lights up green.
527 Figure 247: Connecting Power
g100405
4. Connect the power cords for the remaining PDMs. 5. Connect the power cable (CBL-PWR-240V-CH) to the DC power source. See Figure 153 on page 365. Figure 248: 240 V China Power Cable
g100414
1--Negative 2--Ground
1 2
3
3--Positive
6. Switch on the dedicated customer site circuit breaker.
7. On each of the DC power input sources, switch the DC circuit breaker to the center position before moving it to the ON position.
NOTE: The circuit breaker may bounce back to the off position if you move the breaker too quickly.
528
8. Observe the status LEDs on the PDM faceplate. If the PDM is correctly installed and functioning normally, the LEDs light green steadily.
9. On each of the DC PSMs, move the switch to the on (|) position.
SEE ALSO Powering Off the DC-Powered or DC-Powered (240 V China) MX2000 Router MX2008 Router DC (240 V China) System Electrical Specifications | 123 Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System | 555 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX Series Router
Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module
1. Removing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module | 528
2. Installing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module | 533
Removing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Second-Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Before you remove a PSM, be aware of the following:
CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating PSM, each PSM slot must contain either a PSM or a blank panel. If you remove a PSM, you must install a replacement PSM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
NOTE: After powering off a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.
529
To remove a universal HVAC/HVDC PSM (see Figure 249 on page 530, Figure 250 on page 531, and Figure 251 on page 532):
NOTE: The minimum number of PSMs change, based on the configuration.
1. With one PSM installed and operational, remove any additional PSM by turning the power switch to the off (O) position.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Loosen the two captive screws on the PSM faceplate. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
4. While grasping the handle on the PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the PSM away from the chassis.
5. Pull the PSM straight out of the chassis. WARNING: To avoid damage, do not touch the power connectors in back of the PSM.
6. Place the PSM module into an antistatic bag.
NOTE: Each PSM slot not occupied by a universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM must be covered by a PSM blank panel.
530 Figure 249: Removing an MX2020 Router Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module
6 8
g100855
531 Figure 250: Removing an MX2010 Router Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module
6 8
g008175
532 Figure 251: Removing an MX2008 Router Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module
SEE ALSO MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description MX2010 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Description Installing an MX2020 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Installing an MX2010 DC Power Supply Module (-48 V)
g008184
533
Installing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module Before you install a universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM, be aware of the following:
NOTE: The universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM is hot-swappable when a minimum number of PSMs installed and operational.
Depending on whether you are connecting to AC or DC power, these warnings apply to the universal HVAC/HVDC power distribution module (PDM):
WARNING: The DC PSMs have no circuit breakers that can physically disconnect DC current from the router. After DC feeds have been connected to the PDM, the DC voltage is always present on the power midplane and is distributed to the PSM connectors on the power midplane.
WARNING: The AC PSMs have no circuit breakers that can physically disconnect AC current from the router. After AC feeds have been connected to the PDM, the AC voltage is always present on the power midplane and is distributed to the PSM connectors on the power midplane.
CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating PSM, each PSM slot must contain either a PSM or a blank panel. If you remove a PSM, you must install a replacement PSM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
NOTE: After powering on a PSM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back off.
To install a universal (HVAC/HVDC) PSM (see Figure 252 on page 535, Figure 253 on page 536, and Figure 254 on page 536):
534
1. With one PSM installed and operational, install an additional PSM with the power supply switch in the off (O) or in the on (|) position.
CAUTION: If there is only one PSM installed and operational, the power supply switch must be placed in the off (O) position.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. While grasping the handle on the PSM faceplate with one hand, use your other hand to guide the power supply module into the chassis.
4. Tighten the captive screws on the PSM faceplate. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
5. Turn on the power switch to the on (|) position. 6. Verify that the PWR OK LED is lit steadily green.
535 Figure 252: Installing an MX2020 Router Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module
6 8
g100853
536 Figure 253: Installing an MX2010 Router Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module
6 8
Figure 254: Installing an MX2008 Router Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module
g008176
g008185
537
SEE ALSO Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2020 Router Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System | 555 Maintaining the Power Supply Modules on the MX2000 Line of Routers
Replacing an MX2000 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module
1. Installing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module | 538 2. Removing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Second Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power
Distribution Module | 540
538
Installing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Depending on whether you are connecting to AC or DC power, these warnings apply to the universal HVAC/HVDC power distribution module (PDM):
WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the off position.
WARNING: Before performing AC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the AC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
WARNING: Before working on the device or near power supplies, unplug all the power cords from an AC-powered device.
To install a universal HVAC/HVDC power distribution module (PDM) in an MX2000 Router: 1. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that
the cable leads might become active during installation.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Move the DC circuit breaker on the power input source to the off position.
4. [Optional]--If you are switching from an AC PDM or 48V DC PDM to a universal PDM, the universal HVAC/HVDC PSMs and PDMs work with either AC or DC bar setting, see Converting an MX2000 Router Between AC and DC Power for details.
5. Remove the blank panel covering the PDM slot in the chassis.
6. Open the locking levers on the PDM.
539 7. While holding both handles, guide the PDM until the locking levers are inserted into the chassis. With
both hands push the locking levers simultaneously until the PDM is fully seated into the chassis (see Figure 255 on page 539). Figure 255: Installing an MX2000 Router Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module
6 8
8. Tighten both captive screws on the PDM. Apply between 10 lb-in. (1.13 Nm) to 12 lb-in. (1.35 Nm) of torque to each screw. Do not overtighten the screws.
9. Starting at one end of the PDM, plug the power cords into the power sockets on the PDM. Press the latch on the side of the power cable before pushing it in. Apply slight pressure so that the power cord is firmly seated in the power socket until you feel it engage. As you plug in each power cord, the power LED for the socket lights up green. See Figure 256 on page 540.
g008178
g008183
540 Figure 256: Plugging the Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Cord an MX2000 Router
Removing an MX2000 Router High-Voltage Second Generation Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Distribution Module Before you remove a PDM, be aware of the following:
NOTE: The minimum number of PDMs must be present in the router at all times while it is operating. Depending on whether you are connecting to AC or DC power, these warnings apply to the universal HVAC/HVDC power distribution module (PDM):
WARNING: Before performing DC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
NOTE: These warnings apply to the HVAC/HVDC universal PDM:
541
WARNING: Before performing AC power procedures, disconnect all power sources. To ensure that all power is OFF, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the AC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
WARNING: Before working on the device or near power supplies, unplug all the power cords from an AC-powered device.
CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating power supply unit, each PDM slot must contain either a PDM or a blank panel. If you remove a PDM, you must install a replacement PDM or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
NOTE: After powering off a PDM, wait at least 60 seconds before turning the circuit breaker back on.
1. Switch off the dedicated customer site circuit breaker for the PDM being removed. Follow your site's procedures for ESD.
2. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
3. Verify that the LEDs on the PDM to be removed are not lit. 4. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to
one of the ESD points on the chassis. 5. Move the AC or DC circuit breaker on the power input source to the OFF position. 6. Starting at one end of the PDM, unplug all the power cords. Press the latch on the side of the power
cable before pulling it out. See Figure 257 on page 542.
542 Figure 257: Unplugging the Universal HVAC/HVDC Power Cord an MX2000 Router
7. Loosen the two captive screws on the locking levers, and pull away from the chassis. See . NOTE: For the MX2020 Router, pull down the PDM3/Input1 and PDM1/Input1 locking levers to release the PDM from the chassis, and pull up the PDM0/Input0 and PDM2/Input0 locking levers to release the PDM from the chassis. NOTE: For the MX2010 and MX2008 Routers, pull down the PDM1/Input1 locking levers to release the PDM from the chassis, and pull up the PDM0/Input0 locking levers to release the PDM from the chassis.
g100740
543 Figure 258: Removing a Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM from an MX2020 Router
6 8
g100854
544 Figure 259: Removing a Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM from an MX2010 Router
6 8
Figure 260: Removing a Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM from an MX2008 Router
g008177
g008186
545
8. The PDM is extended slightly away from the chassis. See Figure 258 on page 543, Figure 259 on page 544, and Figure 260 on page 544.
9. With both hands, grasp the two handles and gently pull the PDM straight out of the chassis. CAUTION: Do not touch the power connectors on the back of the PDM. It can get damaged.
NOTE: Each PDM slot not occupied by a PDM must be covered by a PDM blank panel.
10. Place the PDM onto an antistatic mat or into a ESD bag.
SEE ALSO Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System | 555 MX2000 Router High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Subsystem Electrical Specifications | 146
Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2008 MPCs or MICs
Purpose For optimum router performance, verify the condition of the cables that connect to the MPCs or MICs. Action
546
On a regular basis: · Use the lower cable manager (shown in Figure 261 on page 546) to support cables and prevent cables
from dislodging or developing stress points.
Figure 261: Lower Cable Manager Cable Routing
LC 10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
g007424
NOTE: The MX2008 supports a standard and extended upper and lower cable manager.
· Place excess cable out of the way in the lower cable manager. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle from the connector or cable manager because this stresses the cable at the fastening point. Putting fasteners on the loops helps to maintain their shape.
· Keep the cable connections clean and free of dust and other particles, which can cause drops in the received power level. Always inspect cables and clean them, if necessary, before connecting an interface.
· Label both ends of the cables to identify them.
547
The following guidelines apply specifically to fiber-optic cables:
· When you unplug a fiber-optic cable, always place a rubber safety plug over the transceiver on the faceplate and on the end of the cable.
· Anchor fiber-optic cables to avoid stress on the connectors. Be sure to secure fiber-optic cables so that they do not support their own weight as they hang to the floor. Never let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector.
· Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
· Frequent plugging and unplugging of fiber-optic cable into and out of optical instruments can cause damage to the instruments that is expensive to repair. Instead, attach a short fiber extension to the optical equipment. Any wear and tear due to frequent plugging and unplugging is then absorbed by the short fiber extension, which is easy and inexpensive to replace.
· Keep fiber-optic cable connections clean. Small microdeposits of oil and dust in the canal of the transceiver or cable connector could cause loss of light, reducing signal power and possibly causing intermittent problems with the optical connection. To clean the transceivers, use an appropriate fiber-cleaning device, such as RIFOCS Fiber Optic Adaptor Cleaning Wands (part number 946). Follow the directions for the cleaning kit you use. After you clean an optical transceiver, make sure that the connector tip of the fiber-optic cable is clean. Use only an approved alcohol-free fiber-optic cable cleaning kit, such as the Opptex Cletop-S Fiber Cleaner. Follow the directions for the cleaning kit you use.
RELATED DOCUMENTATION
Replacing an MX2008 MIC | 422 Replacing an MX2008 MPC | 432
5 CHAPTER
Troubleshooting Hardware
Troubleshooting the MX2008 | 549
549
Troubleshooting the MX2008
IN THIS SECTION MX2008 Troubleshooting Resources | 549 Troubleshooting the MX2008 Cooling System | 552 Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System | 555 Troubleshooting the MX2008 Host Subsystems | 563 Troubleshooting the MX2008 MICs | 563 Troubleshooting the MX2008 MPCs | 564
MX2008 Troubleshooting Resources
IN THIS SECTION Command-Line Interface | 549 Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages | 550 Alarm Relay Contacts | 550 Craft Interface LEDs | 550 Component LEDs | 551
Command-Line Interface To troubleshoot an MX2008 router, you use the Junos OS CLI, alarms, devices connected to the alarm relay contacts, and LEDs on both the components and craft interface. · LEDs--When the Routing Engine detects an alarm condition, it lights the red or yellow alarm LED on the
craft interface. In addition, you can also use the component-specific LEDs on the craft interface and on the faceplate of a component to troubleshoot the routing matrix. · Alarm devices connected to the alarm relay contact--When a red or yellow alarm occurs, it trips the corresponding alarm relay.
550
· CLI--The CLI is the primary tool for controlling and troubleshooting hardware, Junos OS, routing protocols, and network connectivity. CLI commands display information about routing tables, information specific to routing protocols, and information about network connectivity derived from the ping and traceroute utilities.
You enter CLI commands on one or more external management devices connected to ports on the Routing Engine. For information about using the CLI to troubleshoot Junos OS, see the appropriate Junos OS configuration guide. · JTAC--If you need assistance during troubleshooting, you can contact the Juniper Networks Technical
Assistance Center (JTAC) by using the Web or by telephone. If you encounter software problems, or problems with hardware components not discussed here, contact JTAC.
Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages
When the Routing and Control Board (RCB) detects an alarm condition, it lights the red or yellow alarm LED on the craft interface as appropriate, trips the alarm relay, and reports the cause of the alarm in the craft interface. To view a more detailed description of the alarm cause, issue the show chassis alarms command:
user@host> show chassis alarms
There are two classes of alarm messages: · Chassis alarms indicate a problem with a chassis component such as the cooling system or power system. · Interface alarms indicate a problem with a specific network interface.
Alarm Relay Contacts
The craft interface has two alarm relay contacts for connecting the router to external alarm devices. Whenever a system condition triggers either the red or yellow alarm on the craft interface, the alarm relay contacts are also activated. The alarm relay contacts are located on the upper right of the craft interface.
Craft Interface LEDs
The craft interface displays system status messages and enables you to troubleshoot the MX2008 router. The craft interface is located on the upper front of the router and contains LEDs for the router components, the alarm relay contacts, and alarm cutoff button. The craft interface includes the following LEDs:
551
· Alarm LEDs--One large red circular LED and one large yellow triangular LED, located on the upper right of the craft interface, indicate two levels of alarm conditions. The circular red LED lights to indicate a critical condition that can result in a system shutdown. The triangular yellow LED lights to indicate a less severe condition that requires monitoring or maintenance. Both LEDs can be lit simultaneously. A condition that causes an alarm LED to light also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact on the craft interface.
· Host subsystem LEDs--The host subsystem consists of a Routing and Control Board (RCB). Three LEDs, MASTER, ONLINE, and OFFLINE, indicate the status of the Routing Engine function of the host subsystem. A green MASTER LED indicates that the host is functioning as the primary. The ONLINE LED indicates that the host is online. The OFFLINE LED indicates that the host is installed but the Routing Engine is offline. The Routing Engine component of the host subsystem LEDs is located on the upper right of the craft interface and labeled RE0 and RE1.
· Power supply module LEDs--A set of nine bicolor LEDs, labeled (PSM), indicates the status of each PSM. Green indicates that the PSM is functioning normally. Red indicates that the PSM is not functioning normally. The PSM LEDs are located at the top of the craft interface, and are labeled 0 through 8.
· Line-card LEDs--Ten bicolor LEDs, LC0 through LC9, for the ten line cards (MPCs), indicate the status. Green indicates the line card is online, green blinking indicates that the line card is booting, and red indicates a failure. The line-card LEDs are located along the bottom of the craft interface.
· SFB LEDs--Eight bicolor LEDs, SFB0 through SFB7, indicate the status of each SFB. Green indicates the SFB is online, green blinking indicates the SFB is booting, and red indicates a failure. The SFB LEDs are located along the middle of the craft interface along the bottom.
· RCB--Two bicolor LEDs, CB-RE0 and CB-RE1, indicate the status of each RCB. Green indicates the RCB is online, green blinking indicates the RCB is booting, and red indicates a failure. The RCB LEDs are located along the bottom far left and far right of the craft interface.
· Fan tray LEDs--Four bicolor LEDs, 0 through 3, indicate the status of the upper two and lower two fan trays. Green indicates the fan trays are functioning normally, and red indicates that a fan tray has failed. The fan tray LEDs are located on the upper middle of the craft interface.
Component LEDs
The following LEDs are located on various router components and display the status of those components:
· MPC LED--One LED labeled OK/FAIL on each MPC faceplate indicates the MPC's status. For more information, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference.
· MIC LED--One LED labeled OK/FAIL on each MIC faceplate indicates the MIC's status. For more information, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference.
· SFB LEDs--One LED, labeled OK/FAIL, on each SFB faceplate indicate the status of the SFB. If no LEDs are lit, the primary RCB might still be booting or the SFB is not receiving power.
552
· RCB LEDs--For the Control Board portion of the RCB, there is a set of bicolor LEDs, labeled OK/FAIL, LINK, ExtClk-0, ExtClk-1, BITS, and GPS. For the Routing Engine portion of the RCB, there are three LEDs, labeled ONLINE, MASTER, and OK/FAIL. These LEDs on the faceplate indicate the status of the RCB.
NOTE: Even though the RCB are combined into one unit; the LED functionality is separate for the Control Board and Routing Engine.
· AC delta or wye PDM LEDs--One LED for each input terminal block indicating the input feed status. · DC PDM LEDs--One LED on each PDM next to each of the nine 48VDC power feeds indicates the
status of that PDM's incoming power. · Universal (HVAC/HVDC) PDM LEDs--One LED on each PDM next to each of the nine power feeds
indicates the status of that PDM's incoming power. · AC, DC, or universal PSM LEDs--Four LEDs, labeled PWR OK, FAULT, INP0, and INP1, on each PSM
faceplate indicate the status of that PSM.
SEE ALSO MX2008 Craft Interface Description | 45 Troubleshooting the MX2008 Host Subsystems | 563 Troubleshooting the MX2008 MPCs | 564 Troubleshooting the MX2008 MICs | 563
Troubleshooting the MX2008 Cooling System
Problem Description: The following alarms, LEDs, and other conditions indicate a problem with the cooling system: · A red alarm indicates that temperature of the router exceeds the maximum ("temperature hot") threshold. · Automatic shutdown of the power system was caused by the temperature of the router exceeding the
maximum ("temperature hot") threshold. · A red alarm indicates that a fan failed. · A yellow alarm indicates that the router temperature exceeds the "temperature warm" threshold.
553
· A yellow alarm indicates that one of the fan trays was removed.
· One or more fans in a fan tray function at full speed. The RCB constantly monitors the temperatures detected by sensors on the midplane and router components, adjusting the speed of the fans as necessary.
Solution To troubleshoot the cooling system:
1. Place your hand near the exhaust vents at the back of the chassis to determine whether the fans are pushing air out of the chassis.
2. If the red alarm LED on the craft interface lights, look at the craft interface display to find the source of the problem. The number of alarm conditions, as well as the source of each alarm, appears on the screen.
3. If the craft interface display lists only one fan failure and the other fans are functioning normally, the fan is probably faulty and you need to replace the fan tray.
4. Use the CLI to check the status of the fans. For example, you can issue the following command to get information about the source of an alarm condition: user@host>show chassis alarms For information about the alarms (see Table 131 on page 553). Table 131: MX2008 Cooling System Alarms
Component
Alarm Type
CLI Message
Alarm Condition Solution
Fans
Red
fan-name Failure
A fan has failed.
Replace the fan tray.
554
Table 131: MX2008 Cooling System Alarms (continued)
Component
Alarm Type
CLI Message
Alarm Condition
Solution
Temperature sensors Red
Temperature Hot
Temperature sensor failure
The chassis temperature exceeded the hot temperature threshold. If this condition persists, the router shuts down.
· Verify that the room temperature is within acceptable limits.
· Verify that there is sufficient air flow.
· Verify that the cooling system in the chassis is operating properly.
A temperature sensor Contact JTAC failed.
Yellow
Temperature Warm
The chassis temperature exceeded the warm temperature threshold.
· Verify that the room temperature is within acceptable limits.
· Verify that there is sufficient air flow.
· Verify that the cooling system in the chassis is operating properly.
SEE ALSO
MX2008 Craft Interface Description | 45 Replacing the MX2008 Air Filters | 407 Replacing an MX2008 Fan Tray | 418
555
Troubleshooting the MX2000 Router Power System
Problem Description: The following alarms, LEDs, and other conditions indicate a problem with the AC or DC power system: · If all AC, DC, universal power supply modules (PSMs) have failed, the system temperature might have
exceeded the threshold, causing the system to shut down. · The yellow PWR OK LED blinks when an AC or a DC PSM is out of the power limit or is in an overcurrent
condition. · The red FAULT LED lights when the PSM is not receiving enough airflow to maintain the proper
temperature. · The red FAULT LED lights when the AC or DC output voltages are not within range. · The yellow INP0 LED blinks when the AC or DC voltage is present, but out of limits. This LED blinks
continuously for approximately a few seconds on and a few seconds off. · The yellow INP1 LED blinks when the AC or DC voltage is present, but out of limits. This LED blinks
continuously for approximately a few seconds on and a few seconds off. · The red -48V LED lights when the wrong polarity of DC input voltage is connected on the DC PDM.
NOTE: For the universal power supply LEDs, see MX2020 High-Voltage Universal Power Supply Module LEDs and MX2010 High-Voltage Universal (HVAC/HVDC) Power Supply Module LEDs.
Solution To troubleshoot the MX2000 router power system:
1. Check the LEDs on all AC, DC, or universal PSM faceplates. · PWR OK PSM LED is blinking--Check the fans and air filters to be sure that they are functioning and providing sufficient airflow through the chassis. · PWR OK PSM LED is off and no red alarm condition exists--Check that the circuit breakers are switched to the ON position. Check that the AC or DC power switch is in the on (|) position. · PWR OK LED on PSMs is not lit--Check that the PSMs are inserted and are operating. · If an AC PSM, or a DC PSM, or a universal PSM is correctly installed and functioning normally, the PWR OK, INP0, and INP1 LEDs light steadily, and the FAULT LED is not lit.
2. Check the LEDs on each DC power distribution module (PDM) faceplate.
556
· 48V or 240 V China PDM LED is off--Check that the PDM is receiving voltage. · 48V or 240 V China PDM LED is lit red--Check that the PDM is connected to correct input voltage
and polarity.
NOTE: This does not apply to the 240 V China DC PDM.
· Check that the DC PDM switch is set to 60 A or 80 A depending on the current feed coming from the DC source circuit breaker.
· 48V or 240 V China LED on a DC PDM is not lit--Check that the input is receiving source DC power. · If a DC PDM is correctly installed and functioning normally, the 48V source input LEDs light green
steadily. 3. Check the LEDs on each AC PDM faceplate. There is one LED for each input feed. See Mapping Input
Power from AC Power Distribution Modules to AC Power Supply Modules on MX2000 Routers. · On the three-phase delta AC PDM, the left arrow () green LED is lit steadily, indicating that the
left input feed is receiving voltage. · On the three-phase delta AC PDM, the right arrow () green LED is lit steadily, indicating that the
right input feed is receiving voltage. · On the three-phase wye AC PDM, the left arrow () green LED is lit steadily, indicating that the left
input feed is receiving voltage. · On the three-phase wye AC PDM, the right arrow () green LED is lit steadily, indicating that the
right input feed is receiving voltage. · On the single-phase AC PDM or universal PDM, the green LED for each feed is lit steadily, indicating
the input feed is receiving voltage. 4. Verify that the source circuit breaker has the proper current rating. Each PDM must be connected to
a separate source circuit breaker. Check that the AC or DC circuit breaker is in the on (ON) position.
5. Verify that the DC power cable, or the AC power cord, or the universal power cord from the power source to the router is not damaged. If the insulation is cracked or broken, immediately replace the power cord.
6. Connect the PDM to a different power source with new power cables. If the PSM PWR OK LED still does not light, the PSM is the source of the problem. Replace the PSM with a spare. If the PWR OK LED on the installed spare does not light, the replaced PSM might be faulty. To return it for replacement, see Contact Customer Support.
557
7. Check the status of a PSM, issuing the following CLI command. The value Online in the rows labeled State indicates that each of the PSMs is functioning normally.
NOTE: For the MX2010, the PSMs are referred to as PSM0 through PSM8. For the MX2020, the PSMs are referred to as PSM0 through PSM8 (bottom) and PSM9 through PSM17 (top).
Here is an example of the AC PSM input status for an MX2020: user@host> show chassis environment psm
PSM 0 status: State Temperature AC Input
DC Output
Hours Used PSM 1 status:
State Temperature AC Input
DC Output
Hours Used PSM 2 status:
State Temperature AC Input
DC Output
Hours Used PSM 3 status:
State Temperature AC Input
Online
OK
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
223.75
INP1
0.00
Voltage(V) Current(A)
52.00
4.25
6862
Current(A) Power(W)
1.40
313.25
0.00
0.00
Power(W) Load(%)
221.00
10.52
Online
OK
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
225.00
INP1
2.50
Voltage(V) Current(A)
52.00
4.25
6862
Current(A) Power(W)
1.40
315.00
0.00
0.00
Power(W) Load(%)
221.00
10.52
Online
OK
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
225.00
INP1
3.75
Voltage(V) Current(A)
52.00
4.25
6862
Current(A) Power(W)
1.30
292.50
0.00
0.00
Power(W) Load(%)
221.00
10.52
Online OK Feed
Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W)
558
DC Output
Hours Used ...
INP0
223.75
INP1
3.75
Voltage(V) Current(A)
52.00
5.00
6861
1.50 0.00 Power(W) 260.00
335.62 0.00 Load(%) 12.38
Here is an example of the DC PSM (-48) input status for an MX2020:
user@host> show chassis environment psm
PSM 4 status: State Temperature DC Input
DC Output
Hours Used PSM 5 status:
State Temperature DC Input
DC Output
Hours Used PSM 6 status:
State Temperature DC Input
DC Output
Hours Used PSM 7 status:
State Temperature DC Input
Online
OK
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
0.00
INP1
51.20
Voltage(V) Current(A)
51.25
10.25
1369
Current(A) Power(W)
0.00
0.00
11.55
591.36
Power(W) Load(%)
525.31
25.01
Online
OK
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
0.00
INP1
50.80
Voltage(V) Current(A)
51.25
10.50
1722
Current(A) Power(W)
0.00
0.00
11.55
586.74
Power(W) Load(%)
538.12
25.62
Online
OK
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
0.00
INP1
50.80
Voltage(V) Current(A)
51.25
10.00
2969
Current(A) Power(W)
0.00
0.00
11.20
568.96
Power(W) Load(%)
512.50
24.40
Online OK Feed INP0 INP1
Voltage(V) 0.00 51.60
Current(A) Power(W)
0.00
0.00
11.20
577.92
559
DC Output
Hours Used PSM 8 status:
State Temperature DC Input
DC Output
Hours Used ...
Voltage(V) Current(A)
51.25
10.00
2970
Power(W) 512.50
Load(%) 24.40
Online
OK
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
0.00
INP1
51.60
Voltage(V) Current(A)
51.25
10.00
2970
Current(A) Power(W)
0.00
0.00
11.20
577.92
Power(W) Load(%)
512.50
24.40
Here is an example of the DC PSM (240 V China) input status for an MX2020:
user@host> show chassis environment psm
PSM 0 status: State Temperature DC Input
DC Output
Hours Used PSM 1 status:
State Temperature DC Input
DC Output
Hours Used PSM 2 status:
State Temperature DC Input
DC Output
Online
OK
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
0.00
INP1
240.00
Voltage(V) Current(A)
52.75
4.50
2640
Current(A) Power(W)
0.00
0.00
1.10
264.00
Power(W) Load(%)
237.38
9.49
Online
OK
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
0.00
INP1
240.00
Voltage(V) Current(A)
52.75
4.00
3144
Current(A) Power(W)
0.00
0.00
1.00
240.00
Power(W) Load(%)
211.00
8.44
Online
OK
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
0.00
INP1
240.00
Voltage(V) Current(A)
52.75
4.00
Current(A) Power(W)
0.00
0.00
1.00
240.00
Power(W) Load(%)
211.00
8.44
560
Hours Used ......
3144
NOTE: If two input sources are grounded at the positive terminal (i.e. -240 V DC source) and if both positive input wiring are connected to the PDM, the PSM reports both inputs to be active and reports the higher of the two -240V DC input source. This is the case even if one negative input source is switched off through a breaker.
NOTE: For midpoint impedance grounded source, the CLI display of the input voltage is inaccurate for the input source with lower input voltage. For example, if one source is +/-120V, and the other source is +/-125V, the CLI input voltage display is 250 V for one input, and is 245 V (should be 240 V) for the other.
Here is an example of the universal PSM (HVAC/HVDC) input status for an MX2020:
user@host> show chassis environment psm
PSM 0 status: State Temperature
Online OK
AC Input
DC Output
Hours Used PSM 1 status:
State Temperature
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
209.10
INP1
209.10
Voltage(V) Current(A)
52.50
5.10
1832
Current(A) Power(W)
0.10
20.91
0.10
20.91
Power(W) Load(%)
267.75
7.87
Online OK
AC Input
DC Output Hours Used PSM 2 status: State
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
209.10
INP1
209.10
Voltage(V) Current(A)
52.50
6.46
2571
Current(A) Power(W)
0.20
41.82
0.90
188.19
Power(W) Load(%)
339.15
9.98
Online
561
Temperature AC Input
DC Output Hours Used PSM 3 status: State Temperature AC Input
DC Output Hours Used ...
OK
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
209.10
INP1
210.80
Voltage(V) Current(A)
52.50
17.34
3404
Current(A) Power(W)
3.70
773.67
2.70
569.16
Power(W) Load(%)
910.35
26.78
Online OK
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
209.10
INP1
209.10
Voltage(V) Current(A)
52.50
11.90
2571
Current(A) Power(W)
3.60
752.76
0.60
125.46
Power(W) Load(%)
624.75
18.37
Here is an example of the universal PSM (HVAC/HVDC) input status for an MX2008:
user@host> show chassis environment psm
PSM 0 status: State Temperature
Online OK
AC Input
DC Output
Fan 0 Fan 1 Fan 2 Hours Used PSM 1 status: State Hours Used PSM 2 status: State Temperature
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
268.60
INP1
268.60
Voltage(V) Current(A)
51.75
7.82
5280 RPM
5280 RPM
5280 RPM
706
Current(A) Power(W)
0.90
241.74
0.80
214.88
Power(W) Load(%)
404.69
11.90
Online 707
Online OK
562
AC Input
DC Output
Fan 0 Fan 1 Fan 2 Hours Used PSM 3 status: State Temperature
AC Input
DC Output
Fan 0 Fan 1 Fan 2 Hours Used
...
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
270.30
INP1
270.30
Voltage(V) Current(A)
51.75
6.46
5310 RPM
5310 RPM
5310 RPM
707
Current(A) Power(W)
0.80
216.24
0.70
189.21
Power(W) Load(%)
334.31
9.83
Online OK
Feed
Voltage(V)
INP0
270.30
INP1
270.30
Voltage(V) Current(A)
51.75
7.82
5280 RPM
5310 RPM
5310 RPM
707
Current(A) Power(W)
0.90
243.27
0.80
216.24
Power(W) Load(%)
404.69
11.90
8. If a red alarm condition occurs, issue the show chassis alarms command to determine the source of the problem.
9. If all PSMs have failed, the system temperature might have exceeded the threshold, causing the system to shut down.
NOTE: If the system temperature exceeds the threshold, the Junos OS shuts down all power supplies so that no status is displayed.
The Junos OS also can shut down one of the power supplies for other reasons. In this case, the remaining power supplies provide power to the router, and you can still view the system status through the CLI or display.
563
Troubleshooting the MX2008 Host Subsystems
Problem Description: The following alarms and LEDs indicate a problem with a host subsystem Routing and Control Board (RCB): · A red alarm indicates that the host subsystem has been removed. · The red host subsystem OFFLINE LED on the craft interface is lit. · The green host subsystem ONLINE LED on the craft interface is not lit.
Solution To troubleshooting the host subsystems: 1. Check the LEDs on the faceplate of each RCB.
2. Check the LEDs on the craft interface.
3. Use the CLI to check the alarms. · Issue the show chassis alarms command to view the alarms.
SEE ALSO MX2008 Host Subsystem Description | 148
Troubleshooting the MX2008 MICs
Problem Description: A MIC LED lit red indicates a problem with the MIC. Solution To troubleshoot a MIC: 1. Check the status of each port on a MIC by looking at the LED located on the MIC faceplate. For
information about the meaning of LED states on different MICs, see the MX Series Interface Module Reference
2. Check the status of a MIC by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status CLI command. The MIC slots in the MPC are labeled PIC 0/1 and PIC 2/3, top to bottom: user@host> show chassis fpc pic-status
564
Slot 0 PIC 0 PIC 1 PIC 2 PIC 3
Slot 1 PIC 2 PIC 3
Slot 2 PIC 0 PIC 1 PIC 2
Slot 9 PIC 0 PIC 1 PIC 2 PIC 3
Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online Online
MPCE Type 1 3D Q 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP 10x 1GE(LAN) SFP 1x 10GE XFP 1x 10GE XFP MPCE Type 2 3D 2x 10GE XFP 2x 10GE XFP MPCE Type 3 3D 1x 10GE XFP 1x 10GE XFP 1X100GE CFP MPC 3D 16x 10GE EM 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+ 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+ 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+ 4x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
For further description of the command output, see the Junos OS System Basics and Services Command Reference.
SEE ALSO MX2008 Modular Interface Card Description | 197 MX2008 Modular Interface Card LEDs | 208 Replacing an MX2008 MIC | 422 Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2008 MPCs or MICs | 545
Troubleshooting the MX2008 MPCs
Problem Description: The following LEDs indicate a problem with an MPC: · The red FAIL LED above the MPC is lit. · The green OK LED above the MPC is not lit.
Solution
565
To troubleshoot an MPC: 1. Monitor the green LED labeled OK above the MPC on the craft interface as soon as an MPC is seated
in an operating router.
NOTE: The Routing and Control Board (RCB) downloads the software to the MPC under two conditions: The MPC is present when the RCB boots Junos OS, and the MPC is installed and requested online through the CLI or the push button on the front panel. The MPC then runs diagnostics, during which the OK LED blinks. When the MPC is online and functioning normally, the OK LED lights green steadily.
2. Look at the display on the craft interface to check the status of the MPC and the MICs that are plugged into it.
3. Verify that the MPC is properly seated in the top and bottom backplanes of the adapter card (ADC). Check that each knob has been turned clockwise and is tight.
4. Check the OK/FAIL LED on the MPC, and the OK and FAIL line-card LEDs, LC0 through LC9, on the craft interface. When the MPC is online and functioning normally, the OK LED lights green steadily.
5. Check the status of an MPC by using the show chassis fpc CLI command. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the MPC is functioning normally:
user@host> show chassis fpc
Slot State 0 Online 1 Online 2 Online 3 Empty 4 Online 5 Empty 6 Empty 7 Empty 8 Empty 9 Online
Temp
CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
(C) Total Interrupt
DRAM (MB) Heap
Buffer
37
8
0
2048
10
13
35
6
0
2048
13
13
37
9
0
2048
17
13
37
9
0
2048
17
13
37
11
0
2048
21
13
Use the detail option to display more detailed information. The following example does not specify a slot number, which is optional:
566
For further description of the command output, see the Junos OS System Basics Configuration Guide.
user@host> show chassis fpc detail
Slot 0 information: State Temperature Total CPU DRAM Total RLDRAM Total DDR DRAM Start time: Uptime: Max Power Consumption
Slot 1 information: State Temperature Total CPU DRAM Total RLDRAM Total DDR DRAM Start time: Uptime: Max Power Consumption
Slot 2 information: State Temperature Total CPU DRAM Total RLDRAM Total DDR DRAM Start time: Uptime: Max Power Consumption
Slot 9 information: State Temperature Total CPU DRAM Total RLDRAM Total DDR DRAM Start time: Uptime: Max Power Consumption
Online 26 2048 MB 403 MB 1572 MB
2017-02-20 02:21:40 PST 5 hours, 28 minutes, 57 seconds 249 Watts
Online 25 2048 MB 662 MB 3072 MB
2017-02-20 02:21:51 PST 5 hours, 28 minutes, 46 seconds 348 Watts
Online 28 2048 MB 1036 MB 6656 MB
2017-02-20 02:22:01 PST 5 hours, 28 minutes, 36 seconds 520 Watts
Online 29 2048 MB 1324 MB 6144 MB
2017-02-20 02:22:06 PST 5 hours, 28 minutes, 31 seconds 440 Watts
SEE ALSO
567
MX2008 Modular Port Concentrator Description | 187 Replacing an MX2008 MPC | 432 Maintaining Cables That Connect to MX2008 MPCs or MICs | 545
6 CHAPTER
Contacting Customer Support and Returning the Chassis or Components
Contacting Customer Support and Returning the Chassis or Components | 569
569
Contacting Customer Support and Returning the Chassis or Components
IN THIS SECTION Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment | 569 Displaying MX2008 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 570 How to Return a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. | 575 MX2008 Chassis Serial Number Label | 575 MX2008 Craft Interface Serial Number Label | 576 MX2008 SFB Serial Number Label | 577 MX2008 RCB Serial Number Label | 578 MX2008 Fan Tray Serial Number Label | 579 MX2008 MPC Serial Number Label | 580 MX2008 MIC Serial Number Label | 581 MX2008 Power Distribution Module Serial Number Label | 582 MX2008 Power Supply Module Serial Number Label | 584
Guidelines for Packing Hardware Components for Shipment
To pack and ship individual components: · When you return components, make sure that they are adequately protected with packing materials
and packed so that the pieces are prevented from moving around inside the carton. · Use the original shipping materials if they are available. · Place individual components in antistatic bags. · Write the RMA number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking.
CAUTION: Do not stack any of the hardware components.
570
Displaying MX2008 Router Components and Serial Numbers
Before contacting Juniper Networks, Inc. to request a Return Materials Authorization (RMA), you must find the serial number on the router or component. To display all the router components and their serial numbers, enter the following command-line interface (CLI) command:
The sample output below shows the chassis hardware:
user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item
Version Part number Serial number
Chassis
JN125ED29AFL
Midplane
REV 01 750-067705 ABAD1703
PMP
REV 01 711-051406 ACVD0320
FPM Board
REV 01 760-068193 ABDH3608
PSM 0
REV 04 740-050037 1EDB40300GC
PSM 1
REV 06 740-050037 1EDB61200NF
PSM 2
REV 04 740-050037 1EDB40300RZ
PSM 3
REV 07 740-050037 1EDB6160317
PSM 4
REV 04 740-050037 1EDD4180439
PSM 5
REV 04 740-050037 1EDB32905NS
PSM 6
REV 06 740-050037 1EDB61200WL
PSM 7
REV 04 740-050037 1EDB40300GH
PSM 8
REV 04 740-050037 1EDB40300HA
PDM 0
REV 03 740-050036 1EFD6010359
PDM 1
REV 03 740-050036 1EFD6010316
Routing Engine 0
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
Routing Engine 1
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
CB 0
REV 11 750-067373 ABDK3683
CB 1
REV 11 750-067373 ABDK3680
SFB 0
REV 08 750-067371 ABDJ7841
2
SFB 1
REV 08 750-067371 ABDJ7838
2
SFB 2
REV 08 750-067371 ABDJ7842
2
SFB 3
REV 08 750-067371 ABDJ7843
2
SFB 4
REV 08 750-067371 ABDK7023
2
SFB 5
REV 08 750-067371 ABDK7080
2
SFB 6
REV 08 750-067371 ABDK7118
Description MX2008 Midplane Power Midplane Front Panel Display DC 52V Power Supply Module DC 52V Power Supply Module DC 52V Power Supply Module DC 52V Power Supply Module DC 52V Power Supply Module DC 52V Power Supply Module DC 52V Power Supply Module DC 52V Power Supply Module DC 52V Power Supply Module DC Power Dist Module DC Power Dist Module RE-MX2008-X8-64G RE-MX2008-X8-64G Control Board Control Board MX2008 Switch Fabric Board
MX2008 Switch Fabric Board
MX2008 Switch Fabric Board
MX2008 Switch Fabric Board
MX2008 Switch Fabric Board
MX2008 Switch Fabric Board
MX2008 Switch Fabric Board
571
2 SFB 7
2 FPC 0
CPU MIC 0
REV 08 750-067371 ABDK7211
REV 22 750-063414 CAFF1148 REV 16 750-057177 CAFF9310 REV 11 750-055992 CAFJ9396
PIC 0
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
Xcvr 0 Xcvr 1 Xcvr 2 Xcvr 3 Xcvr 6 Xcvr 7 Xcvr 8 Xcvr 9 MIC 1
REV 01 740-064669 1622 REV 01 740-064669 1657 REV 01 740-064669 1634 REV 01 740-064669 1617 REV 01 740-064669 1627 REV 01 740-064669 1653 REV 01 740-064669 1630 REV 01 740-064669 1607 REV 11 750-055992 CAFM8048
PIC 1
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
Xcvr 0 Xcvr 1 Xcvr 2 Xcvr 3 Xcvr 6 Xcvr 7 Xcvr 8 Xcvr 9 FPC 1 CPU MIC 0
REV 01 740-064669 1463 REV 01 740-064669 1444 REV 01 740-064669 1452 REV 01 740-064669 1462 REV 01 740-064669 1647 REV 01 740-064669 1448 REV 01 740-064669 1460 REV 01 740-064669 1454 REV 22 750-063414 CAFJ3031 REV 17 750-057177 CAFJ0906 REV 06 750-055992 CAFB0210
PIC 0
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
Xcvr 0 Xcvr 1 Xcvr 2 Xcvr 3 Xcvr 6 Xcvr 7 Xcvr 8 Xcvr 9 MIC 1
REV 01 740-064669 1654 REV 01 740-064669 1593 REV 01 740-064669 1614 REV 01 740-064669 1616 REV 01 740-064669 1640 REV 01 740-064669 1625 REV 01 740-064669 1628 REV 01 740-064669 1623 REV 11 750-055992 CAFJ9430
MX2008 Switch Fabric Board
MPC9E 3D SMPC PMB MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK MPC9E 3D SMPC PMB MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
572
PIC 1
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
Xcvr 0 Xcvr 1 Xcvr 2 Xcvr 3 Xcvr 6 Xcvr 7 Xcvr 8 Xcvr 9 FPC 2 CPU FPC 3 CPU MIC 1
REV 01 740-064669 1615 REV 01 740-064669 1481 REV 01 740-064669 1482 REV 01 740-064669 1632 REV 01 740-064669 1602 REV 01 740-064669 1480 REV 01 740-064669 1483 REV 01 740-064669 1609 REV 22 750-063414 CAFM7888 REV 18 750-057177 CAFK8979 REV 22 750-063414 CAFJ3027 REV 17 750-057177 CAFJ0968 REV 11 750-055992 CAFM8105
PIC 1
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
Xcvr 0 Xcvr 1 Xcvr 2 Xcvr 3 Xcvr 6 Xcvr 8 Xcvr 9 FPC 4 CPU MIC 0
REV 01 740-064669 1659 REV 01 740-064669 1658 REV 01 740-064669 1594 REV 01 740-064669 1621 REV 01 740-064669 1457 REV 01 740-064669 1592 REV 01 740-064669 1606 REV 22 750-063414 CAFG7004 REV 16 750-057177 CAFF9189 REV 11 750-055992 CAFM8073
PIC 0
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
Xcvr 0 Xcvr 1 Xcvr 2 Xcvr 3 Xcvr 6 Xcvr 7 Xcvr 8 Xcvr 9 MIC 1
REV 01 740-064669 1643 REV 01 740-064669 1611 REV 01 740-064669 1601 REV 01 740-064669 1624 REV 01 740-064669 1631 REV 01 740-064669 1649 REV 01 740-064669 1651 REV 01 740-064669 1604 REV 11 750-055992 CAFJ9323
PIC 1
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK MPC9E 3D SMPC PMB MPC9E 3D SMPC PMB MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK MPC9E 3D SMPC PMB MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
573
Xcvr 0
REV 01 740-064669 1450
Xcvr 1
REV 01 740-064669 1610
Xcvr 2
REV 01 740-064669 1472
Xcvr 3
REV 01 740-064669 1479
Xcvr 6
REV 01 740-064669 1466
Xcvr 7
REV 01 740-064669 1598
Xcvr 8
REV 01 740-064669 1445
Xcvr 9
REV 01 740-064669 1464
FPC 5
REV 22 750-063414 CAFY0418
CPU
REV 16 750-057177 CAFH0818
FPC 6
REV 22 750-063414 CAFF1149
CPU
REV 16 750-057177 CAFF9225
MIC 0
REV 09 750-056967 CAGB2764
PIC 0
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
MIC 1
REV 09 750-056967 CAGB2761
PIC 1
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
FPC 7
REV 22 750-063414 CAFJ3009
CPU
REV 17 750-057177 CAFJ0659
MIC 0
REV 09 750-056967 CAGB2762
PIC 0
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
MIC 1
REV 09 750-056967 CAGB2767
PIC 1
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
FPC 8
REV 36 750-056519 CAFM6723
MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
CPU
REV 16 750-057177 CAFF9096
PIC 0
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
Xcvr 2 Xcvr 5 PIC 1
REV 01 740-064669 1474
REV 01 740-064669 1461
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
Xcvr 2 Xcvr 5 FPC 9 CPU MIC 0
REV 01 740-064669 1468 REV 01 740-064669 1477 REV 22 750-063414 CAFM7893 REV 18 750-057177 CAFM8259 REV 12 750-055992 CAGG1088
PIC 0
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
Xcvr 0 Xcvr 1 Xcvr 2 Xcvr 3 Xcvr 6
REV 01 REV 01 REV 01 REV 01 REV 01
740-064669 740-064669 740-064669 740-064669 740-064669
1458 1451 1486 1487 1456
QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK MPC9E 3D SMPC PMB MPC9E 3D SMPC PMB Load MIC - 12xQSFPP Load MIC - 12xQSFPP Load MIC - 12xQSFPP Load MIC - 12xQSFPP MPC9E 3D SMPC PMB Load MIC - 12xQSFPP Load MIC - 12xQSFPP Load MIC - 12xQSFPP Load MIC - 12xQSFPP MPC7E 3D
SMPC PMB MRATE-6xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK MRATE-6xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK MPC9E 3D SMPC PMB MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK
574
Xcvr 7 Xcvr 8 Xcvr 9 MIC 1
REV 01 740-064669 1465 REV 01 740-064669 1453 REV 01 740-064669 1485 REV 11 750-055992 CAFG4662
PIC 1
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
Xcvr 0 Xcvr 1 Xcvr 2 Xcvr 3 Xcvr 6 Xcvr 7 Xcvr 8 Xcvr 9 ADC 8 Fan Tray 0 Fan Tray 1
REV 01 REV 01 REV 01 REV 01 REV 01 REV 01 REV 01 REV 01 REV 21 REV 01 REV 01
740-064669 740-064669 740-064669 740-064669 740-064669 740-064669 740-064669 740-064669 750-043596 760-052467 760-052467
1488 1469 1650 1662 1490 1489 1442 1484 ABDB1442 ACAY6296 ACAY6297
QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
MRATE-12xQSFPP-XGE-XLGE-CGE
QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK QSFP28-LPBK Adapter Card 172mm FanTray - 6 Fans 172mm FanTray - 6 Fans
Most components also have a small rectangular serial number ID label attached to the component body (see Figure 262 on page 574).
Figure 262: Serial Number ID Label
SEE ALSO
MX2008 Chassis Serial Number Label | 575 MX2008 Craft Interface Serial Number Label | 576 MX2008 Fan Tray Serial Number Label | 579 MX2008 MIC Serial Number Label | 581 MX2008 MPC Serial Number Label | 580 MX2008 Power Distribution Module Serial Number Label | 582 MX2008 Power Supply Module Serial Number Label | 584 MX2008 RCB Serial Number Label | 578 MX2008 SFB Serial Number Label | 577
575
How to Return a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc.
If a hardware component fails, please contact Juniper Networks, Inc. to obtain a Return Material Authorization (RMA) number. This number is used to track the returned material at the factory and to return repaired or new components to the customer as needed.
NOTE: Do not return any component to Juniper Networks, Inc. unless you have first obtained an RMA number. Juniper Networks, Inc. reserves the right to refuse shipments that do not have an RMA. Refused shipments are returned to the customer by collect freight.
For more information about return and repair policies, see the customer support webpage at https://support.juniper.net/support/. For product problems or technical support issues, contact the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) by using the Service Request Manager link at https://support.juniper.net/support/ or at 1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or 1-408-745-9500 (from outside the United States). To return a defective hardware component: 1. Determine the part number and serial number of the defective component.
2. Obtain an RMA number from the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC). You can send e-mail or telephone as described above.
3. Provide the following information in your e-mail message or during the telephone call: · Part number and serial number of component · Your name, organization name, telephone number, and fax number · Description of the failure
4. The support representative validates your request and issues an RMA number for return of the component.
5. Pack the component for shipment.
MX2008 Chassis Serial Number Label
The chassis serial number is located on the side of the chassis (see Figure 263 on page 576).
576 Figure 263: MX2008 Chassis Serial Number Label
SEE ALSO Displaying MX2008 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 570
MX2008 Craft Interface Serial Number Label
The serial number is located on the back of the craft interface panel (see Figure 264 on page 577).
577 Figure 264: Craft Interface Serial Number Label
SEE ALSO Displaying MX2008 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 570
MX2008 SFB Serial Number Label
The serial number is located on the right side of the top of the SFB (see Figure 265 on page 578).
578 Figure 265: MX2008 SFB Serial Number Label
SEE ALSO Displaying MX2008 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 570
MX2008 RCB Serial Number Label
The serial number label is located on the right side of the top of the RCB (see Figure 266 on page 579).
579 Figure 266: RCB Serial Number Label
SEE ALSO Displaying MX2008 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 570
MX2008 Fan Tray Serial Number Label
The serial number is located on the top left-hand corner of the fan tray, near the captive screw (see Figure 267 on page 580).
g007038
580 Figure 267: MX2008 Fan Tray Serial Number Label
SEE ALSO Displaying MX2008 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 570
MX2008 MPC Serial Number Label
The serial number label is near the connectors located on the right side of the MPC when it is oriented vertically (see Figure 268 on page 581).
581 Figure 268: MPC Serial Number Label
SEE ALSO Displaying MX2008 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 570
MX2008 MIC Serial Number Label
The serial number label location varies according to the number of ports on a MIC (see Figure 269 on page 582). The exact location might be slightly different on different MICs, depending on the placement of components on the MIC board.
g007022
582 Figure 269: MIC Serial Number Label
SEE ALSO Displaying MX2008 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 570
MX2008 Power Distribution Module Serial Number Label
For the three-phase delta and wye AC PDM, the serial number label is located on the rear (see Figure 270 on page 583). For the 60/80 A DC PDM, the serial number label is located on the rear (see Figure 271 on page 583).
g007017
g007069
583 Figure 270: AC Power Distribution Module Three-Phase Delta and Wye Serial Number Label
Figure 271: DC Power Distribution Module (-48 V) Serial Number Label
Figure 272: DC Power Distribution Module (240 V China) and Second-Generation Universal Power (HVAC/HVDC) Distribution Module Serial Number Label
Serial number ID label
g007071
g100418
584 SEE ALSO
Displaying MX2008 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 570
MX2008 Power Supply Module Serial Number Label
The serial number label is located on the side of the AC PSM (see Figure 273 on page 584). Figure 273: AC Power Supply Module Serial Number Label
The serial number label is located on the side of the DC PSM (see Figure 274 on page 585).
585 Figure 274: DC Power Supply Module (-48 V) Serial Number Label
11 00 01
g009452
586 Figure 275: DC Power Supply Module (240 V China) and Second-Generation Universal Power (HVAC/HVDC) Distribution Module Serial Number Label
SEE ALSO Displaying MX2008 Router Components and Serial Numbers | 570
7 CHAPTER
Safety and Compliance Information
Definition of Safety Warning Levels | 589 General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices | 592 General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 593 Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router | 597 Fire Safety Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices | 598 Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 600 General Laser Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices | 607 Laser Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 608 Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 612 In Case of an Electrical Accident | 620 General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 620 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes for Juniper Networks Devices | 625 TN Power Warning for MX2008 Routers | 626 MX2000 Three-Phase AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines | 626
MX2008 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings | 628 DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 636 Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for MX Series Routers | 643 Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements for the MX2008 Router | 644
589
Definition of Safety Warning Levels
The documentation uses the following levels of safety warnings: NOTE: You might find this information helpful in a particular situation, or might otherwise overlook it.
CAUTION: You must observe the specified guidelines to avoid minor injury or discomfort to you, or severe damage to the hardware device.
WARNING: This symbol alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.
590
591
WARNING: This symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents.
Waarschuwing Dit waarschuwingssymbool betekent gevaar. U verkeert in een situatie die lichamelijk letsel kan veroorzaken. Voordat u aan enige apparatuur gaat werken, dient u zich bewust te zijn van de bij elektrische schakelingen betrokken risico's en dient u op de hoogte te zijn van standaard maatregelen om ongelukken te voorkomen.
Varoitus Tämä varoitusmerkki merkitsee vaaraa. Olet tilanteessa, joka voi johtaa ruumiinvammaan. Ennen kuin työskentelet minkään laitteiston parissa, ota selvää sähkökytkentöihin liittyvistä vaaroista ja tavanomaisista onnettomuuksien ehkäisykeinoista.
Attention Ce symbole d'avertissement indique un danger. Vous vous trouvez dans une situation pouvant causer des blessures ou des dommages corporels. Avant de travailler sur un équipement, soyez conscient des dangers posés par les circuits électriques et familiarisez-vous avec les procédures couramment utilisées pour éviter les accidents.
Warnung Dieses Warnsymbol bedeutet Gefahr. Sie befinden sich in einer Situation, die zu einer Körperverletzung führen könnte. Bevor Sie mit der Arbeit an irgendeinem Gerät beginnen, seien Sie sich der mit elektrischen Stromkreisen verbundenen Gefahren und der Standardpraktiken zur Vermeidung von Unfällen bewußt.
Avvertenza Questo simbolo di avvertenza indica un pericolo. La situazione potrebbe causare infortuni alle persone. Prima di lavorare su qualsiasi apparecchiatura, occorre conoscere i pericoli relativi ai circuiti elettrici ed essere al corrente delle pratiche standard per la prevenzione di incidenti.
Advarsel Dette varselsymbolet betyr fare. Du befinner deg i en situasjon som kan føre til personskade. Før du utfører arbeid på utstyr, må du vare oppmerksom på de faremomentene som elektriske kretser innebærer, samt gjøre deg kjent med vanlig praksis når det gjelder å unngå ulykker.
Aviso Este símbolo de aviso indica perigo. Encontra-se numa situação que lhe poderá causar danos físicos. Antes de começar a trabalhar com qualquer equipamento, familiarize-se com os perigos relacionados com circuitos eléctricos, e com quaisquer práticas comuns que possam prevenir possíveis acidentes.
¡Atención! Este símbolo de aviso significa peligro. Existe riesgo para su integridad física. Antes de manipular cualquier equipo, considerar los riesgos que entraña la corriente eléctrica y familiarizarse con los procedimientos estándar de prevención de accidentes.
592
Varning! Denna varningssymbol signalerar fara. Du befinner dig i en situation som kan leda till personskada. Innan du utför arbete på någon utrustning måste du vara medveten om farorna med elkretsar och känna till vanligt förfarande för att förebygga skador.
RELATED DOCUMENTATION General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 593 Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 600 Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 612 General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 620 DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 629
General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices
The following guidelines help ensure your safety and protect the hardware equipment from damage. The list of guidelines might not address all potentially hazardous situations in your working environment, so be alert and exercise good judgment at all times. · Perform only the procedures explicitly described in this documentation. Make sure that only authorized
service personnel perform other system services. · Keep the area around the chassis clear and free from dust before, during, and after installation. · Keep tools away from areas where people could trip over them while walking. · Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry, such as rings, bracelets, or chains, that could become caught in
the chassis. · Wear safety glasses if you are working under any conditions that could be hazardous to your eyes. · Do not perform any actions that create a potential hazard to people or make the equipment unsafe. · Never attempt to lift an object that is too heavy for one person to handle. · Never install or manipulate wiring during electrical storms. · Never install electrical jacks in wet locations unless the jacks are specifically designed for wet
environments. · Operate the hardware equipment only when the chassis is properly grounded.
593
· Do not open or remove chassis covers or sheet metal parts unless instructions are provided in this documentation. Such an action could cause severe electrical shock.
· Do not push or force any objects through any opening in the chassis frame. Such an action could result in electrical shock or fire.
· Avoid spilling liquid onto the chassis or onto any hardware component. Such an action could cause electrical shock or damage the hardware equipment.
· Avoid touching uninsulated electrical wires or terminals that have not been disconnected from their power source. Such an action could cause electrical shock.
· Some parts of the router might become hot. The following label provides the warning of the hot surfaces on the router:
RELATED DOCUMENTATION General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 593
General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
IN THIS SECTION Qualified Personnel Warning | 594 Restricted-Access Area Warning | 595
594
Qualified Personnel Warning
WARNING: Only trained and qualified personnel should install or replace the hardware equipment. Waarschuwing Installatie en reparaties mogen uitsluitend door getraind en bevoegd personeel uitgevoerd worden. Varoitus Ainoastaan koulutettu ja pätevä henkilökunta saa asentaa tai vaihtaa tämän laitteen. Attention Tout installation ou remplacement de l'appareil doit être réalisé par du personnel qualifié et compétent. Warnung Gerät nur von geschultem, qualifiziertem Personal installieren oder auswechseln lassen. Avvertenza Solo personale addestrato e qualificato deve essere autorizzato ad installare o sostituire questo apparecchio. Advarsel Kun kvalifisert personell med riktig opplæring bør montere eller bytte ut dette utstyret. Aviso Este equipamento deverá ser instalado ou substituído apenas por pessoal devidamente treinado e qualificado. ¡Atención! Estos equipos deben ser instalados y reemplazados exclusivamente por personal técnico adecuadamente preparado y capacitado. Varning! Denna utrustning ska endast installeras och bytas ut av utbildad och kvalificerad personal.
595
Restricted-Access Area Warning
596
WARNING: The hardware equipment is intended for installation in restricted-access areas. A restricted-access area is an area to which access can be gained only by service personnel through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security, and which is controlled by the authority responsible for the location.
Waarschuwing Dit toestel is bedoeld voor installatie op plaatsen met beperkte toegang. Een plaats met beperkte toegang is een plaats waar toegang slechts door servicepersoneel verkregen kan worden door middel van een speciaal instrument, een slot en sleutel, of een ander veiligheidsmiddel, en welke beheerd wordt door de overheidsinstantie die verantwoordelijk is voor de locatie.
Varoitus Tämä laite on tarkoitettu asennettavaksi paikkaan, johon pääsy on rajoitettua. Paikka, johon pääsy on rajoitettua, tarkoittaa paikkaa, johon vain huoltohenkilöstö pääsee jonkin erikoistyökalun, lukkoon sopivan avaimen tai jonkin muun turvalaitteen avulla ja joka on paikasta vastuussa olevien toimivaltaisten henkilöiden valvoma.
Attention Cet appareil est à installer dans des zones d'accès réservé. Ces dernières sont des zones auxquelles seul le personnel de service peut accéder en utilisant un outil spécial, un mécanisme de verrouillage et une clé, ou tout autre moyen de sécurité. L'accès aux zones de sécurité est sous le contrôle de l'autorité responsable de l'emplacement.
Warnung Diese Einheit ist zur Installation in Bereichen mit beschränktem Zutritt vorgesehen. Ein Bereich mit beschränktem Zutritt ist ein Bereich, zu dem nur Wartungspersonal mit einem Spezialwerkzeugs, Schloß und Schlüssel oder anderer Sicherheitsvorkehrungen Zugang hat, und der von dem für die Anlage zuständigen Gremium kontrolliert wird.
Avvertenza Questa unità deve essere installata in un'area ad accesso limitato. Un'area ad accesso limitato è un'area accessibile solo a personale di assistenza tramite un'attrezzo speciale, lucchetto, o altri dispositivi di sicurezza, ed è controllata dall'autorità responsabile della zona.
Advarsel Denne enheten er laget for installasjon i områder med begrenset adgang. Et område med begrenset adgang gir kun adgang til servicepersonale som bruker et spesielt verktøy, lås og nøkkel, eller en annen sikkerhetsanordning, og det kontrolleres av den autoriteten som er ansvarlig for området.
Aviso Esta unidade foi concebida para instalação em áreas de acesso restrito. Uma área de acesso restrito é uma área à qual apenas tem acesso o pessoal de serviço autorizado, que possua uma ferramenta, chave e fechadura especial, ou qualquer outra forma de segurança. Esta área é controlada pela autoridade responsável pelo local.
597
¡Atención! Esta unidad ha sido diseñada para instalarse en áreas de acceso restringido. Área de acceso restringido significa un área a la que solamente tiene acceso el personal de servicio mediante la utilización de una herramienta especial, cerradura con llave, o algún otro medio de seguridad, y que está bajo el control de la autoridad responsable del local. Varning! Denna enhet är avsedd för installation i områden med begränsat tillträde. Ett område med begränsat tillträde får endast tillträdas av servicepersonal med ett speciellt verktyg, lås och nyckel, eller annan säkerhetsanordning, och kontrolleras av den auktoritet som ansvarar för området.
RELATED DOCUMENTATION Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 600 Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 612 General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 620 DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 629
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to an MX2008 Router
Many device components are sensitive to damage from static electricity. Some components can be impaired by voltages as low as 30 V. You can easily generate potentially damaging static voltages whenever you handle plastic or foam packing material or if you move components across plastic or carpets. Observe the following guidelines to minimize the potential for electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage, which can cause intermittent or complete component failures: · Always use an ESD wrist strap or ankle strap, and make sure that it is in direct contact with your skin.
CAUTION: For safety, periodically check the resistance value of the ESD strap. The measurement should be in the range of 1 through 10 Mohms.
· When handling any component that is removed from the chassis, make sure the equipment end of your ESD strap is attached to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
598 · Avoid contact between the component and your clothing. ESD voltages emitted from clothing can still
damage components. · When removing or installing a component, always place it component-side up on an antistatic surface,
in an antistatic card rack, or in an electrostatic bag (see Figure 276 on page 598) . If you are returning a component, place it in an electrostatic bag before packing it. Figure 276: Placing a Component into an Electrostatic Bag
RELATED DOCUMENTATION Definition of Safety Warning Levels | 589 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes for Juniper Networks Devices | 625 Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 600
Fire Safety Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices
IN THIS SECTION General Fire Safety Requirements | 599 Fire Suppression | 599 Fire Suppression Equipment | 599
599
General Fire Safety Requirements
In the event of a fire emergency involving network devices, the safety of people is the primary concern. Establish procedures for protecting people in a fire emergency, provide safety training, and properly provision fire-control equipment and fire extinguishers. In addition, establish procedures to protect your equipment in a fire emergency. Juniper Networks products must be installed in an environment suitable for electronic equipment. We recommend that fire suppression equipment be available in the event of a fire in the vicinity of the equipment, and that you observe all local fire, safety, and electrical codes and ordinances when installing and operating your equipment.
Fire Suppression
In the event of an electrical hazard or an electrical fire, first turn off power to the equipment at the source. Then use a Type C fire extinguisher, which uses noncorrosive fire retardants, to extinguish the fire.
Fire Suppression Equipment
Type C fire extinguishers, which use noncorrosive fire retardants such as carbon dioxide (CO ) and Halotron,
2
are most effective for suppressing electrical fires. Type C fire extinguishers displace the oxygen from the point of combustion to eliminate the fire. For extinguishing fire on or around equipment that draws air from the environment for cooling, use this type of inert oxygen displacement extinguisher instead of an extinguisher that leave residues on equipment. Do not use multipurpose Type ABC chemical fire extinguishers (dry chemical fire extinguishers) near Juniper Networks devices. The primary ingredient in these fire extinguishers is monoammonium phosphate, which is very sticky and difficult to clean. In addition, in minute amounts of moisture, monoammonium phosphate can become highly corrosive and corrodes most metals. Any equipment in a room in which a chemical fire extinguisher has been discharged is subject to premature failure and unreliable operation. The equipment is considered to be irreparably damaged.
NOTE: To keep warranties effective, do not use a dry chemical fire extinguisher to control a fire at or near a Juniper Networks device. If a dry chemical fire extinguisher is used, the unit is no longer eligible for coverage under a service agreement.
We recommend that you dispose of any irreparably damaged equipment in an environmentally responsible manner.
600
RELATED DOCUMENTATION General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices | 592 General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 593 General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 620 DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 629
Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
IN THIS SECTION Intrabuilding Ports Warning | 600 Installation Instructions Warning | 601 Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings | 601 Ramp Warning | 606
Observe the following warnings before and during hardware equipment installation:
Intrabuilding Ports Warning
WARNING: The intrabuilding ports of the equipment or subassembly are suitable for connection to intrabuilding or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intrabuilding ports of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the Outside Plant (OSP) or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intrabuilding interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.
601
Installation Instructions Warning
WARNING: Read the installation instructions before you connect the hardware equipment to a power source. Waarschuwing Raadpleeg de installatie-aanwijzingen voordat u het systeem met de voeding verbindt. Varoitus Lue asennusohjeet ennen järjestelmän yhdistämistä virtalähteeseen. Attention Avant de brancher le système sur la source d'alimentation, consulter les directives d'installation. Warnung Lesen Sie die Installationsanweisungen, bevor Sie das System an die Stromquelle anschließen. Avvertenza Consultare le istruzioni di installazione prima di collegare il sistema all'alimentatore. Advarsel Les installasjonsinstruksjonene før systemet kobles til strømkilden. Aviso Leia as instruções de instalação antes de ligar o sistema à sua fonte de energia. ¡Atención! Ver las instrucciones de instalación antes de conectar el sistema a la red de alimentación. Varning! Läs installationsanvisningarna innan du kopplar systemet till dess strömförsörjningsenhet.
Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings
Ensure that the equipment rack into which the chassis is installed is evenly and securely supported, to avoid the hazardous condition that could result from uneven mechanical loading.
602
603
WARNING: To prevent bodily injury when mounting or servicing the chassis in a rack, take the following precautions to ensure that the system remains stable. The following directives help maintain your safety:
· The chassis must be installed into a rack that is secured to the building structure. · The chassis should be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the
rack. · When mounting the chassis in a partially-filled rack, load the rack from the bottom
to the top, with the heaviest component at the bottom of the rack. · If the rack is provided with stabilizing devices, install the stabilizers before mounting
the chassis in the rack or servicing the hardware equipment.
Waarschuwing Om lichamelijk letsel te voorkomen wanneer u dit toestel in een rek monteert of het daar een servicebeurt geeft, moet u speciale voorzorgsmaatregelen nemen om ervoor te zorgen dat het toestel stabiel blijft. De onderstaande richtlijnen worden verstrekt om uw veiligheid te verzekeren:
· De router moet in een stellage worden geïnstalleerd die aan een bouwsel is verankerd. · Dit toestel dient onderaan in het rek gemonteerd te worden als het toestel het enige
in het rek is. · Wanneer u dit toestel in een gedeeltelijk gevuld rek monteert, dient u het rek van
onderen naar boven te laden met het zwaarste onderdeel onderaan in het rek. · Als het rek voorzien is van stabiliseringshulpmiddelen, dient u de stabilisatoren te
monteren voordat u het toestel in het rek monteert of het daar een servicebeurt geeft.
Varoitus Kun laite asetetaan telineeseen tai huolletaan sen ollessa telineessä, on noudatettava erityisiä varotoimia järjestelmän vakavuuden säilyttämiseksi, jotta vältytään loukkaantumiselta. Noudata seuraavia turvallisuusohjeita:
· Router on asennettava telineeseen, joka on kiinnitetty rakennukseen. · Jos telineessä ei ole muita laitteita, aseta laite telineen alaosaan. · Jos laite asetetaan osaksi täytettyyn telineeseen, aloita kuormittaminen sen alaosasta
kaikkein raskaimmalla esineellä ja siirry sitten sen yläosaan. · Jos telinettä varten on vakaimet, asenna ne ennen laitteen asettamista telineeseen
tai sen huoltamista siinä.
Attention Pour éviter toute blessure corporelle pendant les opérations de montage ou de réparation de cette unité en casier, il convient de prendre des précautions
604
spéciales afin de maintenir la stabilité du système. Les directives ci-dessous sont destinées à assurer la protection du personnel:
· Le rack sur lequel est monté le router doit être fixé à la structure du bâtiment. · Si cette unité constitue la seule unité montée en casier, elle doit être placée dans le
bas.
· Si cette unité est montée dans un casier partiellement rempli, charger le casier de bas en haut en plaçant l'élément le plus lourd dans le bas.
· Si le casier est équipé de dispositifs stabilisateurs, installer les stabilisateurs avant de monter ou de réparer l'unité en casier.
Warnung Zur Vermeidung von Körperverletzung beim Anbringen oder Warten dieser Einheit in einem Gestell müssen Sie besondere Vorkehrungen treffen, um sicherzustellen, daß das System stabil bleibt. Die folgenden Richtlinien sollen zur Gewährleistung Ihrer Sicherheit dienen:
· Der router muß in einem Gestell installiert werden, das in der Gebäudestruktur verankert ist.
· Wenn diese Einheit die einzige im Gestell ist, sollte sie unten im Gestell angebracht werden.
· Bei Anbringung dieser Einheit in einem zum Teil gefüllten Gestell ist das Gestell von unten nach oben zu laden, wobei das schwerste Bauteil unten im Gestell anzubringen ist.
· Wird das Gestell mit Stabilisierungszubehör geliefert, sind zuerst die Stabilisatoren zu installieren, bevor Sie die Einheit im Gestell anbringen oder sie warten.
Avvertenza Per evitare infortuni fisici durante il montaggio o la manutenzione di questa unità in un supporto, occorre osservare speciali precauzioni per garantire che il sistema rimanga stabile. Le seguenti direttive vengono fornite per garantire la sicurezza personale:
· Il router deve essere installato in un telaio, il quale deve essere fissato alla struttura dell'edificio.
· Questa unità deve venire montata sul fondo del supporto, se si tratta dell'unica unità da montare nel supporto.
· Quando questa unità viene montata in un supporto parzialmente pieno, caricare il supporto dal basso all'alto, con il componente più pesante sistemato sul fondo del supporto.
· Se il supporto è dotato di dispositivi stabilizzanti, installare tali dispositivi prima di montare o di procedere alla manutenzione dell'unità nel supporto.
605
Advarsel Unngå fysiske skader under montering eller reparasjonsarbeid på denne enheten når den befinner seg i et kabinett. Vær nøye med at systemet er stabilt. Følgende retningslinjer er gitt for å verne om sikkerheten:
· Router må installeres i et stativ som er forankret til bygningsstrukturen. · Denne enheten bør monteres nederst i kabinettet hvis dette er den eneste enheten
i kabinettet.
· Ved montering av denne enheten i et kabinett som er delvis fylt, skal kabinettet lastes fra bunnen og opp med den tyngste komponenten nederst i kabinettet.
· Hvis kabinettet er utstyrt med stabiliseringsutstyr, skal stabilisatorene installeres før montering eller utføring av reparasjonsarbeid på enheten i kabinettet.
Aviso Para se prevenir contra danos corporais ao montar ou reparar esta unidade numa estante, deverá tomar precauções especiais para se certificar de que o sistema possui um suporte estável. As seguintes directrizes ajudá-lo-ão a efectuar o seu trabalho com segurança:
· O router deverá ser instalado numa prateleira fixa à estrutura do edificio. · Esta unidade deverá ser montada na parte inferior da estante, caso seja esta a única
unidade a ser montada.
· Ao montar esta unidade numa estante parcialmente ocupada, coloque os itens mais pesados na parte inferior da estante, arrumando-os de baixo para cima.
· Se a estante possuir um dispositivo de estabilização, instale-o antes de montar ou reparar a unidade.
¡Atención! Para evitar lesiones durante el montaje de este equipo sobre un bastidor, o posteriormente durante su mantenimiento, se debe poner mucho cuidado en que el sistema quede bien estable. Para garantizar su seguridad, proceda según las siguientes instrucciones:
· El router debe instalarse en un bastidor fijado a la estructura del edificio. · Colocar el equipo en la parte inferior del bastidor, cuando sea la única unidad en el
mismo.
· Cuando este equipo se vaya a instalar en un bastidor parcialmente ocupado, comenzar la instalación desde la parte inferior hacia la superior colocando el equipo más pesado en la parte inferior.
· Si el bastidor dispone de dispositivos estabilizadores, instalar éstos antes de montar o proceder al mantenimiento del equipo instalado en el bastidor.
606
Varning! För att undvika kroppsskada när du installerar eller utför underhållsarbete på denna enhet på en ställning måste du vidta särskilda försiktighetsåtgärder för att försäkra dig om att systemet står stadigt. Följande riktlinjer ges för att trygga din säkerhet: · Router måste installeras i en ställning som är förankrad i byggnadens struktur. · Om denna enhet är den enda enheten på ställningen skall den installeras längst ned
på ställningen. · Om denna enhet installeras på en delvis fylld ställning skall ställningen fyllas nedifrån
och upp, med de tyngsta enheterna längst ned på ställningen. · Om ställningen är försedd med stabiliseringsdon skall dessa monteras fast innan
enheten installeras eller underhålls på ställningen.
Ramp Warning
WARNING: When installing the hardware equipment, do not use a ramp inclined at more than 10 degrees. Waarschuwing Gebruik een oprijplaat niet onder een hoek van meer dan 10 graden. Varoitus Älä käytä sellaista kaltevaa pintaa, jonka kaltevuus ylittää 10 astetta. Attention Ne pas utiliser une rampe dont l'inclinaison est supérieure à 10 degrés. Warnung Keine Rampen mit einer Neigung von mehr als 10 Grad verwenden. Avvertenza Non usare una rampa con pendenza superiore a 10 gradi. Advarsel Bruk aldri en rampe som heller mer enn 10 grader. Aviso Não utilize uma rampa com uma inclinação superior a 10 graus. ¡Atención! No usar una rampa inclinada más de 10 grados Varning! Använd inte ramp med en lutning på mer än 10 grader.
RELATED DOCUMENTATION
607
General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices | 592 General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 593 Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 612
General Laser Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices
Devices with single-mode optical interfaces are equipped with laser transmitters, which are considered Class 1 Laser product by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, and are evaluated as a Class 1 Laser Product according to EN 608251 +A11 +A2 requirements. When working around devices with optical interfaces, observe the following safety guidelines to prevent eye injury: · Do not look into unterminated ports or at fibers that connect to unknown sources. · Do not examine unterminated optical ports with optical instruments. · Avoid direct exposure to the beam.
WARNING: Unterminated optical connectors can emit invisible laser radiation. The lens in the human eye focuses all the laser power on the retina, so focusing the eye directly on a laser source--even a low-power laser--could permanently damage the eye.
RELATED DOCUMENTATION Laser Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 608 General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 593
608
Laser Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
IN THIS SECTION Class 1 Laser Product Warning | 608 Class 1 LED Product Warning | 609 Laser Beam Warning | 610 Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning | 611
Class 1 Laser Product Warning
WARNING: Class 1 laser product. Waarschuwing Klasse-1 laser produkt. Varoitus Luokan 1 lasertuote. Attention Produit laser de classe I. Warnung Laserprodukt der Klasse 1. Avvertenza Prodotto laser di Classe 1. Advarsel Laserprodukt av klasse 1. Aviso Produto laser de classe 1. ¡Atención! Producto láser Clase I. Varning! Laserprodukt av klass 1.
609
Class 1 LED Product Warning
WARNING: Class 1 LED product. Waarschuwing Klasse 1 LED-product. Varoitus Luokan 1 valodiodituote. Attention Alarme de produit LED Class I. Warnung Class 1 LED-Produktwarnung. Avvertenza Avvertenza prodotto LED di Classe 1. Advarsel LED-produkt i klasse 1. Aviso Produto de classe 1 com LED. ¡Atención! Aviso sobre producto LED de Clase 1. Varning! Lysdiodprodukt av klass 1.
610
Laser Beam Warning
WARNING: Do not stare into the laser beam or view it directly with optical instruments. Waarschuwing Niet in de straal staren of hem rechtstreeks bekijken met optische instrumenten. Varoitus Älä katso säteeseen äläkä tarkastele sitä suoraan optisen laitteen avulla. Attention Ne pas fixer le faisceau des yeux, ni l'observer directement à l'aide d'instruments optiques. Warnung Nicht direkt in den Strahl blicken und ihn nicht direkt mit optischen Geräten prüfen. Avvertenza Non fissare il raggio con gli occhi né usare strumenti ottici per osservarlo direttamente. Advarsel Stirr eller se ikke direkte p strlen med optiske instrumenter. Aviso Não olhe fixamente para o raio, nem olhe para ele directamente com instrumentos ópticos. ¡Atención! No mirar fijamente el haz ni observarlo directamente con instrumentos ópticos. Varning! Rikta inte blicken in mot strålen och titta inte direkt på den genom optiska instrument.
611
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning
WARNING: Because invisible radiation might be emitted from the aperture of the port when no fiber-optic cable is connected, avoid exposure to radiation and do not stare into open apertures.
Waarschuwing Aangezien onzichtbare straling vanuit de opening van de poort kan komen als er geen fiberkabel aangesloten is, dient blootstelling aan straling en het kijken in open openingen vermeden te worden.
Varoitus Koska portin aukosta voi emittoitua näkymätöntä säteilyä, kun kuitukaapelia ei ole kytkettynä, vältä säteilylle altistumista äläkä katso avoimiin aukkoihin.
Attention Des radiations invisibles à l'il nu pouvant traverser l'ouverture du port lorsqu'aucun câble en fibre optique n'y est connecté, il est recommandé de ne pas regarder fixement l'intérieur de ces ouvertures.
Warnung Aus der Port-Öffnung können unsichtbare Strahlen emittieren, wenn kein Glasfaserkabel angeschlossen ist. Vermeiden Sie es, sich den Strahlungen auszusetzen, und starren Sie nicht in die Öffnungen!
Avvertenza Quando i cavi in fibra non sono inseriti, radiazioni invisibili possono essere emesse attraverso l'apertura della porta. Evitate di esporvi alle radiazioni e non guardate direttamente nelle aperture.
Advarsel Unngå utsettelse for stråling, og stirr ikke inn i åpninger som er åpne, fordi usynlig stråling kan emiteres fra portens åpning når det ikke er tilkoblet en fiberkabel.
Aviso Dada a possibilidade de emissão de radiação invisível através do orifício da via de acesso, quando esta não tiver nenhum cabo de fibra conectado, deverá evitar a exposição à radiação e não deverá olhar fixamente para orifícios que se encontrarem a descoberto.
¡Atención! Debido a que la apertura del puerto puede emitir radiación invisible cuando no existe un cable de fibra conectado, evite mirar directamente a las aperturas para no exponerse a la radiación.
Varning! Osynlig strålning kan avges från en portöppning utan ansluten fiberkabel och du bör därför undvika att bli utsatt för strålning genom att inte stirra in i oskyddade öppningar.
612
RELATED DOCUMENTATION General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices | 592 General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 593 Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 600
Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
IN THIS SECTION Battery Handling Warning | 613 Jewelry Removal Warning | 614 Lightning Activity Warning | 616 Operating Temperature Warning | 617 Product Disposal Warning | 619
As you maintain the hardware equipment, observe the following warnings:
613
Battery Handling Warning
WARNING: Replacing the battery incorrectly might result in an explosion. Replace the battery only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Waarschuwing Er is ontploffingsgevaar als de batterij verkeerd vervangen wordt. Vervang de batterij slechts met hetzelfde of een equivalent type dat door de fabrikant aanbevolen is. Gebruikte batterijen dienen overeenkomstig fabrieksvoorschriften weggeworpen te worden.
Varoitus Räjähdyksen vaara, jos akku on vaihdettu väärään akkuun. Käytä vaihtamiseen ainoastaan saman- tai vastaavantyyppistä akkua, joka on valmistajan suosittelema. Hävitä käytetyt akut valmistajan ohjeiden mukaan.
Attention Danger d'explosion si la pile n'est pas remplacée correctement. Ne la remplacer que par une pile de type semblable ou équivalent, recommandée par le fabricant. Jeter les piles usagées conformément aux instructions du fabricant.
Warnung Bei Einsetzen einer falschen Batterie besteht Explosionsgefahr. Ersetzen Sie die Batterie nur durch den gleichen oder vom Hersteller empfohlenen Batterietyp. Entsorgen Sie die benutzten Batterien nach den Anweisungen des Herstellers.
Avvertenza Pericolo di esplosione se la batteria non è installata correttamente. Sostituire solo con una di tipo uguale o equivalente, consigliata dal produttore. Eliminare le batterie usate secondo le istruzioni del produttore.
Advarsel Det kan være fare for eksplosjon hvis batteriet skiftes på feil måte. Skift kun med samme eller tilsvarende type som er anbefalt av produsenten. Kasser brukte batterier i henhold til produsentens instruksjoner.
Aviso Existe perigo de explosão se a bateria for substituída incorrectamente. Substitua a bateria por uma bateria igual ou de um tipo equivalente recomendado pelo fabricante. Destrua as baterias usadas conforme as instruções do fabricante.
¡Atención! Existe peligro de explosión si la batería se reemplaza de manera incorrecta. Reemplazar la batería exclusivamente con el mismo tipo o el equivalente recomendado por el fabricante. Desechar las baterías gastadas según las instrucciones del fabricante.
Varning! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Ersätt endast batteriet med samma batterityp som rekommenderas av tillverkaren eller motsvarande. Följ tillverkarens anvisningar vid kassering av använda batterier.
614
Jewelry Removal Warning
615
WARNING: Before working on equipment that is connected to power lines, remove jewelry, including rings, necklaces, and watches. Metal objects heat up when connected to power and ground and can cause serious burns or weld the metal object to the terminals.
Waarschuwing Alvorens aan apparatuur te werken die met elektrische leidingen is verbonden, sieraden (inclusief ringen, kettingen en horloges) verwijderen. Metalen voorwerpen worden warm wanneer ze met stroom en aarde zijn verbonden, en kunnen ernstige brandwonden veroorzaken of het metalen voorwerp aan de aansluitklemmen lassen.
Varoitus Ennen kuin työskentelet voimavirtajohtoihin kytkettyjen laitteiden parissa, ota pois kaikki korut (sormukset, kaulakorut ja kellot mukaan lukien). Metalliesineet kuumenevat, kun ne ovat yhteydessä sähkövirran ja maan kanssa, ja ne voivat aiheuttaa vakavia palovammoja tai hitsata metalliesineet kiinni liitäntänapoihin.
Attention Avant d'accéder à cet équipement connecté aux lignes électriques, ôter tout bijou (anneaux, colliers et montres compris). Lorsqu'ils sont branchés à l'alimentation et reliés à la terre, les objets métalliques chauffent, ce qui peut provoquer des blessures graves ou souder l'objet métallique aux bornes.
Warnung Vor der Arbeit an Geräten, die an das Netz angeschlossen sind, jeglichen Schmuck (einschließlich Ringe, Ketten und Uhren) abnehmen. Metallgegenstände erhitzen sich, wenn sie an das Netz und die Erde angeschlossen werden, und können schwere Verbrennungen verursachen oder an die Anschlußklemmen angeschweißt werden.
Avvertenza Prima di intervenire su apparecchiature collegate alle linee di alimentazione, togliersi qualsiasi monile (inclusi anelli, collane, braccialetti ed orologi). Gli oggetti metallici si riscaldano quando sono collegati tra punti di alimentazione e massa: possono causare ustioni gravi oppure il metallo può saldarsi ai terminali.
Advarsel Fjern alle smykker (inkludert ringer, halskjeder og klokker) før du skal arbeide på utstyr som er koblet til kraftledninger. Metallgjenstander som er koblet til kraftledninger og jord blir svært varme og kan forårsake alvorlige brannskader eller smelte fast til polene.
Aviso Antes de trabalhar em equipamento que esteja ligado a linhas de corrente, retire todas as jóias que estiver a usar (incluindo anéis, fios e relógios). Os objectos metálicos aquecerão em contacto com a corrente e em contacto com a ligação à terra, podendo causar queimaduras graves ou ficarem soldados aos terminais.
¡Atención! Antes de operar sobre equipos conectados a líneas de alimentación, quitarse las joyas (incluidos anillos, collares y relojes). Los objetos de metal se calientan cuando
616
se conectan a la alimentación y a tierra, lo que puede ocasionar quemaduras graves o que los objetos metálicos queden soldados a los bornes. Varning! Tag av alla smycken (inklusive ringar, halsband och armbandsur) innan du arbetar på utrustning som är kopplad till kraftledningar. Metallobjekt hettas upp när de kopplas ihop med ström och jord och kan förorsaka allvarliga brännskador; metallobjekt kan också sammansvetsas med kontakterna.
Lightning Activity Warning
WARNING: Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods of lightning activity. Waarschuwing Tijdens onweer dat gepaard gaat met bliksem, dient u niet aan het systeem te werken of kabels aan te sluiten of te ontkoppelen. Varoitus Älä työskentele järjestelmän parissa äläkä yhdistä tai irrota kaapeleita ukkosilmalla. Attention Ne pas travailler sur le système ni brancher ou débrancher les câbles pendant un orage. Warnung Arbeiten Sie nicht am System und schließen Sie keine Kabel an bzw. trennen Sie keine ab, wenn es gewittert. Avvertenza Non lavorare sul sistema o collegare oppure scollegare i cavi durante un temporale con fulmini. Advarsel Utfør aldri arbeid på systemet, eller koble kabler til eller fra systemet når det tordner eller lyner. Aviso Não trabalhe no sistema ou ligue e desligue cabos durante períodos de mau tempo (trovoada). ¡Atención! No operar el sistema ni conectar o desconectar cables durante el transcurso de descargas eléctricas en la atmósfera. Varning! Vid åska skall du aldrig utföra arbete på systemet eller ansluta eller koppla loss kablar.
617
Operating Temperature Warning
618
WARNING: To prevent the hardware equipment from overheating, do not operate it in an area that exceeds the maximum recommended ambient temperature of 104° F (40° C). To prevent airflow restriction, allow at least 6 inches (15.2 cm) of clearance around the ventilation openings.
Waarschuwing Om te voorkomen dat welke router van de router dan ook oververhit raakt, dient u deze niet te bedienen op een plaats waar de maximale aanbevolen omgevingstemperatuur van 40° C wordt overschreden. Om te voorkomen dat de luchtstroom wordt beperkt, dient er minstens 15,2 cm speling rond de ventilatie-openingen te zijn.
Varoitus Ettei router-sarjan reititin ylikuumentuisi, sitä ei saa käyttää tilassa, jonka lämpötila ylittää korkeimman suositellun ympäristölämpötilan 40° C. Ettei ilmanvaihto estyisi, tuuletusaukkojen ympärille on jätettävä ainakin 15,2 cm tilaa.
Attention Pour éviter toute surchauffe des routeurs de la gamme router, ne l'utilisez pas dans une zone où la température ambiante est supérieure à 40° C. Pour permettre un flot d'air constant, dégagez un espace d'au moins 15,2 cm autour des ouvertures de ventilations.
Warnung Um einen router der router vor Überhitzung zu schützen, darf dieser nicht in einer Gegend betrieben werden, in der die Umgebungstemperatur das empfohlene Maximum von 40° C überschreitet. Um Lüftungsverschluß zu verhindern, achten Sie darauf, daß mindestens 15,2 cm lichter Raum um die Lüftungsöffnungen herum frei bleibt.
Avvertenza Per evitare il surriscaldamento dei router, non adoperateli in un locale che ecceda la temperatura ambientale massima di 40° C. Per evitare che la circolazione dell'aria sia impedita, lasciate uno spazio di almeno 15.2 cm di fronte alle aperture delle ventole.
Advarsel Unngå overoppheting av eventuelle rutere i router Disse skal ikke brukes på steder der den anbefalte maksimale omgivelsestemperaturen overstiger 40° C (104° F). Sørg for at klaringen rundt lufteåpningene er minst 15,2 cm (6 tommer) for å forhindre nedsatt luftsirkulasjon.
Aviso Para evitar o sobreaquecimento do encaminhador router, não utilize este equipamento numa área que exceda a temperatura máxima recomendada de 40° C. Para evitar a restrição à circulação de ar, deixe pelo menos um espaço de 15,2 cm à volta das aberturas de ventilação.
¡Atención! Para impedir que un encaminador de la serie router se recaliente, no lo haga funcionar en un área en la que se supere la temperatura ambiente máxima recomendada
619
de 40° C. Para impedir la restricción de la entrada de aire, deje un espacio mínimo de 15,2 cm alrededor de las aperturas para ventilación. Varning! Förhindra att en router överhettas genom att inte använda den i ett område där den maximalt rekommenderade omgivningstemperaturen på 40° C överskrids. Förhindra att luftcirkulationen inskränks genom att se till att det finns fritt utrymme på minst 15,2 cm omkring ventilationsöppningarna.
Product Disposal Warning
WARNING: Disposal of this product must be handled according to all national laws and regulations. Waarschuwing Dit produkt dient volgens alle landelijke wetten en voorschriften te worden afgedankt. Varoitus Tämän tuotteen lopullisesta hävittämisestä tulee huolehtia kaikkia valtakunnallisia lakeja ja säännöksiä noudattaen. Attention La mise au rebut définitive de ce produit doit être effectuée conformément à toutes les lois et réglementations en vigueur. Warnung Dieses Produkt muß den geltenden Gesetzen und Vorschriften entsprechend entsorgt werden. Avvertenza L'eliminazione finale di questo prodotto deve essere eseguita osservando le normative italiane vigenti in materia Advarsel Endelig disponering av dette produktet må skje i henhold til nasjonale lover og forskrifter. Aviso A descartagem final deste produto deverá ser efectuada de acordo com os regulamentos e a legislação nacional. ¡Atención! El desecho final de este producto debe realizarse según todas las leyes y regulaciones nacionales Varning! Slutlig kassering av denna produkt bör skötas i enlighet med landets alla lagar och föreskrifter.
620
RELATED DOCUMENTATION General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices | 592 General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 593
In Case of an Electrical Accident
If an electrical accident results in an injury, take the following actions in this order: 1. Use caution. Be aware of potentially hazardous conditions that could cause further injury. 2. Disconnect power from the router. 3. If possible, send another person to get medical aid. Otherwise, assess the condition of the victim, then
call for help.
RELATED DOCUMENTATION General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices | 592 General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 593
General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
IN THIS SECTION Grounded Equipment Warning | 621 Grounding Requirements and Warning | 621 Midplane Energy Hazard Warning | 622 Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning | 623 Power Disconnection Warning | 624
621
Grounded Equipment Warning
WARNING: The network device is intended to be grounded. Ensure that the network device is connected to earth ground during normal use. Waarschuwing Deze apparatuur hoort geaard te worden Zorg dat de host-computer tijdens normaal gebruik met aarde is verbonden. Varoitus Tämä laitteisto on tarkoitettu maadoitettavaksi. Varmista, että isäntälaite on yhdistetty maahan normaalikäytön aikana. Attention Cet équipement doit être relié à la terre. S'assurer que l'appareil hôte est relié à la terre lors de l'utilisation normale. Warnung Dieses Gerät muß geerdet werden. Stellen Sie sicher, daß das Host-Gerät während des normalen Betriebs an Erde gelegt ist. Avvertenza Questa apparecchiatura deve essere collegata a massa. Accertarsi che il dispositivo host sia collegato alla massa di terra durante il normale utilizzo. Advarsel Dette utstyret skal jordes. Forviss deg om vertsterminalen er jordet ved normalt bruk. Aviso Este equipamento deverá estar ligado à terra. Certifique-se que o host se encontra ligado à terra durante a sua utilização normal. ¡Atención! Este equipo debe conectarse a tierra. Asegurarse de que el equipo principal esté conectado a tierra durante el uso normal. Varning! Denna utrustning är avsedd att jordas. Se till att värdenheten är jordad vid normal användning.
Grounding Requirements and Warning
An insulated grounding conductor that is identical in size to the grounded and ungrounded branch circuit supply conductors, but is identifiable by green and yellow stripes, is installed as part of the branch circuit that supplies the unit. The grounding conductor is a separately derived system at the supply transformer or motor generator set.
622
WARNING: When installing the network device, you must always make the ground connection first and disconnect it last. Waarschuwing Bij de installatie van het toestel moet de aardverbinding altijd het eerste worden gemaakt en het laatste worden losgemaakt. Varoitus Laitetta asennettaessa on maahan yhdistäminen aina tehtävä ensiksi ja maadoituksen irti kytkeminen viimeiseksi. Attention Lors de l'installation de l'appareil, la mise à la terre doit toujours être connectée en premier et déconnectée en dernier. Warnung Der Erdanschluß muß bei der Installation der Einheit immer zuerst hergestellt und zuletzt abgetrennt werden. Avvertenza In fase di installazione dell'unità, eseguire sempre per primo il collegamento a massa e disconnetterlo per ultimo. Advarsel Når enheten installeres, må jordledningen alltid tilkobles først og frakobles sist. Aviso Ao instalar a unidade, a ligação à terra deverá ser sempre a primeira a ser ligada, e a última a ser desligada. ¡Atención! Al instalar el equipo, conectar la tierra la primera y desconectarla la última. Varning! Vid installation av enheten måste jordledningen alltid anslutas först och kopplas bort sist.
Midplane Energy Hazard Warning
WARNING: High levels of electrical energy are distributed across the midplane. Be careful not to contact the midplane connectors, or any component connected to the midplane, with any metallic object while servicing components.
623
Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning
WARNING: The network device has more than one power supply connection. All connections must be removed completely to remove power from the unit completely.
Waarschuwing Deze eenheid heeft meer dan één stroomtoevoerverbinding; alle verbindingen moeten volledig worden verwijderd om de stroom van deze eenheid volledig te verwijderen.
Varoitus Tässä laitteessa on useampia virtalähdekytkentöjä. Kaikki kytkennät on irrotettava kokonaan, jotta virta poistettaisiin täysin laitteesta.
Attention Cette unité est équipée de plusieurs raccordements d'alimentation. Pour supprimer tout courant électrique de l'unité, tous les cordons d'alimentation doivent être débranchés.
Warnung Diese Einheit verfügt über mehr als einen Stromanschluß; um Strom gänzlich von der Einheit fernzuhalten, müssen alle Stromzufuhren abgetrennt sein.
Avvertenza Questa unità ha più di una connessione per alimentatore elettrico; tutte le connessioni devono essere completamente rimosse per togliere l'elettricità dall'unità.
Advarsel Denne enheten har mer enn én strømtilkobling. Alle tilkoblinger må kobles helt fra for å eliminere strøm fra enheten.
Aviso Este dispositivo possui mais do que uma conexão de fonte de alimentação de energia; para poder remover a fonte de alimentação de energia, deverão ser desconectadas todas as conexões existentes.
¡Atención! Esta unidad tiene más de una conexión de suministros de alimentación; para eliminar la alimentación por completo, deben desconectarse completamente todas las conexiones.
Varning! Denna enhet har mer än en strömförsörjningsanslutning; alla anslutningar måste vara helt avlägsnade innan strömtillförseln till enheten är fullständigt bruten.
624
Power Disconnection Warning
WARNING: Before working on the chassis or near power supplies, switch off the power at the DC circuit breaker.
Waarschuwing Voordat u aan een frame of in de nabijheid van voedingen werkt, dient u bij wisselstroom toestellen de stekker van het netsnoer uit het stopcontact te halen; voor gelijkstroom toestellen dient u de stroom uit te schakelen bij de stroomverbreker.
Varoitus Kytke irti vaihtovirtalaitteiden virtajohto ja katkaise tasavirtalaitteiden virta suojakytkimellä, ennen kuin teet mitään asennuspohjalle tai työskentelet virtalähteiden läheisyydessä.
Attention Avant de travailler sur un châssis ou à proximité d'une alimentation électrique, débrancher le cordon d'alimentation des unités en courant alternatif; couper l'alimentation des unités en courant continu au niveau du disjoncteur.
Warnung Bevor Sie an einem Chassis oder in der Nähe von Netzgeräten arbeiten, ziehen Sie bei Wechselstromeinheiten das Netzkabel ab bzw. schalten Sie bei Gleichstromeinheiten den Strom am Unterbrecher ab.
Avvertenza Prima di lavorare su un telaio o intorno ad alimentatori, scollegare il cavo di alimentazione sulle unità CA; scollegare l'alimentazione all'interruttore automatico sulle unità CC.
Advarsel Før det utføres arbeid på kabinettet eller det arbeides i nærheten av strømforsyningsenheter, skal strømledningen trekkes ut p vekselstrømsenheter og strømmen kobles fra ved strømbryteren på likestrømsenheter.
Aviso Antes de trabalhar num chassis, ou antes de trabalhar perto de unidades de fornecimento de energia, desligue o cabo de alimentação nas unidades de corrente alternada; desligue a corrente no disjuntor nas unidades de corrente contínua.
¡Atención! Antes de manipular el chasis de un equipo o trabajar cerca de una fuente de alimentación, desenchufar el cable de alimentación en los equipos de corriente alterna (CA); cortar la alimentación desde el interruptor automático en los equipos de corriente continua (CC).
Varning! Innan du arbetar med ett chassi eller nära strömförsörjningsenheter skall du för växelströmsenheter dra ur nätsladden och för likströmsenheter bryta strömmen vid överspänningsskyddet.
625
RELATED DOCUMENTATION DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 629
General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes for Juniper Networks Devices
· Install the device in compliance with the following local, national, or international electrical codes: · United States--National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 70), United States National Electrical Code. · Canada--Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, CSA C22.1. · Other countries--International Electromechanical Commission (IEC) 60364, Part 1 through Part 7.
· Locate the emergency power-off switch for the room in which you are working so that if an electrical accident occurs, you can quickly turn off the power.
· Do not work alone if potentially hazardous conditions exist anywhere in your workspace. · Never assume that power is disconnected from a circuit. Always check the circuit before starting to
work. · Carefully look for possible hazards in your work area, such as moist floors, ungrounded power extension
cords, and missing safety grounds. · Operate the device within marked electrical ratings and product usage instructions. · For the device and peripheral equipment to function safely and correctly, use the cables and connectors
specified for the attached peripheral equipment, and make certain they are in good condition. Many device components can be removed and replaced without powering off or disconnecting power to the device. Never install equipment if it appears damaged.
RELATED DOCUMENTATION In Case of an Electrical Accident | 620
626
TN Power Warning for MX2008 Routers
WARNING: The router is designed to work with TN power systems. Waarschuwing Het apparaat is ontworpen om te functioneren met TN energiesystemen. Varoitus Koje on suunniteltu toimimaan TN-sähkövoimajärjestelmien yhteydessä. Attention Ce dispositif a été conçu pour fonctionner avec des systèmes d'alimentation TN. Warnung Das Gerät ist für die Verwendung mit TN-Stromsystemen ausgelegt. Avvertenza Il dispositivo è stato progettato per l'uso con sistemi di alimentazione TN. Advarsel Utstyret er utfomet til bruk med TN-strømsystemer. Aviso O dispositivo foi criado para operar com sistemas de corrente TN. ¡Atención! El equipo está diseñado para trabajar con sistemas de alimentación tipo TN. Varning! Enheten är konstruerad för användning tillsammans med elkraftssystem av TN-typ.
RELATED DOCUMENTATION Definition of Safety Warning Levels | 589 General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes for Juniper Networks Devices | 625 General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 593 General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 620
MX2000 Three-Phase AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
The following electrical safety guidelines apply to AC-powered MX2000 series routers with three-phase AC power distribution modules:
627
· AC-powered routers are shipped with three-phase electrical cords with grounding. Do not circumvent this safety feature. Equipment grounding must comply with local and national electrical codes.
· The delta cores in the terminal block are labeled as follows: · Terminal block labeled GND--Earth · Terminal block labeled A1 · Terminal block labeled B1 · Terminal block labeled C1 · Terminal block labeled GND--Earth · Terminal block labeled A2 · Terminal block labeled B2 · Terminal block labeled C2
· The wye cores in the terminal block are labeled as follows: · Terminal block labeled GND--Earth · Terminal block labeled A1 · Terminal block labeled B1 · Terminal block labeled C1 · Terminal block labeled N1 · Terminal block labeled GND--Earth · Terminal block labeled A2 · Terminal block labeled B2 · Terminal block labeled C2 · Terminal block labeled N2
RELATED DOCUMENTATION General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes for Juniper Networks Devices | 625 Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for MX Series Routers | 643
628
MX2008 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings
IN THIS SECTION MX2008 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines | 628 DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 629
MX2008 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
The following electrical safety guidelines apply to a DC-powered router: · A DC-powered router is equipped with a DC terminal block that is rated for the power requirements of
a maximally configured router. To supply sufficient power, terminate the DC input wiring on a facility DC source capable of supplying at least 60 A per feed @ 48 VDC (nominal) for the system. We recommend that the 48 VDC facility DC source be equipped with a circuit breaker rated at 80 A (48 VDC) minimum, or as required by local code. Incorporate an easily accessible disconnect device into the facility wiring. In the United States and Canada, the 48 VDC facility should be equipped with a circuit breaker rated a minimum of 125% of the power provisioned for the input in accordance with the National Electrical Code in the US and the Canadian Electrical Code in Canada. Be sure to connect the ground wire or conduit to a solid office (earth) ground. A closed loop ring is recommended for terminating the ground conductor at the ground stud. · Run two wires from the circuit breaker box to a source of 48 VDC. Use appropriate gauge wire to handle up to 80 A. · A DC-powered router that is equipped with a DC terminal block is intended for installation in a restricted access location only. In the United States, a restricted access area is one in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the National Electrical Code ANSI/NFPA 70.
NOTE: Primary overcurrent protection is provided by the building circuit breaker. This breaker should protect against excess currents, short circuits, and earth faults in accordance with NEC ANSI/NFPA70.
· Ensure that the polarity of the DC input wiring is correct. Under certain conditions, connections with reversed polarity might trip the primary circuit breaker or damage the equipment.
629
· For personal safety, connect the green and yellow wire to safety (earth) ground at both the router and the supply side of the DC wiring.
· The marked input voltage of 48 VDC for a DC-powered router is the nominal voltage associated with the battery circuit, and any higher voltages are to be associated only with float voltages for the charging function.
· Because the router is a positive ground system, you must connect the positive lead to the terminal labeled RTN, the negative lead to the terminal labeled 48V, and the earth ground to the chassis grounding points.
SEE ALSO General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes for Juniper Networks Devices | 625 Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for MX Series Routers | 643 DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 629
DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
IN THIS SECTION DC Power Copper Conductors Warning | 630 DC Power Disconnection Warning | 631 DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning | 634
When working with DC-powered equipment, observe the following warnings:
630
DC Power Copper Conductors Warning
WARNING: Use copper conductors only. Waarschuwing Gebruik alleen koperen geleiders. Varoitus Käytä vain kuparijohtimia. Attention Utilisez uniquement des conducteurs en cuivre. Warnung Verwenden Sie ausschließlich Kupferleiter. Avvertenza Usate unicamente dei conduttori di rame. Advarsel Bruk bare kobberledninger. Aviso Utilize apenas fios condutores de cobre. ¡Atención! Emplee sólo conductores de cobre. Varning! Använd endast ledare av koppar.
631 DC Power Disconnection Warning
632
WARNING: Before performing any procedures on power supplies, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the off position.
Waarschuwing Voordat u een van de onderstaande procedures uitvoert, dient u te controleren of de stroom naar het gelijkstroom circuit uitgeschakeld is. Om u ervan te verzekeren dat alle stroom UIT is geschakeld, kiest u op het schakelbord de stroomverbreker die het gelijkstroom circuit bedient, draait de stroomverbreker naar de UIT positie en plakt de schakelaarhendel van de stroomverbreker met plakband in de UIT positie vast.
Varoitus Varmista, että tasavirtapiirissä ei ole virtaa ennen seuraavien toimenpiteiden suorittamista. Varmistaaksesi, että virta on KATKAISTU täysin, paikanna tasavirrasta huolehtivassa kojetaulussa sijaitseva suojakytkin, käännä suojakytkin KATKAISTU-asentoon ja teippaa suojakytkimen varsi niin, että se pysyy KATKAISTU-asennossa.
Attention Avant de pratiquer l'une quelconque des procédures ci-dessous, vérifier que le circuit en courant continu n'est plus sous tension. Pour en être sûr, localiser le disjoncteur situé sur le panneau de service du circuit en courant continu, placer le disjoncteur en position fermée (OFF) et, à l'aide d'un ruban adhésif, bloquer la poignée du disjoncteur en position OFF.
Warnung Vor Ausführung der folgenden Vorgänge ist sicherzustellen, daß die Gleichstromschaltung keinen Strom erhält. Um sicherzustellen, daß sämtlicher Strom abgestellt ist, machen Sie auf der Schalttafel den Unterbrecher für die Gleichstromschaltung ausfindig, stellen Sie den Unterbrecher auf AUS, und kleben Sie den Schaltergriff des Unterbrechers mit Klebeband in der AUS-Stellung fest.
Avvertenza Prima di svolgere una qualsiasi delle procedure seguenti, verificare che il circuito CC non sia alimentato. Per verificare che tutta l'alimentazione sia scollegata (OFF), individuare l'interruttore automatico sul quadro strumenti che alimenta il circuito CC, mettere l'interruttore in posizione OFF e fissarlo con nastro adesivo in tale posizione.
Advarsel Før noen av disse prosedyrene utføres, kontroller at strømmen er frakoblet likestrømkretsen. Sørg for at all strøm er slått AV. Dette gjøres ved å lokalisere strømbryteren på brytertavlen som betjener likestrømkretsen, slå strømbryteren AV og teipe bryterhåndtaket på strømbryteren i AV-stilling.
Aviso Antes de executar um dos seguintes procedimentos, certifique-se que desligou a fonte de alimentação de energia do circuito de corrente contínua. Para se assegurar
633
que toda a corrente foi DESLIGADA, localize o disjuntor no painel que serve o circuito de corrente contínua e coloque-o na posição OFF (Desligado), segurando nessa posição a manivela do interruptor do disjuntor com fita isoladora.
¡Atención! Antes de proceder con los siguientes pasos, comprobar que la alimentación del circuito de corriente continua (CC) esté cortada (OFF). Para asegurarse de que toda la alimentación esté cortada (OFF), localizar el interruptor automático en el panel que alimenta al circuito de corriente continua, cambiar el interruptor automático a la posición de Apagado (OFF), y sujetar con cinta la palanca del interruptor automático en posición de Apagado (OFF).
Varning! Innan du utför någon av följande procedurer måste du kontrollera att strömförsörjningen till likströmskretsen är bruten. Kontrollera att all strömförsörjning är BRUTEN genom att slå AV det överspänningsskydd som skyddar likströmskretsen och tejpa fast överspänningsskyddets omkopplare i FRÅN-läget.
634 DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning
635
WARNING: When stranded wiring is required, use approved wiring terminations, such as closed-loop or spade-type with upturned lugs. These terminations must be the appropriate size for the wires and must clamp both the insulation and conductor.
Waarschuwing Wanneer geslagen bedrading vereist is, dient u bedrading te gebruiken die voorzien is van goedgekeurde aansluitingspunten, zoals het gesloten-lus type of het grijperschop type waarbij de aansluitpunten omhoog wijzen. Deze aansluitpunten dienen de juiste maat voor de draden te hebben en dienen zowel de isolatie als de geleider vast te klemmen.
Varoitus Jos säikeellinen johdin on tarpeen, käytä hyväksyttyä johdinliitäntää, esimerkiksi suljettua silmukkaa tai kourumaista liitäntää, jossa on ylöspäin käännetyt kiinnityskorvat. Tällaisten liitäntöjen tulee olla kooltaan johtimiin sopivia ja niiden tulee puristaa yhteen sekä eristeen että johdinosan.
Attention Quand des fils torsadés sont nécessaires, utiliser des douilles terminales homologuées telles que celles à circuit fermé ou du type à plage ouverte avec cosses rebroussées. Ces douilles terminales doivent être de la taille qui convient aux fils et doivent être refermées sur la gaine isolante et sur le conducteur.
Warnung Wenn Litzenverdrahtung erforderlich ist, sind zugelassene Verdrahtungsabschlüsse, z.B. Ringoesen oder gabelförmige Kabelschuhe mit nach oben gerichteten Enden zu verwenden. Diese Abschlüsse sollten die angemessene Größe für die Drähte haben und sowohl die Isolierung als auch den Leiter festklemmen.
Avvertenza Quando occorre usare trecce, usare connettori omologati, come quelli a occhiello o a forcella con linguette rivolte verso l'alto. I connettori devono avere la misura adatta per il cablaggio e devono serrare sia l'isolante che il conduttore.
Advarsel Hvis det er nødvendig med flertrådede ledninger, brukes godkjente ledningsavslutninger, som for eksempel lukket sløyfe eller spadetype med oppoverbøyde kabelsko. Disse avslutningene skal ha riktig størrelse i forhold til ledningene, og skal klemme sammen både isolasjonen og lederen.
Aviso Quando forem requeridas montagens de instalação eléctrica de cabo torcido, use terminações de cabo aprovadas, tais como, terminações de cabo em circuito fechado e planas com terminais de orelha voltados para cima. Estas terminações de cabo deverão ser do tamanho apropriado para os respectivos cabos, e deverão prender simultaneamente o isolamento e o fio condutor.
¡Atención! Cuando se necesite hilo trenzado, utilizar terminales para cables homologados, tales como las de tipo "bucle cerrado" o "espada", con las lengüetas de conexión vueltas hacia arriba. Estos terminales deberán ser del tamaño apropiado para los cables que se utilicen, y tendrán que sujetar tanto el aislante como el conductor.
636 Varning! När flertrådiga ledningar krävs måste godkända ledningskontakter användas, t.ex. kabelsko av sluten eller öppen typ med uppåtvänd tapp. Storleken på dessa kontakter måste vara avpassad till ledningarna och måste kunna hålla både isoleringen och ledaren fastklämda.
SEE ALSO General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 593 General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 620
DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices
IN THIS SECTION DC Power Copper Conductors Warning | 637 DC Power Disconnection Warning | 638 DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning | 641
When working with DC-powered equipment, observe the following warnings:
637
DC Power Copper Conductors Warning
WARNING: Use copper conductors only. Waarschuwing Gebruik alleen koperen geleiders. Varoitus Käytä vain kuparijohtimia. Attention Utilisez uniquement des conducteurs en cuivre. Warnung Verwenden Sie ausschließlich Kupferleiter. Avvertenza Usate unicamente dei conduttori di rame. Advarsel Bruk bare kobberledninger. Aviso Utilize apenas fios condutores de cobre. ¡Atención! Emplee sólo conductores de cobre. Varning! Använd endast ledare av koppar.
638
DC Power Disconnection Warning
639
WARNING: Before performing any procedures on power supplies, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the off position.
Waarschuwing Voordat u een van de onderstaande procedures uitvoert, dient u te controleren of de stroom naar het gelijkstroom circuit uitgeschakeld is. Om u ervan te verzekeren dat alle stroom UIT is geschakeld, kiest u op het schakelbord de stroomverbreker die het gelijkstroom circuit bedient, draait de stroomverbreker naar de UIT positie en plakt de schakelaarhendel van de stroomverbreker met plakband in de UIT positie vast.
Varoitus Varmista, että tasavirtapiirissä ei ole virtaa ennen seuraavien toimenpiteiden suorittamista. Varmistaaksesi, että virta on KATKAISTU täysin, paikanna tasavirrasta huolehtivassa kojetaulussa sijaitseva suojakytkin, käännä suojakytkin KATKAISTU-asentoon ja teippaa suojakytkimen varsi niin, että se pysyy KATKAISTU-asennossa.
Attention Avant de pratiquer l'une quelconque des procédures ci-dessous, vérifier que le circuit en courant continu n'est plus sous tension. Pour en être sûr, localiser le disjoncteur situé sur le panneau de service du circuit en courant continu, placer le disjoncteur en position fermée (OFF) et, à l'aide d'un ruban adhésif, bloquer la poignée du disjoncteur en position OFF.
Warnung Vor Ausführung der folgenden Vorgänge ist sicherzustellen, daß die Gleichstromschaltung keinen Strom erhält. Um sicherzustellen, daß sämtlicher Strom abgestellt ist, machen Sie auf der Schalttafel den Unterbrecher für die Gleichstromschaltung ausfindig, stellen Sie den Unterbrecher auf AUS, und kleben Sie den Schaltergriff des Unterbrechers mit Klebeband in der AUS-Stellung fest.
Avvertenza Prima di svolgere una qualsiasi delle procedure seguenti, verificare che il circuito CC non sia alimentato. Per verificare che tutta l'alimentazione sia scollegata (OFF), individuare l'interruttore automatico sul quadro strumenti che alimenta il circuito CC, mettere l'interruttore in posizione OFF e fissarlo con nastro adesivo in tale posizione.
Advarsel Før noen av disse prosedyrene utføres, kontroller at strømmen er frakoblet likestrømkretsen. Sørg for at all strøm er slått AV. Dette gjøres ved å lokalisere strømbryteren på brytertavlen som betjener likestrømkretsen, slå strømbryteren AV og teipe bryterhåndtaket på strømbryteren i AV-stilling.
Aviso Antes de executar um dos seguintes procedimentos, certifique-se que desligou a fonte de alimentação de energia do circuito de corrente contínua. Para se assegurar
640
que toda a corrente foi DESLIGADA, localize o disjuntor no painel que serve o circuito de corrente contínua e coloque-o na posição OFF (Desligado), segurando nessa posição a manivela do interruptor do disjuntor com fita isoladora.
¡Atención! Antes de proceder con los siguientes pasos, comprobar que la alimentación del circuito de corriente continua (CC) esté cortada (OFF). Para asegurarse de que toda la alimentación esté cortada (OFF), localizar el interruptor automático en el panel que alimenta al circuito de corriente continua, cambiar el interruptor automático a la posición de Apagado (OFF), y sujetar con cinta la palanca del interruptor automático en posición de Apagado (OFF).
Varning! Innan du utför någon av följande procedurer måste du kontrollera att strömförsörjningen till likströmskretsen är bruten. Kontrollera att all strömförsörjning är BRUTEN genom att slå AV det överspänningsskydd som skyddar likströmskretsen och tejpa fast överspänningsskyddets omkopplare i FRÅN-läget.
641
DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning
642
WARNING: When stranded wiring is required, use approved wiring terminations, such as closed-loop or spade-type with upturned lugs. These terminations must be the appropriate size for the wires and must clamp both the insulation and conductor.
Waarschuwing Wanneer geslagen bedrading vereist is, dient u bedrading te gebruiken die voorzien is van goedgekeurde aansluitingspunten, zoals het gesloten-lus type of het grijperschop type waarbij de aansluitpunten omhoog wijzen. Deze aansluitpunten dienen de juiste maat voor de draden te hebben en dienen zowel de isolatie als de geleider vast te klemmen.
Varoitus Jos säikeellinen johdin on tarpeen, käytä hyväksyttyä johdinliitäntää, esimerkiksi suljettua silmukkaa tai kourumaista liitäntää, jossa on ylöspäin käännetyt kiinnityskorvat. Tällaisten liitäntöjen tulee olla kooltaan johtimiin sopivia ja niiden tulee puristaa yhteen sekä eristeen että johdinosan.
Attention Quand des fils torsadés sont nécessaires, utiliser des douilles terminales homologuées telles que celles à circuit fermé ou du type à plage ouverte avec cosses rebroussées. Ces douilles terminales doivent être de la taille qui convient aux fils et doivent être refermées sur la gaine isolante et sur le conducteur.
Warnung Wenn Litzenverdrahtung erforderlich ist, sind zugelassene Verdrahtungsabschlüsse, z.B. Ringoesen oder gabelförmige Kabelschuhe mit nach oben gerichteten Enden zu verwenden. Diese Abschlüsse sollten die angemessene Größe für die Drähte haben und sowohl die Isolierung als auch den Leiter festklemmen.
Avvertenza Quando occorre usare trecce, usare connettori omologati, come quelli a occhiello o a forcella con linguette rivolte verso l'alto. I connettori devono avere la misura adatta per il cablaggio e devono serrare sia l'isolante che il conduttore.
Advarsel Hvis det er nødvendig med flertrådede ledninger, brukes godkjente ledningsavslutninger, som for eksempel lukket sløyfe eller spadetype med oppoverbøyde kabelsko. Disse avslutningene skal ha riktig størrelse i forhold til ledningene, og skal klemme sammen både isolasjonen og lederen.
Aviso Quando forem requeridas montagens de instalação eléctrica de cabo torcido, use terminações de cabo aprovadas, tais como, terminações de cabo em circuito fechado e planas com terminais de orelha voltados para cima. Estas terminações de cabo deverão ser do tamanho apropriado para os respectivos cabos, e deverão prender simultaneamente o isolamento e o fio condutor.
¡Atención! Cuando se necesite hilo trenzado, utilizar terminales para cables homologados, tales como las de tipo "bucle cerrado" o "espada", con las lengüetas de conexión vueltas hacia arriba. Estos terminales deberán ser del tamaño apropiado para los cables que se utilicen, y tendrán que sujetar tanto el aislante como el conductor.
643 Varning! När flertrådiga ledningar krävs måste godkända ledningskontakter användas, t.ex. kabelsko av sluten eller öppen typ med uppåtvänd tapp. Storleken på dessa kontakter måste vara avpassad till ledningarna och måste kunna hålla både isoleringen och ledaren fastklämda.
RELATED DOCUMENTATION General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 593 General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices | 620
Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for MX Series Routers
IN THIS SECTION Distance Limitations for Signaling | 643 Radio Frequency Interference | 643 Electromagnetic Compatibility | 644
Distance Limitations for Signaling
Improperly installed wires can emit radio interference. In addition, the potential for damage from lightning strikes increases if wires exceed recommended distances or if wires pass between buildings. The electromagnetic pulse (EMP) caused by lightning can damage unshielded conductors and destroy electronic devices. If your site has previously experienced such problems, you might want to consult experts in electrical surge suppression and shielding.
Radio Frequency Interference
You can reduce or eliminate the emission of radio frequency interference (RFI) from your site wiring by using twisted-pair cable with a good distribution of grounding conductors. If you must exceed the
644
recommended distances, use a high-quality twisted-pair cable with one ground conductor for each data signal when applicable.
Electromagnetic Compatibility
If your site is susceptible to problems with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), particularly from lightning or radio transmitters, you might want to seek expert advice. Strong sources of electromagnetic interference (EMI) can destroy the signal drivers and receivers in the router and conduct power surges over the lines into the equipment, resulting in an electrical hazard. It is particularly important to provide a properly grounded and shielded environment and to use electrical surge-suppression devices.
WARNING: The intrabuilding port(s) of the equipment or subassembly is suitable for connection to intrabuilding or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intrabuilding port(s) of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intrabuilding interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of primary protectors is not sufficient protection to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.
Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements for the MX2008 Router
IN THIS SECTION Agency Approvals for MX2008 Routers | 645 Compliance Statements for NEBS for the MX2008 Router | 646 Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the MX2008 Router | 647 Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements | 648
645
Agency Approvals for MX2008 Routers
The routers comply with the following standards:
· Safety · CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-1 Safety of Information Technology Equipment · UL 60950-1 (2nd Edition) Safety of Information Technology Equipment · IEC 60950-1: 2005/A2:2013, Safety of Information Technology Equipment (All country deviations): CB Scheme · EN 60825-1 Safety of Laser Products - Part 1: Equipment classification and requirements
· EMC · EN 300 386 V1.6.1 Telecom Network Equipment - EMC requirements · EN 300 386 V2.1.1 Telecom Network Equipment - EMC requirements · EN 55032:2012 + EN55032:2012/AC:2013 Electromagnetic compatibility of multimedia equipment - Emission requirements · CISPR 32:2012 Electromagnetic compatibility of multimedia equipment - Emission requirements · EN 55022:2010/AC:2011 European Radiated Emissions · CISPR 22 edition 6.0 : 2008-09 · FCC 47CFR , Part 15 Class A (2012) USA Radiated Emissions · ICES-003 Issue 6, Jan 2016 Canada Radiated Emissions · VCCI-V-3/2013.04 and V-4/2012.04 Japanese Radiated Emissions · BSMI CNS 13438 and NCC C6357 Taiwan Radiated Emissions · AS/NZS CISPR22:2009/A1:2010 · AS/NZS CISPR 32:2015 Electromagnetic compatibility of multimedia equipment - Emission requirements · TEC/EMI/TEL-001/01/FEB-09,Class A · EN-61000-3-2 Power Line Harmonics · EN-61000-3-3 Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker
· Immunity · EN 55024:2010 Information Technology Equipment Immunity Characteristics · CISPR 24:edition 2b: 2010 COREC 2011 IT Equipment Immunity Characteristics · EN 300 386 V1.6.1 Telecom Network Equipment - EMC requirements · EN 300 386 V2.1.1 Telecom Network Equipment - EMC requirements
646
· TEC/EMI/TEL-001/01/FEB-09,Class A · EN-61000-4-2 ESD · EN-61000-4-3 Radiated Immunity · EN-61000-4-4 EFT · EN-61000-4-5 Surge · EN-61000-4-6 Low Frequency Common Immunity · EN-61000-4-11 Voltage Dips and Sags The router is designed to comply with the following standards: · IPC 1752 form filled and complete for all ordered AVL parts · 2011/65/EU (RoHS) Restriction on Hazardous Substances · 2002/96/EC (WEEE) Design for Easy Disassembly and Recycling · 2006/1907/EC (REACH) Registration, Evaluation, Authorization of Chemicals · JIG 101-A, JIG 101-B Joint Industry Guide Japanese Material Composition Declaration · CAITEC SJ/T 11363-2006 Requirements for Concentration Limits for Certain Hazardous Substances in Electronic Information Products (China RoHS) · Under Directive ErP /125/EC, the regulations below: · Reg. 1275/2008/EC applies for products classified as Class B per EN55022. Note: standby mode not
appropriate for Juniper network products which must remain active 24/7. · Reg. 278/2009/EC applies for external power adapter on products classified as Class B per EN55022. · AT&T TP-76200 Issue 18 (2013) Network Equipment Power, Grounding, Environmental, and Physical Design Requirements
Compliance Statements for NEBS for the MX2008 Router
· GR-63-Core Issue 4 (2012) Network Equipment, Building Systems (NEBS) Physical Protection · GR-1089-Core Issue 6 (May, 2011) EMC and Electrical Safety for Network Telecommunications Equipment · SR-3580 (2007) NEBS Criteria Levels (Level 3) · Verizon TPR.9305 Issue 6 (2013) Verizon NEBS Compliance: NEBS Compliance Clarification Document
NOTE: The Premium 2 Chassis is not NEBs compliant.
647
Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for the MX2008 Router
IN THIS SECTION Canada | 647 European Community | 647 Israel | 647 Japan | 648 United States | 648
Canada This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada. European Community This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product might cause radio interference in which case the user might be required to take adequate measures. Israel
Translation from Hebrew--Warning: This product is Class A. In residential environments, the product might cause radio interference, and in such a situation, the user might be required to take adequate measures.
648
Japan
Translation from Japanese--This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product might cause radio interference in which case the user might be required to take adequate measures. VCCI-A United States The router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, might cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.
Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements
Batteries in this product are not based on mercury, lead, or cadmium substances. The batteries used in this product are in compliance with EU Directives 91/157/EEC, 93/86/EEC, and 98/101/EEC. The product documentation includes instructional information about the proper method of reclamation and recycling.
XEP 4.22 build 2013